Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

Commission file number: 1-14696

 

 

China Mobile Limited

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 

 

Hong Kong, China

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

60th Floor, The Center

99 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong, China

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Grace Wong

Company Secretary

China Mobile Limited

60th Floor, The Center

99 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong, China

Telephone: (852) 3121-8888

Fax: (852) 2511-9092

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Ordinary shares   New York Stock Exchange*

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange of American depositary shares representing the ordinary shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

As of December 31, 2016, 20,475,482,897 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or (15)(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:     

 

Large accelerated filer  ☒   Accelerated filer  ☐   Non-accelerated filer  ☐   Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.

 

U.S. GAAP  ☐  

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☒

  Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17  ☐    Item 18  ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

China Mobile Limited

 

        

Page

 

Forward-Looking Statements

     1  
  PART I   
Item 1.  

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

     2  
Item 2.  

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

     2  
Item 3.  

Key Information

     2  
Item 4.  

Information on the Company

     19  
Item 4A.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     39  
Item 5.  

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

     40  
Item 6.  

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

     54  
Item 7.  

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

     58  
Item 8.  

Financial Information

     62  
Item 9.  

The Offer and Listing

     62  
Item 10.  

Additional Information

     63  
Item 11.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     72  
Item 12.  

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

     72  
  PART II   
Item 13.  

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

     74  
Item 14.  

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

     74  
Item 15.  

Controls and Procedures

     74  
Item 16A.  

Audit Committee Financial Expert

     75  
Item 16B.  

Code of Ethics

     75  
Item 16C.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     75  
Item 16D.  

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

     75  
Item 16E.  

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

     75  
Item 16F.  

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

     75  
Item 16G.  

Corporate Governance

     75  
Item 16H.  

Mine Safety Disclosure

     76  
  PART III   
Item 17.  

Financial Statements

     77  
Item 18.  

Financial Statements

     77  
Item 19.  

Exhibits

     77  


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report on Form 20-F contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to:

 

    our business objectives and strategies, including those relating to the development of our terminal procurement and distribution business;

 

    our operations and prospects;

 

    our network expansion and capital expenditure plans;

 

    the expected impact of any acquisitions or other strategic transactions;

 

    our provision of services, including fourth generation, or 4G, services, wireline broadband services and services based on technological evolution, and our ability to attract customers to these services;

 

    the planned development of future generations of mobile technologies and other technologies and related applications;

 

    the anticipated evolution of the industry chain of 4G and future generations of mobile technologies, including future development in, and availability of, terminals that support our provision of services based on 4G and future generations of mobile technologies;

 

    the expected benefit from our investment in and any arrangements with China Tower Corporation Limited;

 

    the expected impact of the implementation in Mainland China of the policy of “speed upgrade and tariff reduction” on our business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

    the expected impact of tariff changes on our business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

    the expected impact of new service offerings on our business, financial condition and results of operations; and

 

    future developments in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, including changes in the regulatory and competitive landscape.

The words “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify certain of these forward-looking statements. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements and are under no obligation to do so.

These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance. Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risk factors set forth in “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors.”

 

-1-


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information.

Selected Financial Data

The following tables present selected historical financial data of our company as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2016. Except for amounts presented in U.S. dollars and per American depositary share, or ADS, data, the selected historical consolidated statement of comprehensive income data and other financial data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 set forth below are derived from, should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. The selected historical consolidated statement of comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 set forth below are derived from our internal records and management accounts that are not included in this annual report on Form 20-F. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRSs, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB.

We completed the acquisition of certain assets, businesses and related liabilities as well as their related employees in relation to the fixed-line telecommunications operations, or Target Assets and Businesses, of China TieTong Telecommunications Corporation, or China TieTong, in December 2015. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Investments and Acquisitions.” Because we and Target Assets and Businesses were under common control of China Mobile Communications Corporation, or CMCC, both prior to and after the acquisition, the acquisition was considered as a business combination under common control and was accounted for using merger accounting in accordance with the Accounting Guideline 5 “Merger Accounting for Common Control Combinations,” or AG 5, issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or the HKICPA. Target Assets and Businesses were stated at their historical cost, and were included in the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F as if Target Assets and Businesses had always been part of our company during all the relevant periods presented.

 

-2-


Table of Contents

The statistical information set forth in this annual report on Form 20-F relating to Mainland China is taken or derived from various publicly available government publications that were not prepared or independently verified by us. This statistical information may not be consistent with other statistical information from other sources within or outside Mainland China.

 

     As of or for the year ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     2016  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
    

(in millions, except share, per share

and per ADS information)

 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income Data:

            

Operating revenue

     591,006       640,048       651,509       668,335       708,421       102,034  

Operating expenses

     440,317       508,624       534,189       565,413       590,333       85,026  

Profit from operations

     150,689       131,424       117,320       102,922       118,088       17,008  

Profit before taxation

     168,793       153,649       142,522       143,734       144,462       20,807  

Taxation

     (41,887     (36,746     (33,179     (35,079     (35,623     (5,131

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

     126,799       116,791       109,218       108,539       108,741       15,662  

Basic earnings per share (1)

     6.31       5.81       5.38       5.30       5.31       0.76  

Diluted earnings per share (1)

     6.23       5.74       5.35       5.30       5.31       0.76  

Basic earnings per ADS (1)

     31.56       29.05       26.91       26.51       26.55       3.82  

Diluted earnings per ADS (1)

     31.17       28.71       26.76       26.50       26.55       3.82  

Number of shares utilized in basic earnings per share calculation (in thousands)

     20,090,824       20,101,232       20,293,254       20,473,119       20,475,483       20,475,483  

Number of shares utilized in diluted earnings per share calculation (in thousands)

     20,341,516       20,343,120       20,408,441       20,479,706       20,475,483       20,475,483  

 

-3-


Table of Contents
     As of or for the year ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     2016  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
    

(in millions, except share, per share

and per ADS information)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

            

Working capital (2)

     99,396       80,009       34,433       (12,341     50,256       7,238  

Cash and cash equivalents

     75,764       51,180       73,812       79,842       90,413       13,022  

Bank deposits

     332,495       375,127       353,507       323,330       335,297       48,293  

Accounts receivable

     11,918       14,083       16,715       17,743       19,045       2,743  

Property, plant and equipment

     469,627       520,571       605,023       585,631       622,356       89,638  

Total assets

     1,110,478       1,222,684       1,348,035       1,427,895       1,520,994       219,069  

Bonds–current portion (3)

     —         —         1,000       —         4,998       720  

–non-current portion

     5,986       5,989       4,992       4,995       —         —    

Deferred consideration payable (4)

     23,633       —         —         —         —         —    

Total liabilities

     383,658       401,561       459,052       507,527       538,856       77,611  

Share capital (5)

     2,142       2,142       400,737       402,130       402,130       57,919  

Shareholders’ equity

     724,958       819,171       886,916       917,336       979,021       141,008  

Other Financial Data:

            

Capital expenditures and land lease prepayments (6)

     (144,362     (149,121     (175,701     (173,693     (189,366     (27,274

Net cash generated from operating activities

     233,776       226,905       216,438       235,089       253,701       36,541  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (210,447     (180,122     (151,230     (142,743     (194,523     (28,017

Net cash used in financing activities

     (37,514     (71,312     (42,530     (86,510     (48,958     (7,051

Dividend declared

     55,821       52,675       47,170       46,145       48,993       7,056  

Dividend declared per share (RMB)

     2.773       2.621       2.311       2.205       2.385       0.352  

Dividend declared per share (HK$)

     3.411       3.311       2.920       2.721       2.732       0.352  

 

(1) The basic earnings per share have been computed by dividing profit attributable to our equity shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding in 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016. The diluted earnings per share have been computed after adjusting for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. Dilutive potential ordinary shares resulting from the share options granted to our directors and employees under the share option scheme would decrease profit attributable to equity shareholders per share. The basic and diluted earnings per ADS amounts have been computed based on one ADS representing five ordinary shares.
(2) Represents current assets minus current liabilities.
(3) The current portion of the bonds as of December 31, 2014 was issued by China TieTong on August 18, 2005, with a principal amount of RMB1,000 million, at an issue price equal to the face value of the bonds. The bond was unsecured and bore interest at the rate of 4.6% per annum which is payable annually. The bond was fully repaid on August 18, 2015. The current portion of the bonds as of December 31, 2016 was issued by China Mobile Group Guangdong Co., Ltd., or Guangdong Mobile, with a principal amount of RMB5,000 million. The bonds are unsecured and bear interest at the rate of 4.5% per annum which is payable annually. The bonds, redeemable at 100% of the principal amount, will mature on October 28, 2017.
(4) Represents the respective balance of the purchase consideration payable to our immediate holding company for our acquisition of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in 2002 and for our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in 2004. The deferred consideration was fully repaid by December 31, 2013.
(5) Under the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622 of the laws of Hong Kong), or the Companies Ordinance, which has been in effect since March 3, 2014, the concept of authorized share capital no longer exists and our shares no longer have a par or nominal value. There is no impact on the number of shares in issue or the relative entitlement of any of our shareholders as a result of this transition. In addition, in accordance with the transitional provisions set forth in Section 37 of Schedule 11 to the Companies Ordinance, any amount standing to the credit of the share premium account has become part of our share capital.
(6) Represents payments made for capital expenditures and land lease prepayments during the year and included in net cash used in investing activities.

 

-4-


Table of Contents

Exchange Rate Information

We publish our consolidated financial statements in Renminbi. Solely for the convenience of the reader, this annual report on Form 20-F contains translations of certain Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar amounts into U.S. dollars and vice versa at RMB6.9430 = US$1.00 and HK$7.7534 = US$1.00, the noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 30, 2016. The noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are published on a weekly basis in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Renminbi or Hong Kong dollar amounts could actually be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates or at all.

The noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York were RMB6.8800 = US$1.00 and HK$7.7746 = US$1.00, respectively, on April 20, 2017. The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each month during the previous six months:

Noon Buying Rate

 

     RMB per US$1.00           HK$ per US$1.00  
     High      Low           High      Low  

October 2016

     6.7819        6.6685     

October 2016

     7.7600        7.7536  

November 2016

     6.9195        6.7534     

November 2016

     7.7581        7.7546  

December 2016

     6.9580        6.8771     

December 2016

     7.7674        7.7534  

January 2017

     6.9575        6.8360     

January 2017

     7.7580        7.7540  

February 2017

     6.8821        6.8517     

February 2017

     7.7627        7.7575  

March 2017

     6.9132        6.8687     

March 2017

     7.7714        7.7611  

April 2017 (up to April 20, 2017)

     6.8988        6.8778     

April 2017 (up to April 20, 2017)

     7.7746        7.7687  

The following table sets forth the average noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars in 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 calculated by averaging the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during the relevant year.

Average Noon Buying Rate

 

     RMB per US$1.00      HK$ per US$1.00  

2012

     6.2990        7.7556  

2013

     6.1412        7.7565  

2014

     6.1704        7.7554  

2015

     6.2869        7.7519  

2016

     6.6549        7.7618  

Risk Factors

The following factors, and those factors described in our other reports submitted to, or filed with, the SEC, among other factors, could affect our actual results and could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf, and such factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects as well as the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

 

-5-


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Business

The increasing competition from other telecommunications services providers and competitors in related industries and changes in the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China may reduce our market share and decrease our profit margin.

We continue to face increasing competition from other telecommunications services providers in Mainland China. Principal participants in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China include China Unicom (Hong Kong) Limited, or China Unicom, China Telecom Corporation Limited, or China Telecom, and us. In January 2016, China Unicom and China Telecom entered into a strategic cooperation agreement to promote resource-sharing in several key aspects of business operations. Such cooperation as contemplated by our two major competitors, if materialized, may significantly change the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China. For further information, see “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Competition.”

The government of the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC, has extended favorable regulatory policies to some of our competitors in order to help them become more viable competitors. See “— Current or future asymmetrical and other regulatory measures adopted by the PRC regulatory authorities could materially harm our competitive position.”

Furthermore, the evolution of telecommunication technologies and services has changed the competitive landscape in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China. On the one hand, the intensified competition in new products and services as a result of new technologies could reduce the rate at which we add new customers to our network and decrease our market share as customers choose to receive mobile services from other providers. We expect that we will continue to face intense competition in the delivery of 4G services from China Telecom and China Unicom, which have received permits to operate their 4G services in 2015. See “— We may encounter difficulties and challenges in developing and implementing TD-LTE technologies and developing our 4G services.” On the other hand, the increased competition from non-traditional telecommunications services providers brought by new technologies and services, such as Internet service providers, mobile software and applications developers and equipment vendors, posed challenges to us in retaining existing customers and market position. These new competitors compete against us in both voice and data businesses by offering mobile Internet access and Over The Top products such as instant voice and messaging services, and other mobile services. See “— Changes in the technology and business models of the PRC telecommunications industry may render our current technologies and business model obsolete, and we may encounter difficulties and challenges in developing and implementing new technologies and services.” In addition, although currently we are rapidly expanding our wireline broadband services, we obtained permission to enter into the wireline broadband market later than the other two telecommunications operators, and we cannot assure you that our wireline broadband businesses may not be constrained by the first-mover advantages of our competitors or any similar factors arising from the competition in the wireline broadband market.

As part of changes in our marketing model, we may, depending on the competitive environment, offer more tariff promotions to our customers, which may negatively impact our revenues and profit margins. In the meantime, our competitors are expanding their network coverage and offering discounts to their tariff plans, which may affect our ability to retain our customers. As a result of the above, we cannot assure you that we will not experience increases in churn rates as competition intensifies, which may materially reduce our profitability. Moreover, we cannot assure you that any potential change, and in particular, any further restructuring in the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Moreover, the PRC government has implemented a number of measures that permit certain operators approved by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT, to lease and repackage mobile services for sale to end customers. On May 17, 2013, the MIIT announced that it would accept applications from non-State-owned companies to, on a trial basis, lease mobile services from China Unicom, China Telecom or us and provide mobile services to end customers after repackaging these services. Although the initial trial period of the pilot program ended on December 31, 2015, the mobile services leasing and repackaging will continue to be governed by the rules of the pilot program before the MIIT issues any further rules. As of December 31, 2016, the MIIT has approved 42 companies to operate such business. We may face intense competition from these new mobile network operators in light of such policy and decisions by the MIIT. In particular, increased competition may cause tariff rates to decline significantly, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to compete effectively also will depend on how successfully we respond to various factors affecting the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, including changes in consumer preferences and demand for existing services. We cannot assure you that the measures we are taking in response to these competitive challenges will achieve the expected results.

 

-6-


Table of Contents

Changes in the technology and business models of the PRC telecommunications industry may render our current technologies and business model obsolete, and we may encounter difficulties and challenges in developing and implementing new technologies and services.

In recent years, the telecommunications industry in Mainland China has been characterized by rapidly changing and increasingly complex technologies. Accordingly, although we strive to keep our technologies up to international standards, the mobile technologies that we currently employ may become obsolete. Moreover, the rapid development of new technologies, new services and products and new business models has also accelerated the convergence of local, long-distance, wireless, cable and Internet communication services and resulted in new competitors entering the telecommunications market. The intensified competitive landscape requires us to implement new technologies and develop new businesses in order to adapt to and maintain our share of the evolving value chain of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China. In order to meet the challenges posed by changes in the technology and business models of the PRC telecommunications industry, we have striven to promote the development and transition from voice to data traffic operations, from mobile communication services to innovative full services, and from communication services to digital services. We cannot assure you that the measures we are taking in response to these challenges will achieve the results we expect.

Revenue generated from our wireless data traffic grew substantially in 2016, partly due to continued increased penetration of smartphones and improvements in our services provided on our upgraded networks with the development of our 4G technology and services. However, there is no guarantee that our wireless data traffic business will continue to grow rapidly or that any increase in revenue generated from wireless data traffic will offset any decrease in our voice services revenue and revenue generated from short message services, or SMS, and multimedia message services, or MMS, and other services. The development of 4G business and technology requires substantial investments. However, there is no guarantee that our investments and efforts will deliver the results we desire. See “— We may encounter difficulties and challenges in developing and implementing TD-LTE technologies and developing our 4G services” and “— Our continued investments in the construction of our infrastructure network may adequately address the issues resulting from the substantial increases in data traffic or otherwise achieve the desired economic returns.”

We currently provide certain Internet-related services, including mobile Internet, digital services and certain applications and information services. The development of our Internet-related services depends on our ability to continue to expand and innovate our Internet-related services. If we cannot develop or expand our Internet-related services as we anticipated, or if we develop or expand our Internet-related services at a pace slower than that of our competitors, our Internet-related services may not be as successful and we may not be able to maintain steady growth in our revenue from our Internet-related services.

As the implementation of our business strategies, as well as the development of new businesses, such as mobile Internet, Internet of Things, or IoT, and cloud computing, require significant time, financial and other resources and involve substantial risks, we may not be able to successfully implement our strategies, launch or develop such new businesses in time, or achieve the expected benefits. We may also encounter unexpected technological difficulties in developing and implementing new technologies and, as a result, may incur substantial costs or services disruptions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our tariff reduction and future policy developments in the telecommunications industry in relation to tariff reduction may continue to adversely affect our financial conditions.

From time to time, we need to adjust our tariff plans as part of our business strategy and in some cases in accordance with PRC national policies, and such adjustments may have a material negative impact on our revenue and profitability. In May 2015, the PRC government introduced the new national policy of “speed upgrade and tariff reduction. ” Since May 2015, in response to the expectations of the general public and customers and in order to implement the said national policy, we, in addition to continue enhancing network capacity and increasing network speed, offered discounts to our tariff plans. With respect to our data traffic tariff, we launched an unused data traffic carry-over program for our mobile monthly plans that are charged based on pre-determined data traffic, according to which customers could carry over their monthly plan’s remaining unused data traffic to the following month in October 2015. In 2016, our data traffic tariff decreased by 36%.

 

-7-


Table of Contents

In addition, we took an orderly and balanced approach in reducing voice tariff. In response to the market demand and in light of the national policy of achieving coordinated development of Beijing Municipality, Tianjin Municipality and Hebei Province, we cancelled the domestic long-distance and roaming tariffs for voice services within the tariff zones of Beijing Municipality, Tianjin Municipality and Hebei Province in August 2015 so that our customers are only charged with local usage tariff for our voice services provided within the tariff zones. Similarly, in October 2016, we extended the same tariff policies to the tariff zones of Sichuan Province and Chongqing Municipality. Furthermore, we had removed standalone non-flat rate domestic long-distance and roaming packages from our product portfolio as of the end of 2016, and started to sell and promote only the voice services plans charging local calls and domestic long-distance and roaming calls at a flat rate. In March 2017, we announced to implement certain measures in response to the government initiative in furtherance of the “speed upgrade and tariff reduction” policy, including to cancel all handset domestic long-distance and roaming tariffs within 2017 and to substantially reduce the dedicated Internet access tariffs for small and medium enterprises and to reduce international long-distance call tariffs. In April 2017, we announced to implement several specific measures to reduce tariffs starting from May 2017. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Tariffs.”

Such measures have resulted in reduced tariffs of our data traffic services and voice services in 2016, which in turn had a negative impact on our revenue and profitability. We believe that any prospective reduction in tariffs could continue to have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we would not further reduce our tariffs or make other initiatives to respond to the market demand or further implement the national policy of “speed upgrade and tariff reduction” or other similar national policies, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

There remain uncertainties in connection with the future operation of the China Tower Corporation Limited (or China Tower, formerly known as China Communications Facilities Services Corporation Limited).

China Tower was established in July 2014 by China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. or CMC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, China United Network Communications Corporation Limited, or CUCL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom, and China Telecom for, among others, the construction, maintenance and operation of telecommunications towers, the construction, maintenance and operation of ancillary facilities and the maintenance of base station equipment. On October 14, 2015, CMC entered into an agreement on transfer of its then-owned telecommunications towers and related assets, or Tower Assets, for issuance of consideration shares and payment in cash, or the Transaction Agreement, with CUCL, China Telecom, China Reform Holdings Corporation Limited, or CRHC, and China Tower, pursuant to which CMC, CUCL and China Telecom shall transfer their telecommunications towers and related assets to China Tower, and CRHC shall subscribe for new shares in China Tower in cash. The transfer of Tower Assets was completed on October 31, 2015. As of March 31, 2017, we indirectly owned 38.0% equity interest in China Tower through CMC. On July 8, 2016, CMC entered into the Commercial Pricing Agreement, or the Lease Agreement, with China Tower, pursuant to which CMC agreed to lease from China Tower telecommunications towers and related assets acquired and newly constructed by China Tower. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — The History and Development of the Company — Industry Restructuring and Changes in Our Shareholding Structure.”

The purpose of establishing China Tower is to reduce the overall capital expenditures and operational costs and redundant projects of the three major telecommunications operators and to improve network coverage of the operators. We believe that participating in the establishment of China Tower will benefit our operation and business development in the following significant aspects: (i) to enhance our telecommunications network coverage ability, (ii) to save capital expenditures and optimize cash management, and (iii) to realize investment return from the equity investment in the long run. However, because the operations of China Tower are still at a preliminary stage and we do not control China Tower, China Tower may not act in the best interests of us, and there are uncertainties as to whether the services of China Tower can sufficiently support our business needs and plans, in particular, our plan to expand our 4G business, and whether China Tower can fulfill any usage arrangements to be agreed with us and properly operate, maintain and manage its assets.

 

-8-


Table of Contents

Furthermore, since it is expected that none of us, China Unicom or China Telecom will construct any telecommunications tower after the establishment of China Tower, our business will rely on the Lease Agreement and any other usage arrangements with China Tower. We cannot assure you that we are able to use telecommunications towers and related assets on terms and conditions we desire. The Lease Agreement provides for a pricing adjustment mechanism under which the fees may be further negotiated or agreed upon after considering any effects of inflation, significant fluctuations in the real estate market or the steel price or the actual operating conditions of China Tower, many of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, under the Lease Agreement, leasing fees and lease periods are determined on an individualized basis with respect to each telecommunications tower. Prior to the expiration of lease periods of individual towers, we have to negotiate with China Tower new leases of such towers. If we are unable to enter into new leases on favorable terms or at all, our operations may be adversely affected. In addition, establishment of China Tower may allow our competitors to expand their 4G networks and businesses at a faster pace, which may, in turn, reduce our competitive advantages. Failure of China Tower to fulfill any usage arrangements with us or properly operate, maintain and manage its assets or to provide stable services to us could adversely affect the quality of our networks, which may materially and adversely affect our business or competitiveness, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

As part of its periodic review of our filings, the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC sent us three rounds of comments in September 2016, November 2016 and February 2017, respectively, regarding our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. These comments mainly relate to the background, execution process and accounting treatments of the aforesaid transactions with China Tower. We have responded to the latest comments in March 2017, and have not yet received a formal reply from the SEC to our latest response letter. Thus we do not know if the SEC considers certain comments to remain unresolved, and whether and how those unresolved comments could affect any of our past or current disclosure. As such, there remains uncertainty whether we would be required to amend our past or current disclosure, including the financial statements, which could result in us incurring costs and divert the attention of our management and employees. To the extent that any such amendment occurs, we cannot assure you that it would not cause any adverse effect on our stock price.

Current or future asymmetrical and other regulatory measures adopted by the PRC regulatory authorities could materially harm our competitive position.

The PRC government has extended favorable regulatory policies to some of our competitors in order to help them become more viable competitors to us. For example, the MIIT has decided to make asymmetrical changes, effective January 1, 2014, to the public telecommunications network interconnection settlement standards of basic telecommunications operators in Mainland China. As a result of these changes, when mobile users of China Telecom and China Unicom and our mobile users in Mainland China (excluding TD-SCDMA users with certain specified prefix numbers) make calls to each other, the settlement charges payable by China Telecom and China Unicom to us were adjusted from RMB0.06/minute to RMB0.04/minute, while the settlement charges payable by us to China Telecom and China Unicom remained at RMB0.06/minute. The MIIT will assess the above interconnection settlement policy once every two years based on the development conditions of the telecommunications market and will make adjustments when appropriate. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview —Interconnection.” In addition, the MIIT has expanded the mobile number portability policy that has been implemented in Tianjin Municipality and Hainan Province to Jiangxi Province, Hubei Province and Yunnan Province. The PRC government may continue to expand the implementation of the mobile number portability policy to other areas of Mainland China. The implementation and expansion of the mobile number portability policy may have a greater impact on us, as a leading operator, than on our competitors.

The PRC government has adopted other regulatory measures that may encourage competition in the telecommunications industry. For example, the PRC government recently implemented a number of measures that permit certain operators approved by the MIIT to lease and repackage mobile services for sale to end customers. On May 17, 2013, the MIIT announced that it would accept applications from non-State-owned companies to, on a trial basis, lease mobile services from China Unicom, China Telecom or us and provide mobile services to end customers after repackaging these services. In recent years, the PRC governmental authorities have taken more stringent measures to enforce the PRC Anti-Monopoly Law, such as the anti-monopoly investigation in 2012 undertaken by the National Development and Reform Commission, or the NDRC, which remains ongoing, of other PRC telecommunication companies over certain pricing practices with respect to Internet dedicated leased line services provided by them to Internet service providers. Any amendments to the PRC Anti-Monopoly Law or any changes to the PRC anti-unfair competition regime, in particular those on the telecommunications industry, may subject us to more stringent anti-monopoly and anti-unfair competition regulation. As a result of the regulatory measures, the competitive landscape in the PRC telecommunications industry may further diversify, causing more intensified competition. The implementation of asymmetrical and other regulatory measures could materially harm our competitive position, which could in turn significantly reduce our revenues and profitability, and our financial condition and results of operations also may be materially and adversely affected.

 

-9-


Table of Contents

Cyber attacks could have an adverse effect on our business.

Cyber attacks, including through the use of malware, computer viruses, distributed denial of services attacks, credential harvesting and other means for obtaining unauthorized access to or disrupting the operation of our networks and systems and those of our suppliers, vendors and other service providers, could have an adverse effect on our business. Cyber attacks may cause equipment failures, loss of information, including sensitive personal information of customers or employees or valuable technical and marketing information, as well as disruptions to our operations or our customers’ operations. We devote significant resources to network security, data security and other security measures to protect our systems and data, but these security measures cannot provide absolute security. We cannot assure you that the security measures we have implemented will not be bypassed or otherwise can fully protect the integrity of our network, including our mobile network. The economic costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber attacks could be significant and may be difficult to estimate or calculate because the loss may differ based on the identity and motive of the programmer or hacker, which are often difficult to identify. Further, the perpetrators of cyber attacks are not restricted to specific groups or persons. These attacks may be committed by company employees or external actors operating in any geography, including jurisdictions where law enforcement measures to address such attacks are unavailable or ineffective, and may even be launched by or at the behest of nation states. While, to date, we have not been subject to cyber attacks which, individually or in the aggregate, have been material to our operations or financial condition, the preventive actions we take to reduce the risks associated with cyber attacks, including protection of our systems and networks, may be insufficient to repel or mitigate the effects of a major cyber attack in the future.

The inability to operate our networks and systems or those of our suppliers, vendors and other service providers as a result of cyber attacks, even for a limited period of time, may result in significant expenses to us and/or a loss of market share to other telecommunications operators. The potential costs associated with these attacks could exceed the insurance coverage we maintain. In addition, if we fail to prevent the theft of valuable information such as financial data, sensitive information about our intellectual property, or if we fail to protect the privacy of customer and employee confidential data against cyber attacks, it could result in lawsuits, government claims, investigations or proceedings, and damage to our reputation, which could adversely impact customer and investor confidence. Any of these occurrences could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We may encounter difficulties and challenges in developing and implementing TD-LTE technologies and developing our 4G services.

We are developing and conducting our 4G business based on the TDD mode long-term evolution, or TD-LTE, technology. On December 4, 2013, the MIIT granted to CMCC, China Telecom and China Unicom permissions to operate TD-LTE businesses, and CMCC received permission to operate a TD-LTE business through us. We have subsequently launched our 4G services and rapidly expanded our 4G network. As of March 31, 2017, the number of 4G customers reached approximately 568.1 million.

However, we expect that we will continue to face intense competition in the delivery of 4G services from China Telecom and China Unicom, which have received permits to operate their 4G services based mainly on FDD-LTE technology. FDD-LTE technology is more widely used globally than TD-LTE technology and has more mature value chain, which would allow our competitors to cooperate with overseas telecommunications operators more conveniently in international roaming arrangements and develop relevant technologies in a more cost-efficient manner. In light of the above, we expect that our competitors’ use of FDD-LTE technology will continue to pose competitive challenges to our 4G business. Moreover, in 2016, the MIIT approved the other two telecommunications operators to refarm their respective frequency spectrum used for 2G and 3G services to provide 4G services. This would facilitate such operators to further expand their 4G network coverage because the frequency band used for 2G and 3G services is generally lower and thus more efficient than those currently used for 4G business. Constrained by the frequency spectrum available to us, we may not effectively compete with these operators in our provision of 4G services. See “— Our future network capacity growth may be constrained by the frequency spectrum available to us.” As a result, we cannot assure you that our implementation of TD-LTE technology and provision of telecommunications services based on TD-LTE technology will achieve the expected results.

 

-10-


Table of Contents

In addition, we expect to continue to make substantial investments in the development of our 4G services, including construction of infrastructure networks and base stations. Accordingly, the amount of our capital expenditures in future years could remain high. We incurred capital expenditures of approximately RMB83.0 billion in connection with 4G networks in 2016, and we estimate to incur capital expenditures of approximately RMB74.2 billion in 2017 for the same purpose. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Expenditures” for more information on our expected capital expenditures. If we are unable to provide 4G services in a commercially viable manner, our ability to realize benefits from our significant capital investment and expenses in our networks and 4G services will be limited, and our operating revenue and profit from operations could decrease materially.

We may suffer damage to our reputation and financial losses due to communications fraud carried out on our network.

Communications fraud in Mainland China poses a risk to our business. Because we provide connections to the network and host websites for customers and develop Internet content and applications, we may be perceived as being associated with the content distributed through our network or displayed on websites that we host. If any communications fraud is committed on our network, website or applications, we may face litigations due to the perceived association with such fraud. We have carried out various technical and administrative measures to control and prevent such fraud. For example, we have implemented the real-name registration system for our customers in accordance with the requirements of government authorities, developed a number of anti-fraud systems to detect and intercept fraud calls, spam SMS and smartphone malware, refined our customer service to facilitate the instant reporting of fraud, and strengthened the protection of customers’ personal data from unauthorized access and leakage. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainable Development.” However, we cannot and do not screen all of the information distributed through our network or website. There is no assurance that our measures to prevent or detect fraud will work effectively. Litigations arising from the claims of communications fraud have been brought against other providers of online services in the past. Regardless of the merits of the litigations, they can be costly to defend, divert management resources and attention, which could in turn damage our reputation and have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Failure to capitalize on new business opportunities may substantially reduce our growth potential.

We may pursue acquisitions or otherwise make investments in other business opportunities as such opportunities arise. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in pursuing such acquisitions or investments or will otherwise be able to successfully integrate any acquired business into our existing operations. Our ability to capture new business opportunities may also depend on the availability of sufficient financing from internal as well as external sources. Any failure to capitalize on new business opportunities may materially harm our competitive position, as well as materially reduce our future profitability and growth.

We made acquisitions of and hold investments in other entities, with some of which we also established contractual arrangements such as the strategic cooperation. Such investments and acquisitions include our equity interest in Shanghai Pudong Development Bank, or SPD Bank, IFLYTEK CO., LTD., or IFLYTEK, True Corporation Public Company Limited, or True Corporation and China Mobile Innovative Business Fund (Shenzhen) Partnership (Limited Partnership), or China Mobile Fund, and our acquisitions of business and assets of China TieTong. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Investments and Acquisitions.” Furthermore, we have established certain subsidiaries to carry out specialized operations, such as China Mobile Group Device Company Limited, or China Mobile Device, China Mobile International Limited, or China Mobile International, China Mobile IoT Company Limited, China Mobile Online Services Co., Ltd., China Mobile (Suzhou) Software Technology Company Limited, China Mobile (Hangzhou) Information Technology Company Limited, MIGU Company Limited, China Mobile Internet Company Limited and China Mobile Investment Holdings Co., Ltd.. We expect to further enhance our operational efficiency by establishing other subsidiaries that operate certain other aspects of our businesses in accordance with our business development strategies.

We cannot assure you that our abovementioned investments will achieve the desired level of return, or that any strategic cooperation and integration will produce the expected benefits, if at all. The profitability of entities held by us is impacted to some extent by macroeconomic conditions and changes in monetary and fiscal policies in the countries and regions in which they operate. Moreover, if we encounter difficulties in carrying out our cooperation with our strategic cooperation partners or the integration with the target companies we acquired, the prospects of relevant business operations may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we cannot assure you that the business model of each of the entities we held would be sustainable, and the expected benefits from our investment in networks, licenses and new technologies may not be realized.

 

-11-


Table of Contents

Our continued investments in the construction of our infrastructure network may not adequately address the issues resulting from the substantial increases in data traffic or otherwise achieve the desired economic returns.

Our wireless data traffic business has experienced significant growth in recent years, which contributed to the growth of our operating revenue and provides our business with further opportunities for development. In addition, we have launched our TD-LTE services, which are expected to drive further growth in data traffic. The continued substantial increase in data traffic resulting from the growth of our wireless data traffic business, our TD-LTE business and the proliferation of smartphones significantly strains the existing capacity of our telecommunications network infrastructure. As a result, we have made and will continue to make substantial investments in the construction of our infrastructure network, including our TD-LTE infrastructure, to carry the increasing data traffic. We cannot assure you that these investments would successfully address the issues resulting from the substantial increases in data traffic or otherwise achieve the desired economic returns.

Any failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and the market prices of our shares and ADSs.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports and to prevent fraud. We are required to comply with various Hong Kong and U.S. laws, rules and regulations on internal controls, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In particular, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual reports on Form 20-F that contains an assessment by our management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must issue an auditor’s report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Internal controls may not prevent or detect misstatements because of their inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. In addition, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in operating conditions or a deterioration in the degree of compliance with our policies or procedures. As a result, even effective internal controls are able to provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, our management may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may disagree. If our independent registered public accounting firm is not satisfied with our internal control over financial reporting or the level at which our controls are designed or operated, or if the independent registered public accounting firm interprets the requirements, rules or regulations differently from us, it may decline to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting or may issue an adverse opinion. Any of these possible outcomes could result in a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our consolidated financial statements, which could cause the market prices of our ordinary shares and ADSs to decline significantly. In addition, any deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the New York Stock Exchange, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

Some employee misconduct, including misconduct by senior management, may not be detected or prevented in a timely manner, and such misconduct may damage our reputation and cause the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs to decrease significantly.

Certain of the management personnel of our company and our subsidiaries were alleged to have engaged in unlawful conduct in recent periods. Such allegations of unlawful conduct include the acceptance of bribes. While some of these incidents are still under investigation, we believe that such management misconduct are isolated incidents resulting from individual misconduct.

In order to further strengthen our internal system and policies for detecting and preventing similar and other misconduct, we have re-examined our policies and procedures and have implemented additional operational measures. In particular, with respect to our business cooperation arrangements with third parties, we have adjusted the model of business cooperation and have implemented more stringent policies and processes. These efforts are expected to reduce the probability of third parties engaging in improper business relationships with our employees. We have also further expanded the type of equipment, products and services that are subject to centralized procurement. Furthermore, we have implemented a rotation policy under which the management of our major operating subsidiaries will rotate among different subsidiaries every few years. In addition, we have revised our policy in relation to, and strengthened control over, the material investment projects. We have also provided ongoing compliance and ethics trainings to our employees.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

As described above, we have taken various measures to prevent employee misconduct. We cannot assure you, however, that all misconducts or allegations of misconduct by our management and staff will be detected or prevented in a timely manner. If various measures we have taken prove ineffective in preventing employee misconduct, our reputation may be severely harmed, and the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs could decrease significantly.

We are controlled by CMCC, which may not always act in our best interest.

As of March 31, 2017, CMCC indirectly owned approximately 72.72% of our outstanding shares. Accordingly, CMCC is, and will be, able to (i) nominate substantially all of the members of our board of directors and, in turn, indirectly influence the selection of our senior management; (ii) control the timing and amount of our dividend payments; and (iii) otherwise control or influence actions that require approvals of our shareholders.

The interests of CMCC as our ultimate controlling person may conflict with the interests of our minority shareholders. In particular, CMCC may take actions with respect to our business that may not be in our other shareholders’ best interest.

In addition, CMCC provides our operating subsidiaries in Mainland China with services that are necessary for our business activities. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview of Our Operations — Our Operating Arrangements with CMCC Have Affected and May Continue to Affect Our Financial Results.” Furthermore, we operate our 3G and 4G businesses pursuant to arrangements with CMCC, which was granted licenses by the PRC government to operate a 3G business based on TD-SCDMA technology and a 4G business based on TD-LTE technology. The interests of CMCC as the provider of these services to our operating subsidiaries in Mainland China may conflict with the interests of us or our other shareholders.

We may conduct a public offering and listing of our shares in Mainland China, which may result in increased regulatory scrutiny and compliance costs as well as increased fluctuations in the prices of our ordinary shares and ADSs listed in overseas markets.

We may conduct a public offering and listing of our shares on a stock exchange in Mainland China. We have not set a specific timetable or decided on any specific form for an offering in the PRC. The precise timing of the offering and listing of our shares in Mainland China would depend on a number of factors, including relevant regulatory developments and market conditions. If we complete a public offering in Mainland China, we would become subject to the applicable laws, rules and regulations governing public companies listed in Mainland China, in addition to the various laws, rules and regulations that we are currently subject to in Hong Kong and the United States. The listing and trading of our securities in multiple jurisdictions and multiple markets may lead to increased compliance costs for us, and we may face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities in these jurisdictions and markets.

In addition, under current PRC laws, rules and regulations, our ordinary shares listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, will not be interchangeable or fungible with any shares we may decide to list on a Mainland China stock exchange, and there is no trading or settlement between these two markets. As a result, the trading prices of our ordinary shares listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange may not be the same as the trading prices of any shares we may decide to list on a Mainland China stock exchange. The issuance of a separate class of shares and fluctuations in its trading price may also lead to increased volatility in, and may otherwise materially and adversely affect, the prices of our ordinary shares and ADSs listed in overseas markets.

On November 17, 2014, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, and the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission, or the SFC, launched a pilot scheme to allow investors in Mainland China to trade shares in designated companies listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, including constituent stocks of the Hang Seng Composite LargeCap Indexes such as our ordinary shares, subject to certain quota limitations. We cannot predict the impact that this initiative will have on cross-border investment by investors in Mainland China or on the trading prices of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Our future network capacity growth may be constrained by the frequency spectrum available to us.

Mobile network capacity is to a certain extent limited by the amount of frequency spectrum available for its use. Since the MIIT controls the allocation of frequency spectrum to mobile operators in Mainland China, the capacity of our mobile network is limited by the amount of spectrum that the MIIT allocates to our parent company, CMCC. For our Global System for Mobile Communications, or GSM, network, the MIIT has allocated a total of 45x2 MHz of spectrum in the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequency bands to be used nationwide for transmission and reception to our parent company, CMCC. In connection with our 3G business, the MIIT has allocated to CMCC, in various frequency bands, a total of 35 MHz of spectrum to be used for nationwide coverage and an additional 50 MHz of spectrum to be used for indoor coverage. In connection with our 4G business, the MIIT has allocated to CMCC, in various frequency bands, a total of 145 MHz of spectrum to be used for nationwide coverage, including 20 MHz of spectrum previously allocated for use by our 3G business for outdoor coverage and 50 MHz of spectrum previously allocated for use by our 3G business for indoor coverage. Under the existing agreement between CMCC and us, we have the right to use the allocated frequency spectrum in Mainland China.

We believe that our current spectrum allocation is sufficient for anticipated customer growth in the near term. However, we may need additional spectrum to accommodate future customer growth or to further develop our 4G services. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional spectrum from the MIIT that would meet our expectations or business needs on a timely basis. Our network expansion or upgrade plans may be affected if we are unable to obtain additional spectrum. This could in turn constrain our future network capacity growth and materially and adversely affect our business and prospects as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

Since our services require interconnection with networks of other operators, disruption in interconnections with those networks could have a material adverse effect on our business, profitability and growth.

Our mobile services depend, in large part, upon our interconnection arrangements and access to other networks. Interconnection is necessary in the case of all calls between our customers and customers of other networks. We have entered into interconnection and transmission line leasing agreements with other operators. Any disruption in our interconnection with the networks of other operators with which we interconnect due to technical or competitive reasons may affect our operations, service quality and customer satisfaction, and in turn our business and results of operations. In addition, any obstacles in existing interconnection arrangements and leased line agreements or any change in their terms, as a result of natural events, accidents, or for regulatory, technological, competitive or other reasons, could lead to temporary service disruptions and increased costs that could severely harm our operations and materially decrease our profitability and growth.

Compliance with the SEC’s rule for disclosures on “conflict minerals” may be time-consuming and costly and could adversely affect our reputation.

Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted a rule that applies to companies that use certain minerals and metals, known as conflict minerals, in their products, including certain products manufactured for them by third parties. The rule will require companies that use conflict minerals in the production of their products to conduct due diligence as to whether or not such minerals originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries and to file certain information with the SEC about the use of these minerals. We filed our conflict minerals report for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 with the SEC, and our conflict minerals report for the year ended December 31, 2016 is due May 31, 2017. We will incur additional costs to comply with the due diligence and disclosure requirements. In addition, depending upon our findings, or our inability to make reliable findings, about the source of any possible conflict minerals that may be used in any products manufactured for us by third parties, our reputation could be harmed, and there may also be disruptions to our business and strategy.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in Mainland China

We are subject to extensive government regulation and any change in the regulatory environment in the PRC, especially with respect to the telecommunications industry, may materially impact us.

As a telecommunications operator in China, we are subject to regulation by, and under the supervision of, the MIIT, the primary regulator of the telecommunications industry in China. Other PRC government authorities also take part in regulating the telecommunications industry in areas such as tariff policies and foreign investment. For example, in recent years, PRC government authorities have required the implementation of real name registration for mobile users. The regulatory framework within which we operate may limit our flexibility to respond to changes in market conditions or competition, including changes in our cost structure. We cannot predict when or if changes in tariff policies may occur. For example, in light of the national policy of achieving coordinated development of Beijing Municipality, Tianjin Municipality and Hebei Province, we cancelled the domestic long-distance and roaming tariffs for voice services within the tariff zones of Beijing Municipality, Tianjin Municipality and Hebei Province in August 2015. Similar tariff policy was extended to Sichuan Province and Chongqing Municipality in October 2016. In addition, since May 2015, the central government has been promoting a national policy of “speed upgrade and tariff reduction,” and further promoted these initiatives in March 2017. In response, we announced to cancel all handset domestic long-distance and roaming tariffs within 2017 and to substantially reduce the dedicated Internet access tariffs for small and medium enterprises and to reduce international long-distance call tariffs. In April 2017, we announced to implement several specific measures to reduce tariffs starting from May 2017. The PRC government may issue similar policies in the future. Future changes in tariff policies could significantly decrease our revenues and materially reduce our profitability. See “— Risks Relating to Our Business — Our tariff reduction and future policy developments in the telecommunications industry in relation to tariff reduction may continue to adversely affect our financial conditions.” Any change in the regulatory environment in the PRC, especially with respect to the telecommunications industry, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The MIIT, under the direction of the State Council, has been preparing a draft telecommunications law, which, once adopted, will become the fundamental telecommunications statute and the legal basis for telecommunications regulations in Mainland China. In 2000, the State Council promulgated a set of telecommunications regulations, or the Telecommunications Regulations, that apply in the interim period prior to the adoption of the telecommunications law. Although we expect that the telecommunications law will positively affect the overall development of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, we do not fully know what will be its nature and scope. The telecommunications law and other new telecommunications regulations or rules may contain provisions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We operate our businesses with approvals granted by the State Council and under licenses granted by the MIIT. We also have arrangements with CMCC, our parent company, under which we operate 3G and 4G telecommunications businesses based on the 3G and 4G licenses granted by the MIIT. Any future adverse change in the conditions or other obligations relating to these approvals and licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Furthermore, personal privacy, cyber security, and data protection are becoming increasingly significant issues in China. The regulatory framework governing the collection, processing, storage and use of business information and personal data is rapidly evolving. The recently-enacted Cyber Security Law of the PRC, or the Cyber Security Law, which will come into force on June 1, 2017, sets forth various requirements related to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of data, among other things. These requirements could increase our costs of compliance. We cannot determine the impact of the Cyber Security Law in its future implementation on our business, given it may be subject to differing interpretations and the uncertainties in its enforcement. Although we have taken and will continue to take measures to comply with the Cyber Security Law, we cannot assure you that we will comply with the regulatory requirements in all aspects at all times. Any inability to comply with the Cyber Security Law and the relevant regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business. Moreover, increased costs to comply with and other burdens imposed by the Cyber Security Law and relevant regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our suppliers, vendors and other service providers, as well as our customers, may inhibit our business development or curb the demand of our products and services. If we are unable to respond to changing laws, regulations and policies related to privacy or cyber security, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

The PRC government may require major operators, including us, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing these services.

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications operators in Mainland China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the PRC government, and the MIIT has the authority to delineate the scope of these service obligations. In December 2015, the Ministry of Finance, or the MOF, and the MIIT jointly issued a notice on the pilot program to promote basic universal telecommunications services in rural areas where telecommunications operators in Mainland China, including us, are encouraged to support the broadband development in rural and remote areas, so as to facilitate the achievement of certain strategic goals relating to “Broadband China. ” This includes achieving, by 2020, the goal of broadband access in 98% of the villages by administrative division and the rural broadband access capacity of more than 12Mbps. We cannot predict whether we will be required to provide other universal services in the future and, if so, whether we will be adequately compensated by the government or by the universal service fund. We also cannot assure you whether we will be required to make contribution to the universal service fund. Any of these events could reduce our revenues and/or profitability.

Our share price has been and may continue to be volatile in response to conditions in the global securities markets generally and in the telecommunications and technology sectors in particular.

Our share price has been subject to significant volatility, due in part to highly volatile securities markets, particularly for publicly traded shares of telecommunications companies, as well as variations in our sales and profit from operations. Factors other than our results of operations that may affect our share price include, among other things, overall market conditions and performance, market expectations of our performance, projected growth in the mobile market in Mainland China and changes in our brand value. In addition, our share price may be affected by factors such as the level of business activity or perceived growth (or the lack thereof) in the telecommunications market in general, the performance of other telecommunications companies, announcements by or the results of operations of our competitors, customers and suppliers, announcements by and information released by governmental entities, and new technologies, products and services. See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing” for information regarding the trading price history of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

Actual or perceived health risks associated with the use of mobile devices could materially impair our ability to retain and attract customers, reduce wireless telecommunications usage or result in litigation.

There continues to be public speculation about possible health risks to individuals from exposure to electromagnetic fields from base stations and from the use of mobile devices. While a substantial amount of scientific research conducted to date by various independent research bodies has shown that radio signals, at levels within the limits prescribed by public health authority safety standards and recommendations, present no adverse effect to human health, we cannot be certain that future studies, irrespective of their relative reliability or trustworthiness, will not impute a link between electromagnetic fields and adverse health effects. Research into these issues is ongoing by government agencies, international health organizations and other scientific bodies in order to develop a better scientific understanding and public awareness of these issues. In addition, several wireless industry participants were the targets of lawsuits alleging various health consequences as a result of wireless phone usage or seeking protective measures. While we are not aware of any scientific studies or objective evidence which substantiates such alleged health risks, we cannot assure you that the actual, or perceived, risks associated with radio wave transmission will not materially impair our ability to retain customers and attract new customers, significantly reduce wireless telecommunications usage or result in litigation.

Risks Relating to Mainland China

An economic slowdown in Mainland China may reduce the demand for our services and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We conduct most of our business and generate substantially all our revenues in Mainland China. As a result, economic, political and legal developments in Mainland China have a significant effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our future prospects. Though Mainland China has been one of the world’s fastest growing economies in recent years in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, growth, it may not be able to sustain the same growth rate. For example, China’s real GDP growth rate declined from approximately 7.7% in 2012 to 6.7% in 2016. There is no assurance that the GDP growth rate of Mainland China will not further decline. A deterioration in Mainland China’s business environment as a result of the slowdown in economic growth could reduce business activities and demand for our services, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

We are subject to reviews and inspections by governmental authorities and regulatory agencies.

We are subject to reviews and inspections by various governmental authorities and regulatory agencies. These reviews and inspections could cover a broad range of aspects in relation to our business and operations, including financial reporting, tax reporting, internal control and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. We cannot predict the impact of any findings of these reviews and inspections, and we cannot assure you that the outcome of any such reviews and inspections would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We receive substantially all of our revenues, and our financial statements are presented, in Renminbi. The value of the Renminbi against U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC and international economic conditions and foreign exchange policies. The conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars and Hong Kong dollars, is based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China, or PBOC. The PRC government allowed the Renminbi to appreciate by more than 20% against the U.S. dollar between July 2005 and July 2008. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably, and in recent years the Renminbi has depreciated against the U.S. dollar. In August 2015, PBOC announced that the mid-point exchange rate for the floating range of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar will be determined based on market maker submissions that take into account the Renminbi-U.S. dollar exchange rate at the previous day’s closing of the inter-bank spot foreign exchange market, the supply and demand dynamics and the movements of other major currencies. Since October 1, 2016, the Renminbi has joined the International Monetary Fund’s basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system and there is no guarantee that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value, translated or converted into U.S. dollars or Hong Kong dollars, of our net assets, earnings and any declared dividends payable on our ordinary shares in foreign currency terms. Our financial condition and results of operations may also be affected by changes in the value of certain currencies other than the Renminbi, in which certain of our cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits are denominated. If we incur, in the future, debt denominated in currencies other than the Renminbi, such as in the U.S. dollar, the fluctuation of the Renminbi against the other currencies could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For further information on our foreign exchange risks and certain exchange rates, see “Item 3. Key Information — Exchange Rate Information” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” We cannot assure you that any future movements in the exchange rate of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar or other foreign currencies will not adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The PRC legal system contains uncertainties which could limit the legal protections available to our shareholders.

Most of our operating subsidiaries are organized under the laws of the PRC and are subject to laws, rules and regulations in the PRC. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which decided legal cases may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. The PRC government has promulgated laws, rules and regulations dealing with economic matters, such as corporate organization and governance, commerce, property, taxation, trade and foreign investment. However, because some of these laws, rules and regulations remain relatively untested, and because of the relatively limited volume of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and/or enforcement of these laws, rules and regulations involve potentially significant uncertainties, which may limit the remedies available to our investors and to us in the event of any claims or disputes with third parties. In addition, any litigation in the PRC may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Consequently, the protection provided by the PRC legal system may not be the same as the legal protection available to investors in the United States or elsewhere. Furthermore, various uncertainties involved in the rulemaking, interpretation and enforcement process of the laws, rules and regulations in the PRC that are related to our business and operations, particularly those relating to telecommunications and taxation, may also materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-17-


Table of Contents

Natural disasters, terrorist acts, acts of war and health hazards in China may cause damage to our infrastructure and severely disrupt our business and operations.

Our business operations are subject to interruption by natural disasters, power outages, terrorist attacks or other hostile acts, health hazards, among others, which are beyond our control. Such events could cause significant damage to our infrastructure upon which our business operations rely, resulting in degradation or disruption of service to our customers. For example, several natural disasters have struck Mainland China in recent years. Our network equipment, including our base stations, in the affected areas sustained extensive damages in some of these natural disasters, leading to service stoppage and other disruptions in our operations in those areas. We are unable to predict the effect, if any, that any future natural disasters or other similar events may have on our business. While we maintain insurance coverage for some of these events, the potential liabilities associated with these events could exceed the insurance coverage we maintain. Our system redundancy may be ineffective or inadequate, and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for all eventualities. These events could also damage the infrastructure of the suppliers, vendors and service providers that provide us with the equipment and services we need to operate our business and provide products to our customers. Any future natural disasters or other similar events may, among other things, significantly disrupt our ability to adequately staff our business, and may generally disrupt our operations. Furthermore, such natural disasters and other similar events may severely restrict the level of economic activity in affected areas, which may in turn materially and adversely affect our business and prospects. As a result, any natural disasters or other similar events in China may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process and enforcing judgments against us and our management.

Substantially all of our assets and our subsidiaries are located in the PRC. In addition, most of our directors and officers reside within the PRC, and substantially all of the assets of our directors and officers are located within the PRC. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States or elsewhere outside the PRC upon most of our directors or officers, including with respect to matters arising under applicable laws and regulations. Moreover, the PRC does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the United States, the United Kingdom or most other Western countries, and Hong Kong has no arrangement for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments with the United States.

As a result, recognition and enforcement in the PRC or Hong Kong of judgments of a court in the United States and any of the other jurisdictions mentioned above in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

Our investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB’s oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm through inspections.

Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, has the authority and is required to conduct continuing inspections of registered public accounting firms that provide audit services to public companies subject to the reporting requirements of the SEC. Our external auditor is registered with the PCAOB and is subject to inspections by the PCAOB. The PCAOB is currently unable to inspect a registered public accounting firm’s audit work relating to a company’s operations in China where the documentation of such audit work is located in China, such as our registered public accounting firm’s audit work relating to our operations in China. As a result, our investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB’s oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm through such inspections.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

If additional remedial measures are imposed on the PRC-based network firms of the Big Four accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, in administrative proceedings brought by the SEC alleging the firms’ failure to meet specific criteria set by the SEC, we could be unable to timely file future financial statements in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

In December 2012, the SEC instituted administrative proceedings against the PRC-based network firms of the Big Four accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, alleging that these firms had violated U.S. securities laws and the SEC’s rules and regulations thereunder by failing to provide to the SEC the firms’ audit work papers with respect to certain PRC-based companies that are publicly traded in the United States. On January 22, 2014, the administrative law judge, or ALJ, presiding over the matter rendered an initial decision that each of the firms had violated the SEC’s rules of practice by failing to produce audit work papers to the SEC. The initial decision censured each of the firms and barred them from practicing before the SEC for a period of six months. These firms subsequently appealed the ALJ’s initial decision to the SEC. The ALJ’s decision does not take effect unless and until it is endorsed by the SEC. On February 6, 2015, the four PRC-based accounting firms each agreed to a censure and to pay a fine to the SEC to settle the dispute and avoid suspension of their ability to practice before the SEC and audit U.S.-listed companies. The settlement required the accounting firms to follow detailed procedures and to seek to provide the SEC with access to firms’ audit documents via the CSRC. If future document productions fail to meet specified criteria or there is a problem with the process between the SEC and CSRC, the SEC retains authority to impose a variety of additional remedial measures on the firms depending on the nature of the failure. If the accounting firms are subject to additional remedial measures imposed by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, our ability to file our financial statements in compliance with SEC requirements could be impacted. A determination that we have not timely filed financial statements in compliance with SEC requirements could ultimately lead to the delisting of our ADSs from the New York Stock Exchange or the termination of the registration of our ADSs under the Exchange Act, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our ADSs in the United States.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company.

We provide a full range of mobile services in all 31 provinces, autonomous regions and directly-administered municipalities in Mainland China as well as in Hong Kong. Based on publicly available information, we are the leading provider of mobile services in Mainland China and the largest provider of mobile services in the world as measured by total number of mobile customers as of December 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2017, our total number of mobile customers reached approximately 856.5 million.

The History and Development of the Company

We were incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong on September 3, 1997 under the predecessor of the Companies Ordinance as a limited liability company under the name “China Telecom (Hong Kong) Limited.” We changed our name to “China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited” on June 28, 2000 and then to “China Mobile Limited” on May 29, 2006.

Our ordinary shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, and our ADSs, each currently representing the right to receive five ordinary shares, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Expansion Through Acquisitions

At our inception, our mobile operations included those in Guangdong Province and Zhejiang Province, conducted by Guangdong Mobile (formerly known as Guangdong Mobile Communication Company Limited), and China Mobile Group Zhejiang Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Zhejiang Mobile Communication Company Limited), or Zhejiang Mobile, respectively. As part of the restructuring in preparation for our initial public offering in 1997, the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications transferred to us a 100% equity interest in Guangdong Mobile and a 99.63% equity interest in Zhejiang Mobile. We subsequently increased our shareholding in Zhejiang Mobile to 100%.

We carried out a series of acquisitions between 1998 and 2004, through which we acquired from CMCC, our parent company, mobile operations conducted by its other regional subsidiaries. As a result, we significantly expanded the geographical coverage of our operations to all 31 provinces, autonomous regions and directly-administered municipalities in Mainland China.

In addition, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of China Resources Peoples Telephone Company Limited (currently known as China Mobile Hong Kong Company Limited, or Hong Kong Mobile), a mobile services provider based in Hong Kong, in 2006. As a result, we expanded the geographical coverage of our operations to Hong Kong.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

In 2011, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, CMC, acquired 100% of the share capital of China Topssion Communication Co., Ltd., or Topssion, a company primarily engaged in the sale of mobile phone handsets and devices, for an aggregate purchase price of RMB237,070,000 (approximately US$37,667,000). CMC subsequently transferred 1% of the share capital of Topssion to CMCC, and further subscribed for additional share capital of Topssion. Topssion thereafter changed its name to China Mobile Device. As of March 31, 2017, we held a 99.97% equity interest in China Mobile Device.

In 2015, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, CM TieTong, acquired Target Assets and Businesses of China TieTong, for a final consideration of RMB31,967 million (approximately US$4,934.9 million). The acquisition was completed in December 2015. We expect that our acquisition of Target Assets and Businesses from China TieTong will facilitate our transformation into a full service operator offering both fixed-line and mobile services.

These acquisitions have significantly enlarged our customer base and expanded the geographical coverage and scope of our business. The integration of these acquired operations has also enabled us to realize synergies and economies of scale.

Industry Restructuring and Changes in Our Shareholding Structure

Prior to 1993, all public telecommunications networks and services in Mainland China were controlled and operated by the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications through the former Directorate General of Telecommunications, provincial telecommunications administrations and their city and county level bureaus.

Between 1993 and 2008, the telecommunications industry of Mainland China underwent significant reforms and restructuring that resulted in an improved competitive environment and enhanced regulation of the industry.

In March 2008, the MIIT was created as the industry regulator providing industry policy guidance and exercising regulatory authority over all telecommunications services providers in Mainland China, including, among others, formulating and enforcing industry policy, standards and regulations, granting telecommunications licenses and permits, formulating interconnection and settlement standards for implementation between telecommunications networks, formulating tariff and service charge standards for certain telecommunications services together with other relevant regulatory authorities, supervising the operations of telecommunications services providers, promoting fair and orderly market competition among operators, and allocating and administering public telecommunications resources.

On May 24, 2008, the MIIT, the NDRC and the MOF jointly issued a joint announcement relating to the further reform of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, which led to a future restructuring of the then-existing telecommunications services providers. The restructuring resulted in the consolidation of the telecommunications industry in China into three service providers: China Telecom, China Unicom and CMCC.

As a result of the industry restructuring in 2008 and early 2009, principal participants in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, other than China TieTong and us, also include China Telecom and China Unicom. China Telecom and China Unicom since then operate both mobile and fixed-line services. On November 27, 2015, CM TieTong, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into the Acquisition Agreement with China TieTong, pursuant to which CM TieTong has agreed to acquire Target Assets and Business. The acquisition was completed in December 2015.

On July 11, 2014, CMC entered into a promoters’ agreement with CUCL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom, and China Telecom to establish China Tower, which had a registered capital of RMB10 billion. Pursuant to the promoters’ agreement, we have made an investment of RMB4,000 million and indirectly owned a 40% equity interest in China Tower. On October 14, 2015, CMC entered into the Transaction Agreement with CUCL, China Telecom, CRHC and China Tower, pursuant to which CMC, CUCL and China Telecom shall transfer their telecommunications towers and related assets to China Tower, China Tower shall issue and allot shares in China Tower and/or pay certain cash as consideration for such transfers, and CRHC shall subscribe for new shares in China Tower in cash. Following the completion of the transaction on October 31, 2015, China Tower was owned by CMC, China Unicom, China Telecom and CRHC as to 38.0%, 28.1%, 27.9% and 6.0%, respectively. CMC transferred its existing telecommunications towers and related assets to China Tower for a final consideration of RMB102,736 million (approximately US$15,859.7 million). On July 8, 2016, CMC entered into the Lease Agreement with China Tower, pursuant to which CMC agreed to lease from China Tower telecommunications towers and related assets acquired and newly constructed by China Tower. As of March 31, 2017, we indirectly owned 38.0% equity interest in China Tower.

 

-20-


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

As of March 31, 2017, CMCC owned 72.72% equity interest in us through intermediate holding companies. We operate in all 31 provinces, autonomous regions and directly-administered municipalities throughout Mainland China and in Hong Kong. As of March 31, 2017, we owned, directly or through intermediate holding companies, 100% equity interests in the following companies:

 

  China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Guangdong Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Zhejiang Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Jiangsu Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Fujian Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Henan Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Hainan Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Beijing Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Shanghai Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Tianjin Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Hebei Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Liaoning Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Shandong Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Guangxi Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Anhui Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Jiangxi Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Chongqing Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Sichuan Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile (Shenzhen) Limited

 

  China Mobile (Suzhou) Software Technology Co., Ltd.

 

  MIGU Company Limited

 

  China Mobile TieTong Company Limited

 

  China Mobile Investment Holdings Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Hubei Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Hunan Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Shaanxi Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Shanxi Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Neimenggu Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Jilin Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Heilongjiang Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Guizhou Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Yunnan Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Xizang Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Gansu Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Qinghai Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Ningxia Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Xinjiang Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Group Design Institute Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Hong Kong Company Limited

 

  China Mobile International Limited

 

  China Mobile IoT Company Limited

 

  China Mobile Online Services Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile (Hangzhou) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

 

  China Mobile Internet Company Limited
 

For detailed information of our significant subsidiaries, see note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

In addition, we own a 99.97% equity interest in China Mobile Device, a 92% equity interest in China Mobile Group Finance Co., Ltd., or China Mobile Finance, and a 66.41% equity interest in Aspire Holdings Limited, or Aspire, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

Set out below is a chart illustrating our corporate structure as of March 31, 2017:

 

LOGO

General Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 60 th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, China; telephone: 852-3121-8888. We also maintain a regional headquarters in each of our regional mobile companies in Mainland China and Hong Kong. Our web site address is www.chinamobileltd.com. The information on our web site is not a part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

Business Overview

Over the past several years, we have achieved a number of technological improvements and upgrades to our core mobile network, which has evolved into an integrated network that is capable of supporting transmissions using the 2G standard, 3G standard and 4G standard. We have built an Internet Protocol based core network that is capable of supporting the GSM, TD-SCDMA, WLAN and TD-LTE networks, which we believe could also evolve into a network that supports other future generations of mobile technologies. See “— Mobile Networks” below.

In addition, our acquisition from China TieTong of Target Assets and Businesses, is expected to facilitate our transformation into a full service operator offering both fixed-line and mobile services, enable us to seize the opportunities in the wireline broadband market, expand our customer base and increase our wireline broadband network capacity, coverage and efficiency through an integrated network. See “— The History and Development of the Company — Industry Restructuring and Changes in Our Shareholding Structure.” We continue to increase our reserves of basic resources, such as metropolitan area transmission networks, public Internet and broadband access networks in Mainland China, promote the construction of North and South Bases, data centers and call centers, accelerate Internet Data Center, or IDC, development and focus on the development of services such as dedicated lines for corporate customers.

Our Business Strategy

As a pioneer and market leader in the world’s largest mobile market, we have aligned ourselves with mobile Internet development trends. We aim to maintain our leading position in 4G development in China and have fully embraced the transition from voice to data traffic operation. We have also striven to enhance our wireline broadband services and promote the transition from mobile communication services to innovative full services.

In 2016, we launched our “Big Connectivity” strategy, aiming at a business transformation from mobile communications between people to a model that extends connections to join people and things as well as connections among things. In our efforts to implement this strategy, we have shifted focus from the traditional operating model to an integrated development of the “four growth engines,” namely, to capitalize on the momentum in the mobile market, the household market, the corporate customer market and the emerging businesses.

Mobile Market. We have been dedicated to the development of our 4G network. As of December 31, 2016, we cumulatively put in use 1.51 million 4G base stations which covered a population of over 1.3 billion. In 2016, the number of our 4G customers increased by 223 million, reaching over 535 million by the end of the year. As of March 31, 2017, our 4G customers reached approximately 568.1 million. We have continued to improve our quality management for 4G network to increase the average download speed and improve customer experience of our 4G network. Our average download speed on urban roads reached 40 Mbps in 2016. We also continued to facilitate the migration of our customers from 2G and 3G networks to 4G networks. Moreover, we have built one of the world’s largest networks of Voice over LTE, or VoLTE, providing VoLTE for commercial use in more than 300 cities in Mainland China. In addition to network upgrade, we have continued to optimize our 4G product offerings. In 2016, our data services revenue, which has become the primary driver for our revenue growth, increased by 30.2% from RMB303,425 million in 2015 to RMB394,937 million (US$56,883 million). Notably, the revenue from wireless data traffic for the first time exceeded traditional telecommunication business (including voice, SMS and MMS) and became the largest revenue source in 2016. In 2017, we will continue to focus the development of our 4G network to maintain our market leading position in China in terms of coverage and further enhance 4G network quality and customer perception through the continued promotion of VoLTE, and carrier aggregation, or CA.

Household Market. In 2016, we adopted the high-end approach to the development of our wireline broadband business, with an aim to offering products and services with enhanced network speed and quality and customized to the needs of specific customer groups. The expansion in both of our wireline broadband customer base and our market share continued in 2016. Our wireline broadband customers reached 77.6 million at the end of 2016, increasing by 41.1% from 55.0 million at the end of 2015, and our market share grew from 22.9% from the end of 2015 to 28.1% at the end of 2016. Furthermore, our smart home gateway, Mobaihe, which is a set-top box providing high-definition video-on-demand service, achieved significant growth. At the end of 2016, the customers of our home digital services, Mobaihe, exceeded 22.8 million. The average revenue per user per month (including home digital services) increased from RMB31.9 in 2015 to RMB33.8 in 2016. In 2017, we plan to further promote our high-end wireline broadband with a focus on developing household broadband with bandwidth of over 100M and key area broadband with bandwidth reaching 1,000M.

 

-23-


Table of Contents

Corporate Customer Market. We have focused on key services such as dedicated lines and IDC services, built a network-wide coordinated sales system to target major corporate customers and have developed products targeting key industries such as public administration, finance, transportation, education, healthcare and energy. We further improved the transmission capacity of our fiber optic cable and the accessibility of our corporate customer dedicated lines. In 2017, we will continue to expand our corporate customer base by taking advantage of the opportunities in “Internet+” and serving customers in these key industries with tailored information technology products and services.

Emerging Businesses. We have been engaged in developing innovative application and information services in 2016. For example, we extended our near-field communication, or NFC, applications through the One Hundred Schools Project. Additionally, our “and-Wallet” mobile payment service recorded a total annual transaction value of more than RMB1 trillion for the year of 2016. We also made a number of achievements in the area of IoT. We established one of world’s largest dedicated networks for IoT with more than 100 million connections as of December 31, 2016. Besides, our open IoT platform intended to nurture the development of the IoT ecosystem, OneNET platform, also went online in 2016. It connected more than seven million devices and served approximately 30,000 developers and more than 3,000 companies at the end of 2016.

In terms of long-term strategy, we will continue to implement our “Big Connectivity” strategy and strive to become a world leading operator offering innovative digital services. To this end, we plan to build upon our existing customer base to boost connectivity scale, optimize our connectivity service and strengthen our connectivity applications. We will also focus on extending connections among people to connections among people and things, and among things in order to attain the service capability to accommodate an IoT market where the number of connections may reach the level of ten billion. Additionally, we expect to expand investments in technological innovation of communication applications, enter into new businesses areas and develop new business models, through which we can accelerate our development of digital content business and smart technology and applications for certain key industries.

Customers and Usage

Our mobile customer base has grown substantially from approximately 826.2 million at the end of 2015 to approximately 848.9 million at the end of 2016. As of March 31, 2017, our total number of mobile customers reached approximately 856.5 million, our 4G customers reached approximately 568.1 million. Our total number of wireline broadband customers reached approximately 85.7 million as of March 31, 2017, compared to 77.6 million by the end of 2016. Our customer growth is primarily attributable to a number of factors, including:

 

    economic growth in our markets, including in rural areas;

 

    the PRC government’s promotion of “informatization” and reform and development initiatives targeting the rural areas of Mainland China;

 

    growth potential in small and medium-sized cities, rural areas and migrant population markets;

 

    decreased cost of initiating services due to a decline in handset prices as well as the decrease in other tariffs for our services;

 

    our increased marketing and sales efforts and new business initiatives;

 

    the implementation of our business strategy for the transformation to become an innovative integrated service provider;

 

    our competitive advantages in terms of scale of operations, networks, support systems, brands, marketing and sales channels, and services;

 

    the further development of TD-LTE industry chain, in particular the increasing availability of TD-LTE handsets, especially smartphones, in the market which contributes to the increase in our 4G customer base;

 

    the increasing prevalence of customers using multiple SIM cards; and

 

    the higher customer demand for high speed Internet access.

 

-24-


Table of Contents

However, due to the increasing mobile penetration rate and intensified competition among telecommunications operators and from competitors in related industries, our customer base may not continue to grow as fast as it has over the past few years, if at all. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — The increasing competition from other telecommunications services providers and competitors in related industries and changes in the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China may reduce our market share and decrease our profit margin.”

Our total voice usage was 4,100.2 billion minutes in 2016, representing a decrease of 2.9% from 2015. Our SMS usage totaled 542.4 billion messages in 2016, representing a decrease of approximately 3.1% from 2015. The decrease in our voice usage and the decrease in SMS usage are partly due to the increasing competition from providers offering Over The Top products such as instant voice and messaging services.

Our total handset data traffic was 5,680.7 billion megabytes in 2016, representing an increase of 127.7% from 2015. Our average handset data traffic per user per month also increased by 105.7% to 697 megabytes in 2016. The increase in our handset data traffic usage is due to our continued efforts to promote data traffic services operations, with a focus on the expansion of our 4G network.

The following table sets forth selected historical information about our customer base and customer usage as of or for the periods indicated.

 

     As of or for the year ended
December 31,
 
     2014      2015      2016  

Mobile Business

        

Customer Base (in millions)

     806.6        826.2        848.9  

4G Customer Base (in millions)

     90.1        312.3        535.0  

Total Voice Usage (in billions of minutes)

     4,293.9        4,220.8        4,100.2  

Handset Data Traffic (in billions of megabytes)

     1,080.9        2,494.6        5,680.7  

Average Minutes of Usage Per User Per Month (minutes) (1)

     453        430        408  

Average Handset Data Traffic Per User Per Month (MB) (2)

     155        339        697  

Average Handset Data Traffic Per 4G User Per Month (MB)

     780        748        1,027  

Average Revenue Per User Per Month (RMB) (3)

     59.5        56.3        57.5  

Average Monthly Churn Rate (%) (4)

     3.13        2.78        2.32  

Wireline Broadband Business

        

Customer base (in millions)

     —          55.0        77.6  

Average Revenue Per User Per Month (RMB) (5)

     —          31.9        32.1  

Average Revenue Per User Per Month
(including home digital services) (RMB)

     —          31.9        33.8  

IoT Business

        

Connections (in millions)

     —          65        103  

 

(1) Calculated by (A) dividing the total minutes of usage during the relevant year by the average number of customers during the year (calculated as the average of the numbers of customers at the end of each of the 13 calendar months from the end of the previous year to the end of the current year) and (B) dividing the result by 12.
(2) Calculated by (A) dividing the total handset data usage during the relevant year by the average number of handset data users during the year and (B) dividing the result by 12.
(3) Calculated by (A) dividing the revenue from mobile services during the relevant year by the average number of mobile customers during the year (calculated as the average of the numbers of customers at the end of each of the 13 calendar months from the end of the previous year to the end of the current year) and (B) dividing the result by 12. The revenue from mobile services in 2014, 2015 and 2016 is derived from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.
(4) Measures the monthly rate of customer disconnections from mobile telecommunications services, determined by dividing: (A) the result obtained by dividing (i) the sum of voluntary and involuntary terminations from our network (excluding internal transfer) during the relevant year by (ii) the average number of customers during the year (calculated in the same manner as in note (1) above) by (B) 12.
(5) Calculated by (A) dividing the revenue from wireline broadband services during the relevant year by the average number of wireline broadband customers during the year (calculated as the average of the numbers of customers at the end of each of the 13 calendar months from the end of the previous year to the end of the current year) and (B) dividing the result by 12.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Businesses

Our businesses primarily consist of voice business and data business.

Voice Business. Our voice business includes voice usage services and voice value-added services.

Our voice usage services focus on enabling our customers to make and receive calls with a mobile phone at any point within the coverage area of our mobile networks. The services include local calls, domestic long distance calls, international long distance calls, domestic roaming and international roaming. Our voice usage services experienced a decrease due to the substitution effect of Over The Top products and a decline in tariffs, and total voice usage decreased by 2.9% in 2016 compared to 2015.

Our voice value-added services mainly include caller identity display, caller restrictions, call waiting, call forwarding, call holding, voice mail, conference calls and other services.

Data Business. Our data businesses include SMS and MMS, wireless data traffic services, wireline broadband services and applications and information services. Our data services revenue increased to RMB394,937 million in 2016, representing an increase of 30.2% from 2015. As a percentage of revenue from telecommunications services, our data services revenue increased to 63.3% in 2016 from 52.0% in 2015.

SMS and MMS. SMS refers to services that employ the existing network resources and the corresponding functions of mobile terminals to deliver and receive text messages. SMS offers convenience and multi-functionality to our customers. MMS is a technology that allows users to exchange multimedia communications, such as graphics, animated color pictures, sound files and short text messages, over wireless networks. Our SMS usage decreased from 559.9 billion messages in 2015 to 542.4 billion messages in 2016, and our revenue generated from SMS and MMS decreased from RMB31,244 million in 2015 to RMB28,555 million in 2016 due to the increasing competition from and substitution effect of providers offering Over The Top products such as instant voice and messaging services.

Wireless Data Traffic Services. Our wireless data traffic business includes mobile data traffic services, which primarily consist of handset data traffic service, and WLAN service. Revenue generated from our wireless data traffic business reached RMB288,178 million in 2016, compared to RMB200,857 million in 2015.

Our handset data traffic service is a service that we provide to our customers that enables mobile access to the Internet through 2G, 3G or 4G networks via handsets. We experienced significant growth in the provision of handset data traffic services in 2016 driven by the rapid increases in both our 4G customer base and the average handset data traffic per 4G user per month. Our handset data traffic reached 5,680.7 billion megabytes in 2016, representing a 127.7% increase compared to 2015. Revenue generated from our handset data traffic service reached RMB283,229 million in 2016, compared to RMB195,490 million in 2015.

We also offer WLAN service, which is a service that provides high-speed Internet access through WLAN.

Wireline Broadband Services. Our wireline broadband business offers primarily the wireline broadband data traffic service. Revenue generated from our wireline broadband business increased by 39.7% to RMB25,618 million in 2016 compared from RMB18,339 million in 2015, and the average revenue per user per month increased from RMB31.9 in 2015 to RMB32.1 in 2016. Our home digital services also contributed to the expansion of our wireline broadband services. Our home digital services mainly refer to the high-definition video-on-demand services provided through our Mobaihe set-top box. Mobaihe achieved a customer base of more than 22.8 million at the end of 2016, and the average revenue per user per month (including home digital services) increased from RMB31.9 in 2015 to RMB33.8 in 2016.

Applications and Information Services . Our applications and information services include network resources services and various mobile application products such as Mobile Market and IoT. Revenue generated from our applications and information services reached RMB52,586 million in 2016, compared to RMB52,985 million in 2015.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

Our network resources services mainly include IDC services and dedicated line services. Our IDC services refer to our server hostage, bandwidth leasing and other network infrastructure services, and our dedicated line services refer to our data and voice services provided through exclusive lines to corporate customers. The revenue generated from our IDC services and dedicated line services grew by 76.3% and 32.1% in 2016, respectively.

We have been making efforts to build up open platforms through our Mobile Market in the past few years. “Mobile Market” serves as a platform for software developers and their applications as well as our own businesses so that our customers may use their terminals to download applications and subscribe for our businesses.

In 2016, we expanded the application of IoT to various aspects such as urban management, smart transportation and industrial control, and have developed standardized IoT products including home security services, automobile fleet management services and remote surveillance. We also established centralized public IoT networks with IoT connections reaching over 100 million. Besides, we have established the OneNET platform, which enables developers to connect with IoT manufacturers and leverage our computation, network and communication capacity to quickly launch and promote their applications. As of December 31, 2016, OneNET platform connected more than seven million devices, serving approximately 30,000 developers and more than 3,000 companies.

Additionally, we have closely kept track of the industry trend in our development of applications and information services, and therefore extend our business to various emerging areas, such as NFC and mobile payment. We have established various specialized companies, including, among others, China Mobile IoT Company Limited, China Mobile Internet Company Limited and MIGU Company Limited, all of which focus on digital contents, mobile Internet, IoT and other digital services. Nonetheless, this is an area that we believe to be in its initial stage of development, and we can make more achievements by continuing our efforts in digital services. We continue to promote our digital services and explore new operating models for China Mobile, in order to further advance the market-orientated mechanism and to strengthen our position in the competitive digital landscape through continuous innovation.

Tariffs

Our tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the MIIT, the NDRC and the relevant price regulatory authorities in Mainland China. The MIIT has continued encouraging mobile operators in Mainland China to implement the caller-party-pays regime, and mobile operators, including us, have been implementing the caller-party-pays regime. In particular, all of the new calling plan packages that we offer in Mainland China are generally based on tariffs equivalent to the caller-party-pays regime. In March 2008, the Ministry of Information Industry, the predecessor of the MIIT, reduced the maximum domestic roaming usage charges that a mobile services provider may charge on roaming services. In December 2009, the PRC regulators promulgated policies to eliminate domestic roaming usage charges on outgoing international long distance calls when domestic roaming services are used, as well as eliminate local usage charges on outgoing domestic and international long distance calls when roaming services are not used. In May 2014, the PRC regulators further promulgated policies to permit mobile services providers to set the tariffs of all telecommunications services. Our international roaming usage charges are set in accordance with agreements with the relevant foreign mobile operators.

We offer our customers a variety of tariff packages that have varied monthly charges, minimum charges for basic usage, charges for usage exceeding the covered basic usage, fixed charges for selected features and functions, as well as charges for voice value-added services. We offer tariff packages with respect to wireless data traffic business, or charge the tariff by the actual data traffic usage. We also offer different tariff packages with respect to SMS and MMS, and applications and information services.

We have flexible tariff plans distinguishing between peak time and non-peak time usage, and offer tailored service plans based upon the needs of different customer groups as well as our network resources. Given the rapid growth in mobile penetration rates and increased competition, in order to remain competitive in terms of price and performance with other mobile operators, we provide certain discounts and promotional offers in and during certain service areas and call periods targeting various customers.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

In 2013, we introduced mix-and-match plans, which allow our customers greater flexibility in customizing the voice, data traffic and applications components of their plans. For middle-to-high-end customers, we created a “single price” plan for local, domestic long-distance and roaming calls. In 2014, we introduced new 4G mix-and-match plans and actively sought to reduce the unit price for international roaming. We introduced RMB3/6/9 per 3 megabytes international roaming plans and RMB30/60/90 per day unlimited international data traffic plans and also expanded our 4G international roaming services. In 2015, we promoted the restructuring of tariff plans and launched innovative services such as corporate-sponsored data tariff plans and data traffic sharing service. In 2016, in response to the PRC government’s Belt and Road Initiative, we extended the RMB30/60/90 per day unlimited international data traffic plans to 39 countries or regions covered by the Belt and Road Initiative, and launched “the Belt and Road multi-country international data package” covering 19 countries and regions.

Since May 2015, in response to the expectations of the general public and customers and in order to implement the relevant national policy, we, in addition to continue enhancing network capacity and increasing network speed, launched data tariff plans at lower rates for both peak and non-peak time. We also provided certain amount of free non-peak time data to customers, and reduced the tariffs for out-of-plan data usage and international data roaming in certain countries and regions. With respect to our data traffic tariff, we launched an unused data traffic carry-over program for our mobile monthly plans that are charged based on pre-determined data traffic, according to which customers could carry over their monthly plan’s remaining unused data traffic to the following month in October 2015. In 2016, our data traffic tariff decreased by 36%. In addition, we took an orderly and balanced approach in reducing voice tariff. We cancelled the domestic long-distance and roaming tariffs for voice services within the tariff zones of Beijing Municipality, Tianjin Municipality and Hebei Province in August 2015 so that our customers are only charged with local usage tariff for our voice services provided within the tariff zones. Similarly, in October 2016, we extended the same tariff policies to the tariff zones of Sichuan Province and Chongqing Municipality. Furthermore, we had removed standalone non-flat rate domestic long-distance and roaming packages from our product portfolio as of the end of 2016, and started to sell and promote only the voice services plans charging local calls and domestic long-distance and roaming calls at a flat rate. Additionally, as a result of our efforts in cooperation with overseas telecommunications operators, our international roaming tariffs further decreased in 2016. These measures have had certain adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations, resulting in decreases in the overall tariffs of our data traffic services and voice services in 2015 and 2016, respectively, as compared to those in previous years. In March 2017, we announced to implement certain measures in response to the government initiative in furtherance of the “speed upgrade and tariff reduction” policy including to cancel all handset domestic long-distance and roaming tariffs within 2017 and to substantially reduce the dedicated Internet access tariffs for small and medium enterprises and to reduce international long-distance call tariffs. In April 2017, we announced to implement several specific measures to reduce tariffs starting from May 2017. We may be required to further adjust our tariff under the “speed upgrade and tariff reduction” policy or implement other similar policies to be issued by the PRC government in the future.

The reduction in tariffs as a result of these measures, on the one hand, has had, and we expect that it will continue to have, adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business – Our tariff reduction and future policy developments in the telecommunications industry in relation to tariff reduction may continue to adversely affect our financial conditions.” On the other hand, we have implemented a number of measures to enhance our data traffic operations in response to the “speed upgrade and tariff reduction” initiatives. For example, in our efforts to enhance customer experience, we continued to increase our network speed. As of the end of 2016, the average download speed on urban roads reached to 40 Mbps. We believe these initiatives will, in the long run, facilitate the transformation of our business model to focus on data traffic and digital services.

For our wireline broadband services and applications and information services, we determine tariffs mainly according to market conditions.

Interconnection

Interconnection refers to various arrangements that permit the connection of our networks to other mobile or fixed-line networks. These arrangements provide for the sharing and settlement of revenues from the base usage charges and, if applicable, roaming charges and domestic and international long distance charges.

Under the current telecommunications regulations, parties seeking interconnection must enter into an interconnection agreement. In addition, major telecommunications services providers that have control over essential telecommunications infrastructure and possess significant market share must allow interconnection to their networks by other operators. These telecommunications services providers must also establish interconnection rules and procedures based on the principles of non-discrimination and transparency and submit such rules and procedures to the MIIT for approval. The termination of any interconnection arrangements will require prior approval by the MIIT. The applicable regulations provide that interconnection related equipment must conform to the technical standards approved by the MIIT. See “ — Regulation — Technical Standards” below.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

Our interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators enable our subscribers to communicate with the subscribers of those operators through making and receiving local, domestic and international long distance calls. Each of our operating subsidiaries has interconnection agreements with those operators in its service area. The economic terms of these agreements are generally standardized from province to province.

The MIIT has made adjustments to the public telecommunications network interconnection settlement standards of basic telecommunications operators in Mainland China. With effect from January 1, 2014, when mobile users of China Telecom and China Unicom in Mainland China and our mobile users in Mainland China (excluding TD-SCDMA users with specified prefix numbers of 157 and 188) make calls to each other, the settlement charges payable by China Telecom and China Unicom to us were adjusted from RMB0.06/minute to RMB0.04/minute, while the settlement charges payable by us to China Telecom and China Unicom remained at RMB0.06/minute. The MIIT will assess the above interconnection settlement policy once every two years based on the development conditions of the telecommunications market and will make adjustments when appropriate. The interconnection settlement policies for TD-SCDMA remain unchanged, meaning that when mobile users of China Telecom and China Unicom in Mainland China and our TD-SCDMA users with specified prefix numbers of 157 and 188 make calls to each other, the settlement charges payable by China Telecom and China Unicom to us are RMB0.06/minute, and the settlement charges payable by us to China Telecom and China Unicom are RMB0.012/minute. When users of different basic telecommunications operators in Mainland China send SMS or MMS to each other, the settlement charges for SMS were adjusted from RMB0.03/message to RMB0.01/message, and the settlement charges for MMS were adjusted from RMB0.10/message to RMB0.05/message.

Roaming

We provide roaming services to our customers, which allow them to access mobile services while they are physically outside of their registered service area or in the coverage areas of other mobile networks in other countries and regions with which we have roaming arrangements.

A mobile customer using domestic roaming services is charged at our roaming usage charges or, for outgoing international long distance calls, international long distance charges. A mobile customer using international roaming services incurs charges based on tariffs that vary depending on whether it is an incoming call or an outgoing call and on the destination of the call. In recent years, our international and domestic roaming usage charges have generally declined, resulting in lower average revenue per minute from roaming services. For example, since 2015, we reduced the international data roaming charges in certain countries and regions and cancelled the domestic long-distance and roaming charges for voice services within the tariff zones in Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei and other designated regions and the tariff zones in Sichuan Province and Chongqing Municipality. In addition, we further lowered our international roaming charges in 2016 in response to customers’ expectation, and our international roaming voice usage increased. See “ — Tariffs.”

Research and Development

Our research and development, or R&D, functions are undertaken jointly by our research institute, research centers in Suzhou and Hangzhou and other relevant business units. The responsibilities of our research institute include defining our network and technology evolution roadmap, supporting the operation of existing networks and services, engaging in international standard setting activities and defining corporate specifications, leading the development and field testing of new products and services, cooperating with industry partners, procurement testing and certification of network devices, mobile terminals and information technology systems.

In 2016, our main R&D efforts were focused on a number of aspects:

Improving Networks and Services. In 2016, we strengthened the development and optimization of our 4G network. In particular, we improved our network performance by 3D-MIMO, UL 64QAM and CA, and enhanced and optimized VoLTE technology. We also won the Outstanding Prize in the 2016 National Science and Technology Progress Awards for our contribution to the development of TD-LTE, a global 4G mobile telecommunication technology and standard. We strengthened the research, development and trial on the strategy of network transformation Network Function Visualization, or NFV, and software defined network, or SDN. In particular, we completed NFV field trials (Phase II) for VoLTE service in four provinces, launched commercial SDN data center solution for our public and private cloud, and started SDN field trials on IP network and transport network in various cities. In 2016, we also advocated NovoNet target network architecture based on Telecom Integrated Cloud and started to build multi-site test network for NovoNet target architecture. Additionally, we jointly initiated OPEN-O open source community with industry partners and released relevant products.

 

-29-


Table of Contents

Setting Technical Standards and Promoting Industry Development . We actively promoted 5G related work in international organizations, such as the 3rd Generation Partnership Project, or 3GPP, the International Telecommunication Union and the Next Generation Mobile Networks. In particular, we led 5G requirements and scenarios and network architecture work in 3GPP. We also participated in the 5G first phase testing that was led by Chinese IMT-2020 (5G) Promotion Group, and achieved the 5G key technology verification. Furthermore, in February 2016, we launched the 5G joint innovation center, which had 58 partners (including 32 vertical industry partners) as of the end of 2016, to promote innovation in communication capability, IoT, Internet of Vehicles and other areas. We presented NFV at international conferences and technology forums on multiple occasions and demonstrated VoLTE high definition audio and video based on NFV. We also promoted the establishment of the core part of the standards for NarrowBand IoT, or NB-IoT, launched the first data call based on standardized NB-IoT, and initiated NB-IoT field trials.

Building Independent R&D Capabilities in Terms of Cloud Computing and Big Data. In order to deepen the top-level design of the information technology systems and to promote the maturity of independently-developed products, we formulated plans for the construction and evolution of enterprise-level big data centers, data control and professional operations, improved the independent R&D product lines in the areas of cloud computing and big data, strengthened the application of relevant products and realized the independent integration of cloud services to the general public. In 2016, we launched certain products of cloud services in healthcare and education industries.

Promoting Innovation of Internet-related Key Products. Our R&D initiatives closely followed our “Big Connectivity” strategy and made achievements in various areas. For the household market, we established a product line and several technology systems, such as Smart Home Gateway, Mobaihe set-top box and embedded-SIM, among other things. To improve our competitiveness in providing differentiated services, we launched the unified authentication of customer identity, intra-application billing security systems and online setting of R&D service platforms for applications. Furthermore, we continued to build an ecosystem of platforms. In 2016, we standardized the technologies applicable to the vertical open platforms for our various affiliated companies. We also plan to develop a centralized open platform. In addition, to further enhance customer experience of our products, we formulated a complete set of technical specifications based on the standard of Rich Communication Services, or RCS. Our R&D department completed certain key modules and applied to our self-developed handset N2. We also launched Hefeixin, an app designed to improve user experience in communications and social networking.

Sales and Customer Services

We continue to optimize our customer service system that separate front and back line services and have established sales and services channels tailored to the needs of customers by providing electronic and mobile Internet channels.

Sales Channels . We offer our services through an extensive network of proprietary sales outlets, retail outlets and electronic sales and marketing channels. Our proprietary sales outlets, in addition to providing retail sales and network connection services, also offer differentiated services to customers, including, among others, billing information and payment collection, services consultation and sale of terminals. Most of our proprietary sales outlets provide training and service demonstrations to retail outlets, which, in turn, offer our services to customers according to agency agreements with us. In connection with these sales, all applicable fees payable after initial connection are paid to us. Our electronic channels offer services including, among others, subscription of voice value-added services and data business, change of tariff plans, credit loading for pre-paid services, sales of SIM cards and terminals and redemption of “Customer Reward” points. We continued to improve our service capacity in electronic channels, and approximately 200 million customers visited our mobile app outlets in 2016. In addition, we are able to establish sales and service networks at lower cost by utilizing existing resources in rural areas to serve and expand our customer base in these areas. We have also established concept stores in major cities within Mainland China to showcase our services and products, particularly our data services, and to facilitate certain sales and marketing activities.

Market Segmentation Strategy. As customers’ demands for mobile telecommunications become more varied and complex, we have conducted research on market segmentation and have launched products which cater to the specific needs of different customer groups to increase awareness of our brand and products and maintain our customer base. Our marketing efforts focus on retaining middle-to-high-end customers. We have developed products, service packages and advertising and distribution channels unique to certain groups of customers, such as corporate customers and customers in the rural areas. With respect to corporate customers, we have focused on key services such as dedicated lines and IDC services, built a network-wide coordinated sales system targeting major corporate customers and have developed product series targeting corporate customers in key industries, such as public administration, finance, transportation, education, healthcare and energy. In terms of customers in the rural areas, in order to lower the barrier of using mobile phones, we have encouraged handset producers to introduce inexpensive handsets with moderate functions.

 

-30-


Table of Contents

Customer Services. Our customer support service centers offer 24-hour staff-answering and automatic-answering service hotlines in Mainland China, dealing with customer enquiries regarding services and billing, as well as handling customer complaints. Our main strategy in retaining customers is to continue to implement our customer classification, customer bonus points program and customer club program. We classify our customers according to their level of value contribution and match them with differentiated service resources according to their level, with higher-level customers enjoying premium services. Our customer bonus points program is an important measure to this end, under which customers receive bonus points based on their service consumption and loyalty. Customers may exchange their accrued bonus points for tariffs, data and other benefits. Customer club program offers certain membership privileges taking into account customers’ demand, our marketing focuses, as well as internal and external resources available to us.

In 2016, we continued to optimize our customer service processes through efforts such as improving service quality at our sales outlets, 10086 hotline and online portal, in particular our online-based customer service. We have actively promoted electronic channels, including expanding the scope of services provided through our electronic channels and shortening the processing time at the electronic channels. In addition, we implemented service measures such as increasing transparency in the billing process, inquiry and data services unsubscription function through SMS to ensure our customers would be fully informed of the payments they would make. We continued to filter spam SMS and software that were sent to our customers. Our ongoing improvement in customer services resulted in broader customer satisfaction in 2016.

Service Quality. We strive to improve the quality of our services through improvements in the quality of our infrastructure network. In 2016, we continued to upgrade our service quality management system and created a transparent and secure communication platform. In particular, we started to integrate customer services resources to our 10086 customer service hotline operation, which increased our service efficiency and overall hotline connection rate. We have also improved our business support capabilities, especially in the areas of billing and data business subscription support.

Churn Management. We have devised internal monitoring systems to detect customers who are prone to discontinue their subscriptions. In particular, our churn alert system prompts customer service representatives to proactively approach those customers, and customers who have recently discontinued their service, to improve customer relations and minimize churn.

Credit Control. We have implemented customer identity and information checks during the customer registration procedures to assist in credit control. Direct debit services are available in each geographical area. The accounts of contract customers are required to be settled on a monthly basis, and a customer will be subject to late payment fees for amounts overdue and subject to account deactivation if the customer’s account remains overdue. As a majority of our existing customers pre-pay for our services, we have limited credit risk exposure to our customers. We make an impairment loss for doubtful accounts based on our assessment of the recoverability of accounts receivable.

Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainable Development

We are committed to fulfilling our responsibilities to stakeholders and proactively pursuing shared and sustainable development with stakeholders while striving to contribute to the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals for 2030. We have focused on energy conservation and environmental protection in many aspects of our operations. We furthered our “Green Action Plan” and realized a reduction in overall energy consumption per unit of information flow by 36% in 2016 compared with the previous year. Through our China Mobile Charity Foundation, we continued to carry out philanthropic activities such as poverty alleviation and education support. We have cumulatively sponsored treatments for 3,633 children in poverty diagnosed with congenital heart disease, and provided trainings to more than 90,000 principals of rural primary and secondary schools in villages in central and western China. In addition, we are fully devoted to creating a secure communication platform for our customers by introducing highly resilient and fully protected features, such as our anti-fraud system utilizing big data technology and anonymization of personal data, so as to strictly protect the privacy of our customers. We implemented policies and procedures that target phishing, spam SMS and malware in order to reduce the spam, improper SMS and malware transmitted to our customers. We also implemented measures such as adopting the real-name registration system, refining our service process, providing instant channels to report spam and fraud, for purpose of early detection of, and quick response to fraud. In 2016, we were listed in the Dow Jones Sustainability Indices for the ninth consecutive year and were also listed in the Hang Seng Corporate Sustainability Index Series for the seventh consecutive year. In 2016, we became the first and the only company from Mainland China named on CDP’s Global Climate A List.

 

-31-


Table of Contents

Terminals

Our TD-LTE services have been developing rapidly, and the quality and value of TD-LTE models continue to improve. Since launching our TD-LTE services, we have focused on the development of multi-mode, multi-band terminals, low cost TD-LTE terminals and terminals with 4G+ new technology, as well as self-branded terminals. In 2016, we launched three self-branded smartphones, namely A1s, A2 and N2. A1s is a basic VoLTE-compatible phone priced at RMB499 per unit. A2, priced at RMB799 per unit, became the first smartphone that supports CA technology which is priced below RMB1,000 per unit. N2 is the first VoLTE-compatible smartphone that supports CA, NFC and RCS functions, which is priced at RMB1,499 per unit. In 2017, we plan to develop four to five 4G+ self-branded smartphones, all of which will be VoLTE-compatible and support CA, NFC and RCS technologies. We have devoted ourselves to promoting the long-term development of the TD-LTE terminal supply chain and have focused on the sales of 4G terminals, which strongly drove growth in data traffic.

Information Systems

Our information systems primarily consist of a network management system, a business support system and a management information system. The network management system collects and processes the operating data from each network, and manages, supervises and controls our networks for safe and efficient operation. The business support system provides day-to-day operational support to each business unit, and is a unified and comprehensive system that enables the sharing of information resources. This system standardizes and integrates each of our sales, billing, settlement, customer service and network failure handling databases in a centralized and orderly manner. The management information system collects and processes our management information and provides support to our management personnel. In addition, this system has computerized and automated our management in finance, inventory, procurement and human resources. Furthermore, we have an internal communications network, which consists of our office automation system, our internal computer network, video conference system, telephone system and others, the combination of which supports our internal communications.

Trademark

We hold rights to various trademarks and other intellectual property rights necessary to conduct our business. We actively pursue the filing and registration of trademarks within Mainland China and abroad.

We market our services under the “CHINA MOBILE” trademark, which is the trademark we use throughout Mainland China. “CHINA MOBILE” is a registered trademark in the PRC owned by our parent company, CMCC. On January 1, 2013, we entered into a trademark license agreement, or the 2013 Trademark License Agreement, to replace the trademark license agreement that we entered into in 2008, or the 2008 Trademark License Agreement. Under the 2013 Trademark License Agreement, we and our operating subsidiaries have a non-exclusive right to use the “CHINA MOBILE” trademark in Mainland China and Hong Kong. No license fee is payable by us to CMCC during the term of the 2013 Trademark License Agreement.

In 2013, we unveiled our new corporate logo. The new logo has been registered as a trademark in Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan and an application as a trademark under the Protocol Relating to the Madrid Agreement Concerning the International Registration of Marks has been approved in the United Kingdom and the United States. In addition, individual applications have been filed in 16 countries and an application as a trademark under the Protocol Relating to the Madrid Agreement has been filed in 45 countries.

Mobile Networks

We offer mobile services using the GSM standard, which is a pan-European mobile system based on digital transmission and mobile network architecture with roaming capabilities. This standard is also referred as the 2G standard. Each of our GSM networks consists of base stations, base station controllers, mobile switching centers, transmission lines and software applications. We intend to use our GSM network to primarily carry voice usage and certain data traffic from mobile phones. Our GSM networks reach virtually all cities and counties and major roads and highways, as well as a substantial part of rural areas, throughout Mainland China and, through the network of Hong Kong Mobile, a substantial part of Hong Kong.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

We also offer mobile services using the TD-SCDMA standard, or the 3G standard. We operate our 3G business based on an Internet Protocol based core network that is shared by our 2G, 3G and 4G services as well as the TD-SCDMA network capacity leased from CMCC.

In addition, we provide our customers with high-speed Internet access through our WLAN access points located throughout Mainland China. WLAN connects computers using wireless communication technology. Our customers may use mobile terminals such as handsets and notebooks to gain wireless access to the Internet or a corporate intranet.

On December 4, 2013, the MIIT granted to CMCC, China Telecom and China Unicom permission to operate TD-LTE businesses, and CMCC received permission to operate a TD-LTE business through us. Subsequently, we launched our TD-LTE business. TD-LTE is one of two models of LTE, a mainstream standard for the evolution of 3G technology, and a standard for the evolution of TD-SCDMA technology. We intend to use the TD-LTE network to primarily carry high bandwidth and high-quality wireless broadband businesses. As of December 31, 2016, we cumulatively put in use 1.51 million 4G base stations which cover a population of over 1.3 billion, realizing 4G coverage of major areas including high speed rail, subways and key scenic areas, in the PRC. As of March 31, 2017, the number of 4G customers reached approximately 568.1 million. In addition, we have been providing 4G services in Hong Kong since 2012 with the LTE FDD and TD-LTE bandwidths we previously obtained from the Office of the Telecommunications Authority of Hong Kong.

Our customers currently use our 2G services, our 3G services, our WLAN services, our 4G services, or all of them. We intend to continue our network expansion and optimization with an emphasis on improving network utilization and operating efficiency, facilitating a smooth transition between, and integration of, our 2G, 3G and 4G services, and expanding the coverage and capacity of our integrated network. We believe that we have considerable network operation and maintenance experience and technical expertise. Day-to-day traffic management, troubleshooting, system maintenance and network optimization are conducted by our experienced team of engineers and technicians. Technical staffs are available for emergency repair work 24 hours a day and we employ specialist teams for central maintenance of the networks. Most technical difficulties relating to the networks are resolved by our staff and the maintenance service providers with which we have business relationships, while our equipment suppliers also provide back-up maintenance and technical support.

Spectrum. A mobile network’s capacity is to a certain extent limited by the amount of frequency spectrum available. In coordination with the relevant provincial authorities, the MIIT regulates the allocation of radio frequency. The frequency assigned to an entity is not allowed to be leased or, without approval of the MIIT, transferred by the entity to any other third party. In accordance with a joint circular from the NDRC and the MOF, CMCC has entered into an agreement with us that specifies the amount of fees to be paid to the MIIT for spectrum usage by each mobile network operator based on the bandwidth of the frequency used.

Spectrum usage fees for GSM networks are currently charged at the annual rate of RMB17 million per MHz for the 900 MHz frequency band and RMB14 million per MHz for the 1800 MHz frequency band. Spectrum usage fees are charged on the basis that uplink and downlink frequencies are separately charged. Spectrum usage fees for TD-SCDMA networks are currently charged at the annual rate of RMB15 million per MHz for the 960 MHz to 2300 MHz frequency bands and RMB12 million per MHz for the 2300 MHz to 2690 MHz frequency bands, while rates for indoor-only frequency bands are set at 30% of the corresponding full rates. As of March 31, 2017, no detailed standards have been promulgated for spectrum usage fees for TD-LTE networks. The relevant regulatory authorities in China may review these fee arrangements in the future.

Our network expansion and optimization plans depend to a large extent upon the availability of sufficient spectrum. For our GSM network, the MIIT has allocated a total of 45x2 MHz of spectrum in the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequency bands to be used nationwide for transmission and reception to our parent company, CMCC. In connection with our 3G business, the MIIT has allocated to CMCC, in various frequency bands, a total of 35 MHz of spectrum to be used for nationwide coverage, and an additional 50 MHz of spectrum to be used for indoor coverage. In connection with our 4G business, the MIIT has allocated to CMCC, in various frequency bands, a total of 145 MHz of spectrum to be used for nationwide coverage, including 20 MHz of spectrum previously allocated for use by our 3G business for outdoor coverage and 50 MHz of spectrum previously allocated for use by our 3G business for indoor coverage. Under the existing agreement between CMCC and us, we have the right to use CMCC’s allocated frequency spectrum in Mainland China.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

Transmission Infrastructure. The physical infrastructure linking our network components and interconnecting our networks to other networks consists of transmissions lines, which provide the backbone infrastructure through which voice and data traffic is carried. We have directed efforts to establishing high-speed backbone transmission network and improving its overall transmission capabilities. As of December 31, 2016, our interprovincial transmission network bandwidth reached 285.7T, representing an increase by 204T from the end of 2015.

Leased Lines. The MIIT determines the standard lease tariffs to be paid by telecommunications operators with respect to the leasing of transmission lines that facilitate interconnection between telecommunications networks. Transmission lines constructed by us reached a sizeable scale through the continuous optimization of our network structure in recent years. In addition to our own transmission lines, we also lease intra-provincial and local transmission lines from other operators and pay them fees based on tariff schedules stipulated by the relevant regulatory authorities after adjusting for the discounts that we have negotiated. For the inter-provincial transmission lines we lease through CMCC from other providers, CMCC collects leasing fees from us and pays fees to the relevant transmission line providers.

Base Stations. In urban areas, our base stations are located mostly on existing structures, typically at the top of tall buildings. In rural areas, masts or towers are often constructed for locating base stations. In 2016, we focused on constructing 4G base stations and put in use 0.4 million additional 4G base stations, increasing the total number of stations to 1.51 million, which cover a population of over 1.3 billion in the PRC. We utilize the telecommunications towers from China Tower to construct our base stations.

Equipment Suppliers . We select our principal suppliers from leading international and domestic manufacturers of mobile equipment and in accordance with technical standards set by the MIIT. In 2016, we purchased our networks equipment primarily from Huawei Technologies, ZTE Corporation, Nokia, Ericsson, Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell and FiberHome.

Fixed-Line Networks

We operate fixed-line networks which provide extensive coverage in China. These networks are technologically advanced and conducive to the introduction of the next generation fixed-line networks. These networks support a wide range of end-to-end fixed-line telecommunications services and enable customized products to be delivered to meet a variety of telecommunications needs.

Our fixed-line networks consist of fixed-line telephone networks, broadband Internet and data networks, transmission networks, value-added service platforms, IT support systems and related infrastructures. Our transmission networks consist primarily of fiber-optic based networks, which cover our major service regions, supplemented by satellite transmission and digital microwave links. As of December 31, 2016, the coverage of our Fiber to the Home, or FTTH, exceeded 80%.

Investments and Acquisitions

As of December 31, 2016, Guangdong Mobile, our wholly-owned subsidiary, held a 18.98% equity interest in the issued share capital of SPD Bank as a result of shares issued to certain other shareholders. SPD Bank is a joint-stock commercial bank incorporated in the PRC, with its shares listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. We and SPD Bank entered into a strategic cooperation agreement in November 2010, pursuant to which we and SPD Bank cooperate in the areas of internet finance and mobile payment businesses in Mainland China, as well as in the sharing of customer services and channels resources. Through such strategic cooperation, we and SPD Bank have issued China Mobile – SPD Bank co-branded debit and credit cards, which support NFC, in 29 provinces in Mainland China. In January 2016, we renewed our strategic cooperation with SPD Bank and developed an “and-Finance” system to provide SPD Bank and our customers with payment, wealth management and financing services.

In August 2012, CMC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a share subscription agreement with IFLYTEK, pursuant to which CMC would subscribe for 15% of the shares of IFLYTEK for an aggregate subscription price of RMB1,363,314,339 (approximately US$218,827,040). The share subscription was completed on April 24, 2013. Concurrent with the share subscription, we and IFLYTEK entered into a strategic cooperation agreement and, in December 2015, renewed the agreement to cooperate in various areas, including smart voice businesses, content-based businesses, customer services, basic telecommunications businesses and informatization of the telecommunications industry and other areas upon the parties’ written agreement. As of December 31, 2016, CMC held a 13.62% equity interest in IFLYTEK.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

In June 2014, CMI Holdings, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a share subscription agreement with True Corporation, a major national telecommunications provider in Thailand, pursuant to which CMI Holdings agreed to subscribe to ordinary shares of True Corporation representing, following the completion of the subscription, 18% of the total issued and outstanding shares of True Corporation, for a total consideration of Baht 28.57 billion (approximately RMB5.51 billion). The subscription was completed in September 2014. Also in June 2014, we entered into a cooperation memorandum, and, in September 2014, we entered into a strategic cooperation agreement with True Corporation to explore business cooperation opportunities in various areas, including products or value-added services or contents, international businesses, network, device procurement, general procurement and human resources. In June 2016, CMI Holdings subscribed for certain newly issued ordinary shares which were allocated to it in proportion to its shareholding percentage for a total consideration of Baht 10.8 billion (approximately RMB2.0 billion) during the capital increase of True Corporation. As of December 31, 2016, CMI Holdings held an 18% equity interest in True Corporation.

In May 2015, CMC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a partnership agreement with SDIC, and CMFM, to establish China Mobile Fund to make investments in companies with growth potential which are engaged in the mobile Internet and related upstream and downstream businesses. Pursuant to such partnership agreement, CMC has made a capital commitment of RMB1,500 million (approximately US$231.6 million) and became a limited partner of China Mobile Fund. As of December 31, 2016, CMC had contributed RMB721 million to China Mobile Fund and has a commitment to make further investment in an amount of RMB779 million upon the request by China Mobile Fund.

In November 2015, CM TieTong, our wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired Target Assets and Businesses of China TieTong, for a final consideration of RMB31,967 million (approximately US$4,934.9 million). Target Assets and Businesses acquired include approximately 99,000 cable kilometers of nationwide backbone networks, approximately 1,822,000 cable kilometers of metro fiber, approximately 24.71 million IPv4 addresses, 1,814 real properties and 685 land assets, approximately 11.98 million customers of fixed broadband services, and approximately 18.29 million customers for wireline services. The acquisition was completed in December 2015. Because we and Target Assets and Businesses were under common control of CMCC both prior to and after the acquisition, the acquisition was considered as a business combination under common control and was accounted for using merger accounting in accordance with AG 5 issued by the HKICPA. Target Assets and Businesses were stated at their historical cost, and were included in the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F as if Target Assets and Businesses had always been part of our company during all the periods presented. In 2016, partially due to the benefit from the integration and synergy brought by CM TieTong, our wireline broadband services experienced a rapid growth in both revenue and market share. See “—Businesses — Data Business.” We expect that our acquisition of Target Assets and Businesses will further facilitate our transformation into a full service operator offering both wireline broadband and mobile services, enable us to seize the opportunities in the wireline broadband market, expand our customer base, offer an integrated services consisting of the fixed-line and the mobile services, and increase our wireline broadband network capacity, coverage and efficiency through an integrated network.

In March 2016, we entered into a joint venture agreement with China Merchants Group to establish ShiJinShi Credit Information Services Co. Ltd., in Qianhai, Shenzhen of China with a registered capital of RMB300 million, in which we held a 42% equity interest. As of December 31, 2016, we had contributed RMB63 million (approximately US$9.1 million) to the joint venture. The joint venture is intended to provide credit reporting services and products for individuals, utilizing our competitive strengths in big data.

Competition

We compete with other telecommunications services providers. We are one of the three licensed telecommunications services providers in Mainland China. The PRC government encourages orderly and fair competition in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China. We may also face intense competition from existing operators from time to time. Our competitors launch, from time to time, promotional offers, such as handset subsidies and tariff packages, to attract customers.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

In May 2008, the MIIT, the NDRC and the MOF jointly announced a policy initiative to further reform the PRC telecommunications industry by encouraging the formation of three telecommunications services providers of comparable scale and standing, each with nationwide network resources, full-service capabilities and competitive strength, by way of a series of restructuring transactions. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — The History and Development of the Company — Industry Restructuring and Changes in Our Shareholding Structure.”

After completion of the industry restructuring in January 2009, China Telecom and China Unicom have been benefiting from, among other things, broader customer bases, more extensive networks, greater financial and other resources and more comprehensive technological capabilities, as compared to their customer bases, networks, resources and technological capabilities prior to the industry restructuring. These factors have intensified, and could further intensify, competition. On November 27, 2015, CM TieTong entered into the Acquisition Agreement with China TieTong to acquire Target Assets and Business, which we expect will facilitate our transformation into a full service operator offering both wireline broadband and mobile services. Having each operated a wireline broadband services business for a number of years, China Telecom and China Unicom have advantages in terms of wireline broadband services. In January 2016, China Unicom and China Telecom entered into a strategic cooperation agreement to promote resource-sharing between the two companies. The areas of strategic cooperation include sharing capital expenditures such as their new rural 4G network, promoting a new smartphone standard, and jointly negotiating international roaming rates. Such cooperation as contemplated by our two major competitors, if materialized, may significantly change the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China.

In addition, the PRC government has begun to allow certain operators approved by the MIIT to lease and repackage mobile services for sale to end customers on a trial basis and we may face increasing competition from these new mobile network operators. We also face increasing competition from providers offering telecommunications services using alternative technologies. Furthermore, we expect that we will face intense competition in the delivery of 4G services from China Telecom and China Unicom, which have received permits to operate their 4G services based mainly on FDD-LTE technology. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — The increasing competition from other telecommunications services providers and competitors in related industries and changes in the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China may reduce our market share and decrease our profit margin” and “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Current or future asymmetrical and other regulatory measures adopted by the PRC regulatory authorities could materially harm our competitive position.”

Regulation

The telecommunications industry in Mainland China is highly regulated. Regulations issued or implemented by the State Council, the MIIT and other relevant government authorities, including the NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce, encompass all key aspects of telecommunications network operations, including entry into the telecommunications industry, scope of permissible business, interconnection and transmission line arrangements, technology and equipment standards, tariff standards, capital investment priorities, foreign investment policies and spectrum and numbering resources allocation.

The MIIT, under the supervision of the State Council, is responsible for formulating policies and regulations for the telecommunications industry, granting telecommunications licenses, allocating frequency spectrum and numbers, formulating interconnection and settlement arrangements between telecommunications operators, and enforcing industry regulations.

In order to provide a uniform regulatory framework to encourage the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the MIIT, under the direction of the State Council, has been preparing a draft telecommunications law. We expect that, if and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National People’s Congress, it will become the basic telecommunications statute and the legal source of telecommunications regulations in Mainland China. In addition, the State Council promulgated a set of telecommunications regulations on September 25, 2000. These regulations apply in the interim period prior to the adoption of the telecommunications law. Although we expect that the telecommunications law will have a positive effect on the overall development of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, we cannot predict what will be the ultimate nature and scope of the telecommunications law.

 

-36-


Table of Contents

On December 25, 2015, the MIIT issued the Catalog of Telecommunications Services (2015 Edition), which became effective on March 1, 2016. It sets out classifications of various telecommunications services for regulatory and licensing purposes.

Entry into the Industry. Under the current regulations, operators of mobile networks, providers of other basic telecommunications services such as local and long distance fixed-line telephone services, and data service providers whose telecommunications services cover two or more provinces, directly-administered municipalities or autonomous regions in Mainland China must apply for specific permits from the MIIT in order to provide such services. Granting of permits for providing basic telecommunications services will be through a tendering process. In addition to us, China Telecom and China Unicom are currently also authorized to provide mobile services in all provinces, directly-administered municipalities and autonomous regions in China.

Pursuant to China’s commitments under the WTO and the Provisions on the Administration of Foreign-Funded Telecommunications Enterprises, which became effective on January 1, 2002, foreign investors may invest in joint ventures that provide telecommunications services in Mainland China. However, these investments will presumably bear no direct relation to the issuance of licenses to providers of telecommunications services in Mainland China, as the issuance of new licenses by the relevant authority is governed by a separate set of rules and regulations. Pursuant to the Provisions on the Administration of Foreign-Funded Telecommunications Enterprises, as amended in September 2008, foreign ownership in a telecommunications enterprise may be gradually increased to 49% if such enterprise provides basic telecommunications services and 50% if such enterprise provides value-added telecommunications services.

The MIIT has promulgated the Administrative Measures for the Licensing of Telecommunication Business Operations, which became effective on April 10, 2009. Those regulations apply to the application for, and examination and approval of, telecommunications business licenses in the PRC.

The PRC government implemented a number of measures that permit certain operators approved by the MIIT to lease and repackage mobile services for sale to end customers. On May 17, 2013, the MIIT announced that it would accept applications from non-State-owned companies to, on a trial basis, lease mobile services from China Unicom, China Telecom or us and provide mobile services to end customers after repackaging these services. The trial period ended on December 31, 2015. On May 5, 2016, the MIIT officially issued a telecom license to China Broadcasting Network Ltd, making it the nation’s fourth telecommunications operator. In 2016, the MIIT also approved certain operators to refarm their respective frequency spectrum used for 2G and 3G services to provide 4G services.

Numbering Resources. The MIIT is responsible for the administration of the telecommunications numbering resources within Mainland China, including the telecommunications network numbers and customer numbers. The use of numbering resources by any telecommunications operator is subject to the approval by the MIIT. In addition, a user of numbering resources is required to pay a usage fee to the PRC government by the 10 th day of the first month of each quarter. Moreover, under the applicable regulations, mobile companies are required to pay an annual usage fee of RMB12 million for each network number.

Technical Standards. Certain regulatory authorities in Mainland China, including the MIIT, set technical standards and control the type, quality, manufacturing and sales of mobile equipment used in or connected to public networks, all radio telecommunications equipment and all interconnection related equipment.

The establishment of base stations requires the approval of the relevant provincial regulatory authorities. We have not experienced and do not expect to experience material difficulty in obtaining permission to establish additional sites.

Capital Investment. We may be required to obtain approvals from relevant regulatory authorities in Mainland China with respect to some of our investment projects.

 

-37-


Table of Contents

Sharing of Telecommunications Infrastructure. In April 2016, the MIIT and the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council jointly issued the 2016 Implementation Opinions on Promoting the Joint Construction and Sharing of Telecommunications Infrastructure, or the Opinions. First, the Opinions required supporting facilities for base stations, such as the telecommunications towers, and the indoor distribution systems for public transportation and buildings, shall generally be uniformly planned, constructed and delivered by China Tower, with the exception that certain facilities may be constructed by a telecommunications operator if serving only such operators’ demand. The Opinions also set forth the sharing requirements in the construction of FTTH. In newly-built residential areas, certain national standards applicable to FTTH construction should be strictly implemented. In existing residential areas, sharing of Internet facilities for the broadband access is mandatory whenever conditions allow; if sharing is impractical without reconstruction, the relevant telecommunications operators shall negotiate for reconstruction. Moreover, with respect to transmission facilities, sharing and joint construction of transmission poles and pipeline is mandatory whenever conditions allow. Additionally, in order to have the overall urban planning take into account telecommunications infrastructure construction, the Opinions encourage the telecommunications operators to communicate and coordinate with relevant government agencies and companies in the related industries, in particular, to promote the construction plans of road transportation, underground pipelines and green parks to accommodate the construction of telecommunications infrastructure.

Convergence of Telecom, Broadcasting and Internet Businesses. In January 2010, the PRC government announced a policy decision, or the Three-Network-Convergence Policy, to accelerate the advancement of the convergence of television and radio broadcasting, telecommunications and Internet access businesses in order to realize interconnection and resource sharing between the three networks and further develop the provision of voice, data, television and other services. The PRC government may amend the relevant regulations or promulgate new regulations in order to implement the Three-Network Convergence Policy. In 2012, we received an audio and video transmission license from the former State Administration of Radio, Film and Television of the PRC, which enables us to provide audio and video programs through mobile Internet.

Value-added Tax Reform Applicable to the Telecommunications Industry. Effective from June 1, 2014, the PRC business tax was replaced with a value-added tax, or VAT, in the telecommunications industry. The pilot tax rate for basic telecommunications services is 11% and the pilot tax rate for value-added telecommunications services is 6%.

Our output VAT is excluded from operating revenue while our input VAT, which is incurred as a result of our receipt of services and purchases of telecommunications equipment and materials, is excluded from operating expenses or the original cost of equipment purchased and can be netted against our output VAT, arriving at the net amount of VAT recoverable or payable. As the VAT obligations are borne by our branches and subsidiaries, input and output VAT are set off at branches and subsidiaries levels, and the net amount of VAT recoverable or payable of branches and subsidiaries are not offset at the consolidation level. Such net amount of VAT is recorded in the line item of prepayments and other current assets and accrued expenses and other payables, respectively on the face of consolidated balance sheets.

We will strive to reduce the short-term adverse effect of the application of VAT to the telecommunications industry on our revenues and profits. Through various measures, including optimization of the development and sales and marketing models, implementation of enhanced management over cost, procurement and vendors’ tax qualifications, obtaining more input VAT credits on capital expenditures, we may receive more input VAT credits to offset our VAT output tax obligation. Besides, we can optimize our revenue structure by actively promoting value-added telecommunications services, which are subject to a lower VAT rate. As a result, our overall VAT obligation could be further reduced.

As the application of VAT was expanded to other industries nationwide from May 1, 2016, such as construction industry and other service industries, more capital expenditures and operating expenses, such as commission and service expenses for third parties, are entitled to input VAT credits, and in turn, further offset our VAT output tax obligations. We believe this will be beneficial to the development of our business and further reduce the adverse impact of the implementation of VAT on our operating revenues and profitability.

For the regulations in relation to tariff setting, spectrum usage, interconnection arrangements and lease line arrangements, see “ —Tariffs,” “ —Interconnection,” “ — Mobile Networks — Spectrum” and “ — Mobile Networks — Leased Lines.”

 

-38-


Table of Contents

Employees.

As of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, we had 241,550, 438,645 and 460,647 employees, respectively. The significant increase in the number of the employees in 2015 was attributable to the requirement of reducing the proportion of labor sourced by third parties that provide services to us among the total labor under the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, as amended, and its associated regulations, as a result of which we have made an adjustment on the structure of employees and outsourcing labor, leading to the significant increase in the number of employees and the significant decrease in number of outsourcing labor in 2015. Substantially all of our employees are located in Mainland China. The employees as of December 31, 2016 are classified in the following table. Approximately 51.0% of our permanent employees have college or graduate degrees. Set forth below is a breakdown of our employees by function as of December 31, 2016.

 

     Number      % of Total  

Management

     34,057        7.4  

Technical

     102,945        22.3  

Marketing

     265,133        57.6  

General affairs

     45,593        9.9  

Other

     12,919        2.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     460,647        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We provide benefits to certain employees, including housing, retirement benefits and hospital, maternity, disability and dependent medical care benefits. Most of our employees are members of a labor association. We have not experienced any strikes, slowdowns or labor disputes that have interfered with our operations during 2016, and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.

The number of labor sourced by third parties reached 37,507 by the end of 2016.

Property, Plants and Equipment

We own, lease or have usage rights in various properties which consist of land and buildings for offices, administrative centers, staff quarters, retail outlets and technical facilities. We believe that all of our owned and leased properties are well maintained and are suitable and adequate for our present use.

Disclosure of Iranian Activities under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act

Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 added Section 13(r) to the Exchange Act. Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act requires an issuer to disclose in its annual or quarterly reports, as applicable, whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with designated natural persons or entities involved in terrorism or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. Disclosure is required even where the activities, transactions or dealings are conducted outside the U.S. by non-U.S. affiliates in compliance with applicable non-U.S. law, and whether or not the activities are sanctionable under U.S. law.

As of the date of this report, we are not aware of any activity, transaction or dealing by us or any of our affiliates in 2016 that requires disclosure in this report under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, except as set forth below.

CMCC, our parent company, is a party to international GSM roaming agreements with Telecommunication Kish Company and Mobile Company of Iran in Iran, which may be government-controlled entities. China Mobile International, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, is a party to an international roaming agreement with Irancell Telecommunications Services Company in Iran, which may be a government-controlled entity. In 2016, our gross revenue generated by roaming traffic under these agreements was less than US$500,000, and roaming traffic under these agreements did not generate any profit.

China Mobile International intends to, and we understand that CMCC intends to, continue these activities in the future.

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

-39-


Table of Contents
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, together with the related notes, included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Financial Highlights

Our operating revenue reached RMB708.4 billion in 2016, representing an increase of 6.0% from 2015. The growth rate of revenue from our telecommunications services stood at 6.7%, achieving a five-year-high and ranking the first in the industry in China. Our revenue structure improved further in 2016 with wireless data traffic revenue increasing by 43.5% from 2015, accounting for 46.2% of revenue from our telecommunications services. Our wireless data traffic became the largest revenue source in 2016 for the first time in our history, surpassing the combined revenue of voice, SMS and MMS. Our profit attributable to equity shareholders reached RMB108.7 billion in 2016, or basic earnings per share of RMB5.31. Excluding the one-off gain in 2015 on the transfer of Tower Assets, profit attributable to equity shareholders would increase by 10.5% in 2016.

Overview of Our Operations

The following table sets forth selected information about our operations for the periods indicated.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  

Total Voice Usage (in billions of minutes)

     4,293.9        4,220.8        4,100.2  

Handset Data Traffic (in billions of megabytes)

     1,080.9        2,494.6        5,680.7  

Operating Revenue (in RMB millions)

     651,509        668,335        708,421  

Operating Expenses (in RMB millions)

     534,189        565,413        590,333  

Profit Attributable to Equity Shareholders (in RMB millions)

     109,218        108,539        108,741  

In 2014, 2015 and 2016, our customer base continued to experience stable growth while our wireless data traffic business continued to experience rapid growth. Wireless data traffic became the largest revenue source in 2016 for the first time in our history, surpassing the combined revenue of voice, SMS and MMS. Our total net increase in the number of mobile customers was 22.7 million in 2016 and our total mobile customer base reached 848.9 million as of December 31, 2016. Our total voice usage decreased by 1.7% in 2015 and decreased by 2.9% in 2016. Our handset data traffic increased by 130.8% in 2015 and by 127.7% in 2016. As a result, our operating revenue increased by 2.6% in 2015 and by 6.0% in 2016. Our data business continued to grow, and our data services revenue accounted for 52.0% and 63.3% of our revenue from telecommunications services in 2015 and 2016, respectively. Our operating expenses increased by 5.8% in 2015 and by 4.4% in 2016. Our profit attributable to equity shareholders decreased by 0.6% in 2015 and increased by 0.2% in 2016.

The PRC economy continued to grow in terms of GDP by 6.7% in 2016, which provided a favorable environment for our continued business development. However, we faced various challenges arising from increased market saturation and intensified competition among mobile operators and from providers offering telecommunications services using alternative technologies, in particular Internet service providers. As the mobile penetration rate in Mainland China reached 95.8% as of December 31, 2016, the mobile markets in some economically developed regions of Mainland China has begun to show signs of saturation. We intend to continue to cope with market and industry challenges that may arise from time to time by leveraging our customer base, network quality, brand name, execution capabilities and quality of our customer service. Moreover, economic growth in the PRC and its modernization and urbanization offer an opportunity and platform for the ongoing development of the telecommunications industry, in particular the development of mobile Internet. Such development presents potential opportunities for us to further develop our wireless data traffic business and applications and information services.

We have been a mobile services provider in China since our inception in 1997. We acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Hong Kong Mobile in 2006, which enabled us to expand into the Hong Kong mobile market. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — The History and Development of the Company — Expansion Through Acquisitions.”

 

-40-


Table of Contents

We operate in an extensively regulated environment and our operations and financial performance are significantly affected by the PRC government’s regulation of the telecommunications industry. These regulations and policies may affect, among other things, our tariffs, technology and equipment standards and capital investment, as described in more detail under “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulation” and “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Our tariff reduction and future policy developments in the telecommunications industry in relation to tariff reduction may continue to adversely affect our financial conditions.” In addition, we believe that the effects of the industry restructuring that took place in 2008, increasing competition from telecommunications services providers that use alternative technologies and entry of non-State-owned telecommunications services providers into the telecommunications services market have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China. We expect competition from other telecommunications services providers may intensify. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — The increasing competition from other telecommunications services providers and competitors in related industries and changes in the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China may reduce our market share and decrease our profit margin,” “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Changes in the technology and business models of the PRC telecommunications industry may render our current technologies and business model obsolete, and we may encounter difficulties and challenges in developing and implementing new technologies and services” and “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Current or future asymmetrical and other regulatory measures adopted by the PRC regulatory authorities could materially harm our competitive position.” Our financial performance is also subject to the economic and social conditions in Mainland China. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Mainland China — An economic slowdown in Mainland China may reduce the demand for our services and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.”

Our Operating Arrangements with CMCC Have Affected and May Continue to Affect Our Financial Results

We have entered into agreements with CMCC with respect to, among other things, inter-provincial transmission lines leasing. Pursuant to these agreements, for the inter-provincial transmission lines we lease from other providers through CMCC, CMCC maintains its inter-provincial transmission line leasing arrangements with the relevant transmission line providers, and collects leasing fees from us and pays fees to the relevant transmission line providers.

Prior to September 13, 2012, we had an arrangement with CMCC under which CMCC maintained its settlement arrangements with respect to international interconnection and roaming with the relevant telecommunications services providers in foreign countries and regions, and collected the relevant usage fees and other fees from us and paid the same to the relevant mobile services providers in foreign countries and regions. On September 13, 2012, we entered into an agreement with CMCC, pursuant to which CMCC would gradually transfer its settlement arrangements with certain telecommunications services providers in foreign countries and regions to China Mobile International, our wholly-owned subsidiary. As a result, our arrangement with CMCC with respect to international interconnection and roaming with certain telecommunications services providers is being gradually phased out.

We have also entered into a telecommunications services cooperation agreement with CMCC, pursuant to which we and CMCC provide customer development services to each other by utilizing our respective sales channels and resources, and cooperate in the provision of basic telecommunications services and value-added telecommunications services to customers of each other. Since 2013, we have paid the leasing fees to CMCC for the “Village Connect” assets constructed before 2013 and undertaken the investments on any new “Village Connect” assets after 2013.

We have also entered into a network capacity leasing agreement with CMCC, pursuant to which we and our operating subsidiaries lease TD-SCDMA network capacity from CMCC and pay leasing fees to CMCC. We have also entered into a network assets leasing agreement with CMCC, pursuant to which we and CMCC will lease our respective telecommunications network operation assets to each other for a leasing fee.

Tariff Adjustments

The tariffs charged by PRC telecommunications operators are regulated by the PRC government. Moreover, we are allowed to offer our customers a variety of tariff packages with different monthly charges, levels of basic usage and charges for usage exceeding the covered basic usage, voice value-added services, data services and other features. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Tariffs.”

Our average voice services revenue per minute has generally decreased in recent years as tariffs have generally decreased. We expect the decrease in tariffs to gradually slow down after the adjustments we implemented in recent years.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

Average Revenue Per User

Our average revenue per user for mobile users increased to RMB57.5 in 2016 from RMB56.3 in 2015, primarily due to increased revenue generated from our data services. Our average revenue per user for broadband users (including home digital services) increased to RMB33.8 in 2016 from RMB31.9 in 2015.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The following discussion and analysis is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the years reported. Estimates are also used when accounting for certain items such as revenue recognition, interest income, impairment loss for doubtful accounts, depreciation, impairment of property, plant and equipment, interest in associates, goodwill and other intangible assets arising from acquisitions. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe that the following critical accounting estimates and related assumptions and uncertainties inherent in our accounting policies have a more significant impact on our consolidated financial statements, either because of the significance of the financial statement elements to which they relate or because they require judgment and estimation.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. If it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to us and the revenue and costs, if applicable, can be measured reliably, revenue is recognized in our profit or loss as follows:

(i) revenue derived from voice and data services is recognized when the service is rendered;

(ii) sales of products are recognized when title passes to the buyer;

(iii) for offerings that include the provision of services and the sale of mobile handsets, we determine revenue from the sale of the mobile terminals by deducting the fair value of the service element from the total contract consideration; and

(iv) for transactions that offer customer points rewards when the services are provided, the consideration allocated to the customer points rewards is based on its fair value, which is recorded as deferred revenue when the rewards are granted and recognized as revenue when the points are redeemed or expire.

Interest Income

Interest income is recognized as it accrues using the effective interest method.

Impairment Loss for Doubtful Accounts

We assesses impairment loss for doubtful accounts based upon evaluation of the recoverability of the accounts receivable and other receivables at each balance sheet date. Our estimates are based on the aging of our accounts receivable and other receivable balances and our historical write-off experience, net of recoveries. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, additional impairment may be required.

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment, less their estimated residual value, if any, using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. We review the estimated useful lives and residual values of our assets annually in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. We determine the useful life and residual values of our assets based on our historical experience with similar assets, expected usage of the assets and anticipated technological changes with respect to those assets. Estimates and assumptions used in setting depreciable lives require both judgment and estimation. Our policies regarding accounting for these assets are set forth in note 2(g) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and Investments Accounted for Using the Equity Method

Our property, plant and equipment, consisting primarily of telecommunications transceivers, switching centers, transmission and other network equipment, comprise a significant portion of our total assets. Changes in technology or industry conditions may cause the estimated period of use or the value of these assets to change. Property, plant and equipment, other intangible assets subject to amortization and investments accounted for using the equity method are reviewed at least annually to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. The recoverable amount is estimated whenever events or changes in circumstances have indicated that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. In addition, for goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives, the recoverable amount is estimated annually whether or not there is any indication of impairment.

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset, which requires significant judgment relating to level of revenue and amount of operating costs. We use all readily available information in determining an amount that is a reasonable estimation of the recoverable amount, including estimates based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of revenue and operating costs. Changes in these estimates could have a significant impact on the carrying value of the assets and could result in further impairment charge or reversal of impairment in future periods. No impairment of property, plant and equipment, interest in associates, goodwill and other intangible assets was recorded in 2014, 2015 and 2016, except for the goodwill impairment in 2014 and certain inefficient terminal transmission equipment and WLAN assets impairment in 2015. Details are set forth in notes 14, 17 and 19 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Estimates and assumptions used in testing for recoverability require both judgment and estimation. Our policies regarding accounting for these assets and assessing their recoverability are set forth in note 2(i) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Sale and leaseback

A sale and leaseback transaction involves the sale of an asset and the leasing back of the same asset. The accounting treatment of a sale and leaseback transaction depends upon the type of lease involved. If a sale and leaseback transaction results in a finance lease, any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount shall not be immediately recognized as income by a seller-lessee. Instead, it shall be deferred and amortized over the lease term. If a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating lease, and it is clear that the transaction is established at fair value, any profit or loss shall be recognized immediately. If the sale price is below fair value, any profit or loss shall be recognized immediately except that, if the loss is compensated for by future lease payments at below market price, it shall be deferred and amortized in proportion to the lease payments over the period for which the asset is expected to be used. If the sale price is above fair value, the excess over fair value shall be deferred and amortized over the period for which the asset is expected to be used.

Possible Impact of Amendments, New Standards, Interpretations And Disclosures Issued But Not Yet Effective For The Year Ended December 31, 2016

Up to the date of issue of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, the IASB has issued a number of amendments and new standards and interpretations which are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2016 and which have not been adopted by us.

Of these developments, the following relate to matters that may be relevant to our operations and consolidated financial statements:

 

    

Effective for accounting periods

beginning on or after

IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”    January 1, 2018
IFRS 9 “Financial Instrument”    January 1, 2018
IFRS 16 “Leases”    January 1, 2019

 

-43-


Table of Contents

The implementation of “IFRS 15 – Revenue from contracts with customers,” “IFRS 9 – Financial instruments” and “IFRS16 – Leases” may require the Company to change its accounting and operational policies or restate its consolidated financial statements. The IASB issued “IFRS 15 – Revenue from contracts with customers” which will become effective from January 1, 2018, but may be implemented by companies prior to this date, and “IFRS 9 – Financial instruments” and “IFRS 16 – Leases” will become effective from January 1, 2018 and January 1, 2019, respectively. The Company is currently analyzing the potential impact of the first-time application of these standards on its consolidated financial statements.

The “IFRS 15 – Revenue from contracts with customers” standard specifies how and when the Company will recognize revenue as well as requiring the Group to provide users of financial statements with more informative and relevant disclosures. Revenue may be recognized over time or at a point in time. The Company assesses the impacts of the “IFRS 15 – Revenue from contracts with customers” standard on its consolidated financial statements. Based on this assessment the Company has initially identified that changes, among others, will take place in the identification of separate performance obligations, the capitalization of sales commission, the determination of stand-alone selling price and its relative allocation.

In accordance with the “IFRS 9 – Financial instruments” standard addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities, and a new impairment model for financial assets. The Company has been in the process of assessment of the classification and measurement of financial assets, management anticipates the application of IFRS may affect the classification and measurement of the Company’s available-for-sale investments and may have an impact on amounts reported in respect of the Company’s other financial assets and financial liabilities. The new impairment model requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected credit losses which may result in an earlier recognition of credit losses. The new standard also introduces expanded disclosure requirements and changes in presentation. These are expected to change the nature and extent of the Company’s disclosures about its financial instruments particularly in the year of the adoption of the new standard. The Company has been in the process of assessment of how its impairment provisions However, it is not practicable to provide a reasonable estimate of that effect until a detailed review has been completed.

In accordance with the “IFRS 16 – Leases” standard and various transition options established by this standard for first-time application. Given that the Company leases certain telecommunications facilities for time periods longer, such as telecommunications towers and related equipment, as well as the TD-SCDMA network capacity, the application of “IFRS 16 – Leases” in 2019 is expected to have significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The impact will result from the fact that present values of lease liabilities and leased assets will be recorded on the balance sheet when the standard is applied. In particular, the Company expects a corresponding significant increase in its assets and lease liabilities. In addition, related operating lease expenses will be reclassified as depreciation and financial expenses.

As a result of the new IFRS standards, the Company might be required to change its accounting policies, to alter its operational policies so that they reflect new financial reporting standards, or to restate its published consolidated financial statements. Such changes may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position and profit, or could cause an adverse deviation between the Company’s revenue and operating result targets.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the years indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  
     Amount     % of
Total
     Amount     % of
Total
     Amount     % of
Total
 
     (in millions of RMB, except percentage data)  

Operating revenue (1) :

              

Revenue from telecommunications services

     591,602       90.8        584,089       87.4        623,422       88.0  

Revenue from sales of products and others

     59,907       9.2        84,246       12.6        84,999       12.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     651,509       100.0        668,335       100.0        708,421       100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses :

              

Leased lines and network assets

     15,843       3.0        20,668       3.7        39,083       6.6  

Interconnection

     23,502       4.4        21,668       3.8        21,779       3.7  

Depreciation

     122,805       23.0        136,832       24.2        138,090       23.4  

Employee benefit and related expenses

     70,385       13.2        74,805       13.2        79,463       13.5  

Selling expenses

     75,655       14.2        59,850       10.6        57,493       9.7  

Cost of products sold

     74,495       13.9        89,297       15.8        87,352       14.8  

Other operating expenses

     151,504       28.3        162,293       28.7        167,073       28.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     534,189       100.0        565,413       100.0        590,333       100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations

     117,320          102,922          118,088    

Gain on the transfer of Tower Assets

     —            15,525          —      

Other gains

     1,171          1,800          1,968    

Interest income

     16,270          15,852          16,005    

Finance costs

     (487        (455        (235  

Share of profit of investments accounted for using the equity method

     8,248          8,090          8,636    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Profit before taxation

     142,522          143,734          144,462    

Taxation

     (33,179        (35,079        (35,623  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Profit for the year

     109,343          108,655          108,839    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Attributable to:

              

Equity shareholders

     109,218       99.9        108,539       99.9        108,741       99.9  

Non-controlling interests

     125       0.1        116       0.1        98       0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     109,343       100.0        108,655       100.0        108,839       100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Our operating revenue components are revenue from telecommunications services and revenue from sales of products and others. Revenue from telecommunications services consists of voice services revenue, data services revenue and other revenue from telecommunications services. Revenue from sales of products and others is mainly derived from sales of SIM cards and terminals as well as revenue from construction contracts.

On April 29, 2014, a notification, Cai Shui [2014] No.43, was jointly issued by the MOF and the State Administration of Taxation, and as approved by the State Council of the PRC, the telecommunications industry would be included in the scope of the pilot program for the transformation from business tax to VAT, or the VAT Program from June 1, 2014. According to the Cai Shui [2014] No.43, the VAT rates for the provision of basic telecommunications services and value-added telecommunications services are 11% and 6%, respectively. With the implementation of the VAT Program from June 1, 2014, the Group is not required to pay the business tax of 3% on the telecommunications services.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Operating Revenue. Our operating revenue components are revenue from telecommunications services and revenue from sales of products and others. Revenue from telecommunications services primarily consists of voice services revenue and data services revenue. Voice services revenue mainly includes standard local usage fees for airtime and applicable domestic and international long distance charges receivable from customers for the use of our telecommunications networks and facilities, fees in respect of roaming out calls made by our customers outside their registered service areas and fees charged for voice value-added services. Data services revenue is mainly derived from SMS and MMS, wireless data traffic services, wireline broadband business and applications and information services. Other revenue from telecommunications services largely represents interconnection revenue. Revenue from sales of products and others is mainly derived from sales of SIM cards and terminals, as well as revenue from construction contracts. See note 1 to the table above.

Operating revenue increased by 6.0% from RMB668,335 million in 2015 to RMB708,421 million (US$102,034 million) in 2016. This increase was primarily due to the growth in our data services.

Revenue from telecommunications services increased by 6.7% from RMB584,089 million in 2015 to RMB623,422 million (US$89,791 million) in 2016. Voice services revenue decreased by 19.8% from RMB261,896 million in 2015 to RMB209,949 million (US$30,239 million) in 2016. This decrease was principally due to the substitution effect of Over The Top products, which resulted in a decrease in voice usage. Our average voice services revenue per minute continued to reflect a downward trend from RMB0.061 in 2015 to RMB0.050 in 2016. With intensified market competition and further tariff decreases, our average voice services revenue per minute may continue to decline in future periods. In response to the downward trend in voice services revenue, we are providing reasonable tariff packages and undertaking sales and marketing activities. As a percentage of revenue from telecommunications services, voice services revenue decreased from 44.8% in 2015 to 33.7% in 2016.

Set forth below is a table summarizing certain results of our data business for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
     Change  
     2015     2016       
     (Revenue, in millions of RMB, except percentage data)      (%)  

SMS and MMS

     31,244       28,555       (2,689      (8.6

Wireless data traffic

     200,857       288,178       87,321        43.5  

of which: Handset data traffic

     195,490       283,229       87,739        44.9  

Wireline broadband

     18,339       25,618       7,279        39.7  

Applications and information services

     52,985       52,586       (399      (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Data services revenue

     303,425       394,937       91,512        30.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Data services revenue as a percentage of revenue from telecommunications services

     52.0     63.3     11.3        —    

Data services revenue increased by 30.2% from RMB303,425 million in 2015 to RMB394,937 million (US$56,883 million) in 2016, surpassing our voice services revenue for the second time. This increase was mainly due to our continued efforts to promote data traffic services operations, with a focus on the expansion of our 4G network capacity to continue to attract new customers and in response to the national policy of “speed upgrade and tariff reduction,” we offered discounts to our tariff plans. Our data business includes wireless data traffic, wireline broadband, SMS and MMS, and applications and information services. Revenue generated from handset data traffic, which has become a strong driver of revenue growth, grew by 44.9% to RMB283,229 million in 2016, as compared to RMB195,490 million in 2015, primarily due to the rapid development of the mobile Internet business, the increasing market penetration of smartphones by focusing on the sales of 4G terminals and the development of 4G services. The growth of our revenue from handset data traffic in 2016 was partially offset by the tariff plans with discounts we offered to attract more subscribers. Revenue generated from wireline broadband business grew by 39.7% to RMB25,618 million in 2016, as compared to RMB18,339 million in 2015. Revenue generated from SMS and MMS decreased by 8.6% from RMB31,244 million in 2015 to RMB28,555 million in 2016, as competition from Internet instant messaging applications continued to intensify, and SMS usage decreased by 3.1% from 559.9 billion messages in 2015 to 542.4 billion messages in 2016. Revenue generated from applications and information services slightly decreased by 0.8% to RMB52,586 million in 2016, as compared to RMB52,985 million in 2015. As a percentage of revenue from telecommunications services, data services revenue increased from 52.0% in 2015 to 63.3% in 2016.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

Revenue from sales of products and others increased by 0.9% from RMB84,246 million in 2015 to RMB84,999 million (US$12,242 million) in 2016 mainly due to the increase in our sales of 4G terminals.

Operating Expenses. Operating expenses include leased lines and network assets, interconnection expenses, depreciation expenses relating to our telecommunications network and other property, plant and equipment, employee benefit and related expenses, selling expenses, cost of products sold and other operating expenses. Other operating expenses primarily consist of network maintenance expenses, operating lease charges, impairment loss of doubtful accounts, assets written off, power and utilities expenses and other miscellaneous expenses.

Operating expenses increased by 4.4% from RMB565,413 million in 2015 to RMB590,333 million (US$85,026 million) in 2016. Among the operating expenses:

Leased lines and network assets expenses increased by 89.1% from RMB20,668 million in 2015 to RMB39,083 million (US$5,629 million) in 2016. The increase was mainly attributable to the RMB28.1 billion we paid to China Tower for using the telecommunications towers, which was offset by the decrease in network leasing fees for 3G network and “Village Connect.” As a percentage of operating expenses, leased lines and network assets expenses increased from 3.7% in 2015 to 6.6% in 2016.

Interconnection expenses in 2016 was RMB21,779 million (US$3,137 million), which remained relatively stable compared to RMB21,668 million in 2015. Interconnection expenses as a percentage of operating expenses decreased from 3.8% in 2015 to 3.7% in 2016.

Depreciation expenses increased by 0.9% from RMB136,832 million in 2015 to RMB138,090 million (US$19,889 million) in 2016. The increase was mainly because we maintained our investment level and expanded our network assets, partially offset by the decreased capital expenditures as a result of changes in telecommunications tower operating model following the transfer of Tower Assets. As a percentage of operating expenses, depreciation expenses decreased from 24.2% in 2015 to 23.4% in 2016.

Employee benefit and related expenses increased by 6.2% from RMB74,805 million in 2015 to RMB79,463 million (US$11,445 million) in 2016. This increase was primarily due to our adjustment and optimization of compensation structure to increase compensation for frontline employees and an increase in the standards of social insurance. As a percentage of operating expenses, employee benefit and related expenses increased from 13.2% in 2015 to 13.5% in 2016.

Selling expenses decreased by 3.9% from RMB59,850 million in 2015 to RMB57,493 million (US$8,281 million) in 2016. This decrease was principally the result of our deepened transformation of marketing model and enhanced precision marketing, resulting in a further improvement in the allocation of our use of marketing resources. As a percentage of operating expenses, selling expenses decreased from 10.6% in 2015 to 9.7% in 2016.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

Cost of products sold decreased by 2.2% from RMB89,297 million in 2015 to RMB87,352 million (US$12,581 million) in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to our reduced handset subsidy as a result of our efforts to promote the sales of mobile handsets through public distribution channels. As a percentage of operating expenses, cost of products sold decreased from 15.8% in 2015 to 14.8% in 2016.

Other operating expenses increased by 2.9% from RMB162,293 million in 2015 to RMB167,073 million (US$24,064 million) in 2016. This increase was primarily due to the increase in power and utilities expenses as a result of the increases in base stations, IDC equipment and other devices, which was partially offset by the decreases in our maintenance expenses and leasing expenses due to changes in the operating model of telecommunications towers following the transfer of Tower Assets and our refined cost management. As a percentage of operating expenses, other operating expenses decreased from 28.7% in 2015 to 28.3% in 2016. For more information on our other operating expenses, see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Profit from Operations. As a result of the foregoing, profit from operations increased by 14.7% from RMB102,922 million in 2015 to RMB118,088 million (US$17,008 million) in 2016, and operating margin (profit from operations as a percentage of operating revenue) increased from 15.4% in 2015 to 16.7% in 2016.

Other Gains. Other gains increased by 9.3% from RMB1,800 million in 2015 to RMB1,968 million (US$283 million) in 2016, principally due to an increase in penalty income from RMB658 million in 2015 to RMB764 million in 2016.

Interest Income. Interest income increased by 1.0% from RMB15,852 million in 2015 to RMB16,005 million (US$2,305 million) in 2016, mainly because the average bank and cash balance during the year increased compared to the previous year, which was partially offset by the reduction of benchmark deposit rates by PBOC.

Finance Costs. Finance costs decreased by 48.4% from RMB455 million in 2015 to RMB235 million (US$34 million) in 2016. This decrease was mainly due to a decrease in interest on entrusted loans as we repaid certain amount of entrusted loans to CMCC.

Share of Profit of Investments Accounted for Using the Equity Method. We had a share of profit of investments accounted for using the equity method of RMB8,636 million in (US$1,244 million) in 2016, an increase by 6.7% from RMB8,090 million in 2015, which was primarily attributable to our shareholding in SPD Bank. For more information on our share of profit of investments accounted for using equity method, see note 19 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Profit before Taxation. As a result of the foregoing, profit before tax increased by 0.5% from RMB143,734 million in 2015 to RMB144,462 million (US$20,807 million) in 2016.

Taxation. Our income tax expense increased by 1.6% from RMB35,079 million in 2015 to RMB35,623 million (US$5,131 million) in 2016. This increase was due to an increase in taxable income. Our effective tax rate was 24.4% in 2015 and 24.7% in 2016, respectively.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

Profit Attributable to Equity Shareholders. As a result of the foregoing and after taking into account non-controlling interests, profit attributable to equity shareholders increased by 0.2% from RMB108,539 million in 2015 to RMB108,741 million (US$15,662 million) in 2016. Net profit margin (profit attributable to equity shareholders as a percentage of operating revenue) decreased from 16.2% in 2015 to 15.3% in 2016.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Operating Revenue. Operating revenue increased by 2.6% from RMB651,509 million in 2014 to RMB668,335 million in 2015. This increase was primarily due to the growth in our data services and our terminal sales business.

Revenue from telecommunications services decreased by 1.3% from RMB591,602 million in 2014 to RMB584,089 million in 2015. Voice services revenue decreased by 16.5% from RMB313,476 million in 2014 to RMB261,896 million in 2015. This decrease was principally due to the substitution effect of Over The Top products, which resulted in a decrease in voice usage, and the implementation of VAT in the PRC. Our average voice services revenue per minute continued to reflect a downward trend from RMB0.072 in 2014 to RMB0.061 in 2015. With intensified market competition and further tariff decreases, our average voice services revenue per minute may continue to decline in future periods. In response to the downward trend in voice services revenue, we are providing reasonable tariff packages and undertaking sales and marketing activities. As a percentage of revenue from telecommunications services, voice services revenue decreased from 53.0% in 2014 to 44.8% in 2015.

Set forth below is a table summarizing certain results of our data business for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
     Change  
     2014     2015       
    

(Revenue, in millions of RMB, except percentage data)

    

(%)

 

SMS and MMS

     34,780       31,244       (3,536      (10.2

Wireless data traffic

     153,926       200,857       46,931        30.5  

of which: Handset data traffic

     148,466       195,490       47,024        31.7  

Wireline broadband

     16,204       18,339       2,135        13.2  

Applications and information services

     53,552       52,985       (567      (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Data services revenue

     258,462       303,425       44,963        17.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Data services revenue as a percentage of revenue from telecommunications services

     43.7     52.0     8.3        —    

Data services revenue increased by 17.4% from RMB258,462 million in 2014 to RMB303,425 million in 2015, surpassing our voice services revenue for the first time. This increase was mainly due to our continued efforts to promote data traffic services operations, with a focus on the expansion of our 4G network capacity to continue to attract new customers and in response to the national policy of “speed upgrade and tariff reduction,” we offered discounts to our tariff plans and certain amount of free data usage to our customers during non-peak time and launched an unused data traffic carry-over program for our mobile monthly plans that are charged based on pre-determined data traffic, which had a negative impact over our data services revenue in 2015. The increase in our data service revenue was also partially offset by the negative effect of the implementation of VAT in the PRC telecommunications industry. Our data business includes wireless data traffic, wireline broadband, SMS and MMS, and applications and information services. Revenue generated from handset data traffic, which has become a strong driver of revenue growth, grew by 31.7% to RMB195,490 million in 2015, as compared to RMB148,466 million in 2014, primarily due to the rapid development of the mobile Internet business, the increasing market penetration of smartphones by focusing on the sales of 4G terminals and the development of 4G services. The growth of our revenue from handset data traffic in 2015 was partially offset by the same reasons reducing the growth of our data services revenue. Revenue generated from wireline broadband business grew by 13.2% to RMB18,339 million in 2015, as compared to RMB16,204 million in 2014. Revenue generated from SMS and MMS decreased by 10.2% from RMB34,780 million in 2014 to RMB31,244 million in 2015, as competition from Internet instant messaging applications continued to intensify, and SMS usage decreased by 8.4% compared to the previous year. Revenue generated from applications and information services slightly decreased by 1.1% to RMB52,985 million in 2015, as compared to RMB53,552 million in 2014. As a percentage of revenue from telecommunications services, data services revenue increased from 43.7% in 2014 to 52.0% in 2015.

Revenue from sales of products and others increased by 40.6% from RMB59,907 million in 2014 to RMB84,246 million in 2015 due to the increase in our sales of 4G terminals. The increase was partially offset by the negative effect of the implementation of VAT in the PRC telecommunications industry.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses. Operating expenses include leased lines and network assets, interconnection expenses, depreciation expenses relating to our telecommunications network and other property, plant and equipment, employee benefit and related expenses, selling expenses, cost of products sold and other operating expenses. Other operating expenses primarily consist of network maintenance expenses, operating lease charges, impairment loss of doubtful accounts, assets written off and other miscellaneous expenses.

Operating expenses increased by 5.8% from RMB534,189 million in 2014 to RMB565,413 million in 2015. The increase was due to the increases in the sales of our devices, investments and the expansion of asset scale resulting in increases in depreciation expenses and maintenance fees and other operating expenses and the usage fees payable to China Tower for telecommunications towers. The increase in our operating expenses is partially offset by the input VAT credits we were entitled to as a result of the implementation of VAT in the PRC telecommunications industry.

Leased lines and network assets expenses increased by 30.5% from RMB15,843 million in 2014 to RMB20,668 million in 2015. The increase was mainly because we accrued usage fees to China Tower in an amount of RMB5.6 billion in respect of existing telecommunications towers for November and December 2015 and the new telecommunications towers from the date of delivery. As a percentage of operating expenses, leased lines and network assets expenses increased from 3.0% in 2014 to 3.7% in 2015.

Interconnection expenses decreased by 7.8% from RMB23,502 million in 2014 to RMB21,668 million in 2015, primarily due to a decrease in voice, SMS and MMS usage, which resulted in a decrease in settlement expenses for voice, SMS and MMS services. Interconnection expenses as a percentage of operating expenses decreased from 4.4% in 2014 to 3.8% in 2015.

Depreciation expenses increased by 11.4% from RMB122,805 million in 2014 to RMB136,832 million in 2015. The increase was mainly due to the expansion in our network assets, which is in turn due to large-scale capital expenditures undertaken by us for the purpose of building and expanding our 4G network as part of our strategic transformation. As a percentage of operating expenses, depreciation expenses increased from 23.0% in 2014 to 24.2% in 2015.

Employee benefit and related expenses increased by 6.3% from RMB70,385 million in 2014 to RMB74,805 million in 2015. This increase was primarily due to the rise in social insurance expenses, slight increase of employee compensation and the implementation of our enterprise annuity system. As a percentage of operating expenses, employee benefit and related expenses remained stable at 13.2% from 2014 to 2015.

Selling expenses decreased by 20.9% from RMB75,655 million in 2014 to RMB59,850 million in 2015. This decrease was principally the result of our deepened transformation of marketing mode, optimized structure of our selling expenses, marketization of terminal sales we promoted, our accelerated transformation of social channels, our enhancing the concentration of advertising and utilizing big data for precise marketing, thereby boosting our marketing efficiency significantly. As a percentage of operating expenses, selling expenses decreased from 14.2% in 2014 to 10.6% in 2015.

Cost of products sold increased by 19.9% from RMB74,495 million in 2014 to RMB89,297 million in 2015. This increase was generally in line with the increase in sales of devices, especially TD-LTE smartphones. As a percentage of operating expenses, cost of products sold increased from 13.9% in 2014 to 15.8% in 2015.

Other operating expenses increased by 7.1% from RMB151,504 million in 2014 to RMB162,293 million in 2015. As a percentage of operating expenses, other operating expenses increased from 28.3% in 2014 to 28.7% in 2015. This increase was primarily due to the increase in maintenance expenses and the provision for impairment of certain inefficient terminal transmission equipment and WLAN assets, which was partially offset by the decrease in our administrative expenses such as conference and travelling expenses. For more information on our other operating expenses, see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

Profit from Operations. As a result of the foregoing, profit from operations decreased by 12.3% from RMB117,320 million in 2014 to RMB102,922 million in 2015, and operating margin (profit from operations as a percentage of operating revenue) decreased from 18.0% in 2014 to 15.4% in 2015.

Gain on the Transfer of Tower Assets. In 2015, we realized a gain of RMB15,525 million on the transfer of Tower Assets to China Tower.

Other Gains. Other gains increased by 53.7% from RMB1,171 million in 2014 to RMB1,800 million in 2015, principally due to an increase in others from RMB656 million in 2014 to RMB1,131million in 2015 as a result of the VAT refund of high and new technologies businesses received by certain of our subsidiaries.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased by 2.6% from RMB16,270 million in 2014 to RMB15,852 million in 2015, mainly because the benchmark deposit rates were reduced by PBOC and the average bank and cash balance during the year decreased compared to the previous year.

Finance Costs. Finance costs decreased by 6.6% from RMB487 million in 2014 to RMB455 million in 2015. This decrease was mainly due to a decrease in interest on bonds as the bonds issued by China TieTong with a principal amount of RMB1,000 million was repaid in 2015 and a decrease in interest on entrusted loans as we repaid certain amount of entrusted loans from CMCC.

Share of Profit of Investments Accounted for Using the Equity Method. We had a share of profit of investments accounted for using the equity method of RMB8,090 million in 2015, which was primarily attributable to our shareholding in SPD Bank, compared to RMB8,248 million in 2014. For more information on our share of profit of investments accounted for using equity method, see note 19 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Profit before Taxation. As a result of the foregoing, profit before tax increased by 0.9% from RMB142,522 million in 2014 to RMB143,734 million in 2015.

Taxation. Our income tax expense increased by 5.7% from RMB33,179 million in 2014 to RMB35,079 million in 2015. This increase was due to an increase in taxable income. Our effective tax rate was 23.3% in 2014 and 24.4% in 2015, respectively.

Profit Attributable to Equity Shareholders. As a result of the foregoing and after taking into account non-controlling interests, profit attributable to equity shareholders decreased by 0.6% from RMB109,218 million in 2014 to RMB108,539 million in 2015. Net profit margin (profit attributable to equity shareholders as a percentage of operating revenue) decreased from 16.8% in 2014 to 16.2% in 2015.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our principal source of liquidity is cash generated from our operations. As of December 31, 2016, we had working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) of RMB50,256 million (US$7,238 million), compared to a negative working capital of RMB12,341 million as of December 31, 2015 and working capital of RMB34,433 million as of December 31, 2014. The increase in our working capital as of December 31, 2016 from December 31, 2015 was primarily due to an increase in proceeds receivable for the transfer of Tower Assets, an increase in available-for-sale financial assets and an increase in bank deposits, partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses and other payables, accounts payable and deferred revenue. The current portion of our finance lease obligations as of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 were RMB68 million, nil and nil, respectively.

Bank deposits represent term deposits with banks with original maturity exceeding three months. As of December 31, 2016, we had bank deposits of RMB335,297 million (US$48,293 million), compared to bank deposits of RMB323,330 million as of December 31, 2015 and bank deposits of RMB353,507 million as of December 31, 2014. The decrease of bank deposits in 2015 was mainly due to the consideration we paid for acquiring Target Assets and Businesses, while the increase of bank deposits in 2016 was mainly because of the increased cash flow generated from operating activities.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes certain cash flow information for the periods indicated.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  
     (in millions of RMB)  

Net cash generated from operating activities

     216,438        235,089        253,701  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (151,230      (142,743      (194,523

Net cash used in financing activities

     (42,530      (86,510      (48,958
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     22,678        5,836        10,220  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities increased by 7.9% from RMB235,089 million in 2015 to RMB253,701 million (US$36,541 million) in 2016, which is in line with the increases in our profit before taxation excluding depreciation and amortization, an increase in accounts payable, compared to a decrease in 2015, gain on the transfer of Tower Assets in 2015, compared to none in 2016 and a decrease in inventories, compared to an increase in 2015, which was partially offset by a smaller increase in deferred revenue, an increase in prepayments and other current assets, compared to a decrease in 2015 and a larger increase in other receivables.

Net cash generated from operating activities increased by 8.6% from RMB216,438 million in 2014 to RMB235,089 million in 2015, which is in line with the increases in our profit before taxation excluding depreciation and amortization, a larger increase in our deferred revenue and a larger increase in accrued expenses and other payables and a decrease in prepayments and other current assets, compared to an increase in 2014, which was partially offset by a decrease in account payable compared to an increase in 2014.

Net cash used in investing activities increased by 36.3% from RMB142,743 million in 2015 to RMB194,523 million (US$28,017 million) in 2016, primarily due to an increase in capital expenditure, an increase in purchase of available-for-sale financial assets, an increase in bank deposits, compared to a decrease in 2015 and an increase in restricted bank deposits, compared to the decreases in 2015, which was partially offset by an increase in maturity of available-for-sale financial assets and an increase in receipt of consideration from China Tower.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by 5.6% from RMB151,230 million in 2014 to RMB142,743 million in 2015, primarily due to a decrease in payment for investment accounted for using the equity method, a larger decrease in bank deposits, an increase in maturity of available-for-sale financial assets and a decrease in restricted bank deposits compared to an increase in restricted bank deposits in 2014, which was partially offset by an increase in our purchase of available-for-sale financial assets.

Net cash used in financing activities decreased by 43.4% from RMB86,510 million in 2015 to RMB 48,958 million (US$7,051 million) in 2016. The smaller amount of cash used in financing activities in 2016 compared to 2015 was mainly attributable to our payment of consideration for the acquisition of Target Assets and Businesses of China TieTong in 2015 and decrease in repayment of entrusted loans in 2016.

Net cash used in financing activities increased by 103.4% from RMB42,530 million in 2014 to RMB86,510 million in 2015. The larger amount of cash used in financing activities in 2015 compared to 2014 was mainly attributable to our payment of consideration for the acquisition of Target Assets and Businesses of China TieTong and the increase of repayment of entrusted loans.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures incurred in 2014, 2015 and 2016 were RMB215,097 million, RMB195,577 million and RMB187,291 million (US$26,976 million), respectively. We incurred capital expenditures principally for the construction of mobile communication networks, transmission facilities, buildings, infrastructure and power systems, business networks, support systems and others. The level of our capital expenditures decreased in 2016 principally due to the changes in telecommunications tower operating model following the transfer of Tower Assets, which was partially offset by increases in our investments in the 4G and wireline broadband networks to strengthen our network capacities in response to the rapid growth of data traffic business in certain hotspot areas.

We estimate that we will incur capital expenditures of approximately RMB176.0 billion (US$25.3 billion) in 2017. We expect that approximately 43.2% of our capital expenditures in 2017 will be used in the construction of mobile communications networks, approximately 29.6% will be used in the construction of transmission networks, approximately 11.4% will be used for the construction of buildings, infrastructure and power systems, approximately 7.6% will be used for the construction of business networks, approximately 4.9% will be used for the construction of support systems, and approximately 3.3% will be used for other construction.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

We have generally funded our capital requirements primarily with cash generated from operations. We believe our available cash and cash generated from future operations will be sufficient to fund the capital expenditures and working capital necessary for the planned network expansion and continued growth of our mobile operations through the end of 2017.

We may seek to obtain additional sources of financing to fund our network expansion and possible future acquisitions, to the extent necessary.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, our indebtedness mainly included corporate bonds of RMB4,995 million and RMB4,998 million (US$720 million) as described below, respectively.

On October 28, 2002, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Guangdong Mobile, issued RMB5,000 million guaranteed bonds due 2017, with the entire net proceeds used to settle part of the deferred consideration for our acquisition of eight regional mobile companies in China from CMCC. These bonds commenced trading on the Shanghai Stock Exchange on January 22, 2003. The guaranteed bonds bear fixed interest of 4.5%, payable annually. We have issued a joint and irrevocable guarantee for the performance of these bonds, and CMCC has issued a further guarantee in relation to the performance by us of our guarantee obligation. These bonds received a consolidated credit rating of “AAA” by China Chengxin International Credit Rating Company Limited and a consolidated credit rating of “AAA” by Dagong Global Credit Rating Co. Ltd, a PRC credit rating agency.

We currently have a corporate credit rating of Aa3/Outlook Negative from Moody’s and AA-/Outlook Negative from Standard & Poor’s, which remain at levels equivalent to China’s sovereign credit rating, respectively. Any downgrade in our credit rating will not trigger any events of default on our outstanding bonds or loans or our existing credit facilities.

For a discussion of our interest rate risk, please see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Other Contractual Obligations and Commitments

As of December 31, 2016, we had various contractual obligations and commitments which are more fully disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. The principal components of these obligations and commitments include:

 

    our short-term and long-term debts (in addition to the bonds described under “— Indebtedness” above);

 

    operating leases; and

 

    capital commitments.

In the ordinary course of our business, we routinely enter into commercial commitments for various aspects of our operations, such as repair and maintenance. However, we believe that those commitments will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

For further disclosure regarding leases and other commitments, please see note 37 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our contractual obligations to make future payments (including relevant estimated interest payment) as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1 – 3
years
     3 – 5
years
     More than
5 years
 
     (in millions of RMB)  

Accounts Payable

     250,838        250,838        —          —          —    

Bills Payable

     1,206        1,206        —          —          —    

Accrued Expenses and Other Payables

     180,950        180,950        —          —          —    

Amount Due to Ultimate Holding Company

     5,563        5,563        —          —          —    

Bonds

     5,185        5,185        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contractual Obligations

     443,742        443,742        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-53-


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Amount of Commitment
Expiration Per Period
 

Other Commercial Commitments

   Total
Amount
Committed
     Less than
1 year
     1 – 3
years
     3 – 5
years
     More than
5 years
 
     (in millions of RMB)  

Operating Lease Commitments

     194,821        50,484        86,180        52,442        5,715  

Capital Commitments

     34,935        30,059        4,876        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Commitments

     229,756        80,543        91,056        52,442        5,715  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Apart from the commitments listed above, as of December 31, 2016, the company has a commitment to invest RMB779 million to China Mobile Fund upon its request.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

See “Item 4. — Business Overview — Businesses — Research and Development.”

Trend Information

See our discussion in each section of “— Overview of Our Operations” and “— Results of Operations” included elsewhere under this Item.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2016, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any written options on non-financial assets.

Foreign Exchange

We maintain our accounts in Renminbi and substantially all of our revenue and expenses are denominated in Renminbi. Most of our current operating subsidiaries are incorporated in Mainland China. Under the current foreign exchange system in Mainland China, our subsidiaries in Mainland China may not be able to hedge effectively against currency risk, including any possible future Renminbi devaluation. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Exchange Controls.”

Each of our operating subsidiaries in Mainland China is able to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of current account transactions, as defined in applicable regulations, in order to satisfy its foreign exchange requirements.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.

Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and senior management as of April 27, 2017.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Mr. SHANG Bing

   61    Executive Director and Chairman

Mr. LI Yue

   57    Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. LIU Aili

   53    Executive Director and Vice President

Mr. SHA Yuejia

   59    Executive Director and Vice President

Mr. DONG Xin

   50    Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Frank K.S. WONG

   69    Independent Non-Executive Director

Dr. Moses M.C. CHENG

   67    Independent Non-Executive Director

Mr. Paul M.Y. CHOW

   70    Independent Non-Executive Director

Mr. Stephen K.W. YIU

   56    Independent Non-Executive Director

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Mr. SHANG Bing has served as our Executive Director and Chairman since September 2015. He is in charge of our overall management. Mr. Shang is also the Chairman of CMCC as well as a director and the Chairman of CMC. Mr. Shang previously served as a Director of Industrial Technology Development Centre in Liaoning Province, a General Manager of Economic and Technological Development Company in Liaoning Province, a General Manager of China United Telecommunications Corporation Liaoning Branch, a Director and President of China United Telecommunications Corporation, an Executive Director and President of China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited and China Unicom Limited, a Vice President of China Telecom, an Executive Director, President and Chief Operating Officer of China Telecom and the Vice Minister of the MIIT. Mr. Shang graduated from Shenyang Chemical Industry Institution with a Bachelor’s degree in 1982. He received a Master’s degree in business administration from the State University of New York in 2002 and a doctoral degree in business administration from the Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2005. Mr. Shang is a senior economist and has spent many years working in basic telecommunications enterprises, with extensive experience in enterprise management and telecommunications industry.

Mr. LI Yue has served as our Executive Director since March 2003 and our Chief Executive Officer since August 2010. He is in charge of our operations and strategic development. Mr. Li is also the President and director of CMCC and CMC. Mr. Li previously served as Deputy Director General and Chief Engineer of Tianjin Long-Distance Telecommunications Bureau, Deputy Director General of Tianjin Posts and Telecommunications Administration, President of Tianjin Mobile Communications Company, Deputy Head of the Preparatory Team of CMCC, Vice President of CMCC, Chairman of Aspire, a non-executive director of Phoenix Satellite Television Holdings Ltd and Chairman of Union Mobile Pay Limited. Mr. Li graduated from the Correspondence College of Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a Bachelor’s Degree in telephone exchange, holds a Master’s Degree in business administration from Tianjin University and a doctoral degree in business administration from Hong Kong Polytechnic University. He is a professor-level senior engineer and has won multiple national, provincial and ministerial level Science and Technology Advancement Awards. Mr. Li has many years of experience in the telecommunications industry, including experience in telecommunications network operations and maintenance, planning and construction, operational management and development strategies.

Mr. LIU Aili has served as our Executive Director and Vice President since March 2006. Mr. Liu is principally in charge of planning and construction and human resources. He is also a Vice President of CMCC, a director and vice president of CMC, a Vice President of China Internet Infrastructure Resources Association and the Chairman of China Tower. He previously served as Deputy Director General of Shandong Mobile Telecommunications Administration, Director General of Shandong Mobile Telecommunications Administration and General Manager of Shandong Mobile Communications Enterprises, Vice President of Shandong Mobile Communications Company, Director-General of Network Department of CMCC, Chairman and President of China Mobile Group Shandong Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Mobile, Chairman of CMPak Limited and a non-executive director of China Communications Services Corporation Limited. Mr. Liu graduated from Heilongjiang Posts and Telecommunications School with an associate degree. Mr. Liu also received a Master of Management degree from Norwegian School of Management BI and a doctoral degree in business administration from Hong Kong Polytechnic University. He is a professor-level senior engineer with many years of experience in the telecommunications industry.

Mr. SHA Yuejia has served as our Executive Director and Vice President since March 2006. Mr. Sha is principally in charge of marketing, corporate customers and international businesses. He is also a Vice President of CMCC, a director and vice president of CMC, a non-executive director of PhoenixTV and a non-executive director of SPD Bank. He previously served as Director of the Engineering Construction Department IV Division of Beijing Telecommunications Administration, President of Beijing Telecommunications Planning Design Institute, Deputy Director General of Beijing Telecommunications Administration, Vice President of Beijing Mobile Communications Company and Chairman and President of Beijing Mobile. Mr. Sha graduated from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, and received a Master’s Degree from the Academy of Posts and Telecommunications of the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications and a doctoral degree in business administration from Hong Kong Polytechnic University. He is a professor-level senior engineer with many years of experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

Mr. DONG Xin has served as our Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2017. Mr. Dong is principally in charge of corporate affairs, finance, internal audit, legal matters and investor relations of the Company. He is also a Vice President and General Counsel of CMCC. Mr. Dong formerly served as a Deputy Director of Corporate Finance Division of Finance Department of the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, a Director of Economic Adjustment Division of the Department of Economic Adjustment and Communication Clearing of the former Ministry of Information Industry of China, Director General of the Finance Department of CMCC, Chairman and President of China Mobile Group Hainan Company Limited, Director General of the Planning and Construction Department of CMCC, Chairman and President of China Mobile Group Henan Company Limited and China Mobile Group Beijing Company Limited. Mr. Dong received a Bachelor’s degree from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications in 1989, a Master’s degree in financial and accounting management from Australian National University, and a doctoral degree in business administration jointly issued by Shanghai Jiao Tong University and ESC Rennes School of Business, France. Mr. Dong is a senior engineer and senior accountant with many years of experience in the telecommunications industry and financial management.

Mr. Frank K.S. WONG has served as our Independent Non-Executive Director since August 2002. Mr. Wong currently serves as a non-executive director of PSA International Pte Ltd, and PSA Corporation Limited in Singapore. Mr. Wong previously served as Vice Chairman of DBS Bank, a member of the boards of DBS Bank and DBS Group Holdings and Chairman of DBS Bank (Hong Kong) and DBS Bank (China). He held a series of progressively senior positions at Citibank, JP Morgan and NatWest. More recently, he was the Chairman and independent non-executive director of Mapletree Greater China Commercial Trust Management Ltd., an independent non-executive director of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited in China, Mapletree Investment Pte Ltd and National Healthcare Group Pte Ltd in Singapore. Mr. Wong has also served in various positions with Hong Kong’s government bodies including the Chairman of the Hong Kong Futures Exchange between 1993 and 1998 and a member of the Financial Services Development Council of the Hong Kong SAR Government between 2013 and 2015. Mr. Wong has many years of finance and commercial management experience.

Dr. Moses M.C. CHENG has served as our Independent Non-Executive Director since March 2003. Dr. Cheng is a practising solicitor and a consultant of Messrs. P.C. Woo & Co after serving as its senior partner from 1994 to 2015. Dr. Cheng was a member of the Legislative Council of Hong Kong. He is the founder chairman of the Hong Kong Institute of Directors of which he is now the Honorary President and Chairman Emeritus. Dr. Cheng currently holds directorships in Liu Chong Hing Investment Limited, China Resources Beer (Holdings) Company Limited, Towngas China Company Limited, Kader Holdings Company Limited, K. Wah International Holdings Limited, Guangdong Investment Limited and Tian An China Investments Company Limited, all of which are publicly-listed companies in Hong Kong. He is also an independent non-executive director of ARA Asset Management Limited, a company with shares listed on the Singapore Exchange Limited. His other directorships in publicly-listed companies in the last three years include Hong Kong Television Network Limited (formerly known as City Telecom (H.K.) Limited).

Mr. Paul M.Y. CHOW has served as our Independent Non-Executive Director since May 2013. Mr. Chow currently serves as an independent non-executive director of Julius Baer Group Ltd. and Bank Julius Baer & Co Ltd. and an independent non-executive director of CITIC Limited. Mr. Chow previously served as an executive director and Chief Executive of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited from April 2003 to January 2010, a member of the Advisory Committee on Innovation and Technology of the Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region from April 2015 to March 2017, the Chief Executive of the Asia Pacific Region (ex-Japan) of HSBC Asset Management (Hong Kong) Limited from 1997 to 2003, the Chairman of Hong Kong Cyberport Management Company Limited from June 2010 to May 2016 and an independent non-executive director of Bank of China Limited from October 2010 to August 2016.

Mr. Stephen K.W. YIU has served as our Independent Non-Executive Director since March 2017. Mr. Yiu is currently a Non-Executive Director of the Insurance Authority and a Council member of The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology. Mr. Yiu currently serves as an Independent Non-Executive Director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited. He joined the global accounting firm KPMG in Hong Kong in 1983 and was seconded to KPMG in London, the United Kingdom from 1987 to 1989. Mr. Yiu became a partner of KPMG in 1994, served as the Partner in Charge of Audit of KPMG from 2007 to 2010, and served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of KPMG China and Hong Kong as well as a member of the Executive Committee and the Board of KPMG International and KPMG Asia Pacific from April 2011 to March 2015. Mr. Yiu formerly also served as a member of the Audit Profession Reform Advisory Committee and the Mainland Affairs Committee of the HKICPA. Mr. Yiu is a fellow member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants, a fellow member of the HKICPA and a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales. Mr. Yiu received a professional diploma in accountancy from The Hong Kong Polytechnic (now known as The Hong Kong Polytechnic University) in 1983, and holds a Master’s degree in business administration from the University of Warwick in the United Kingdom.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

Compensation

The amount of compensation that we paid to our executive directors for their services in 2016 was approximately RMB3.88 million (US$0.56 million). The amount of compensation that we paid to our independent non-executive directors for their services in 2016 was approximately HK$1.46 million (US$0.19 million). See note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F for details of the compensation we paid to our directors on an individual basis.

Board Practices

To enhance our corporate governance, we have three principal board committees: the audit committee, the remuneration committee and the nomination committee. The audit committee, the remuneration committee and the nomination committee are all comprised solely of independent non-executive directors.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Frank K.S. Wong, as chairman of the committee, Dr. Moses M.C. Cheng, Mr. Paul M.Y. Chow and Mr. Stephen K.W. YIU. The audit committee’s major responsibilities include:

 

    to review the financial reports, the related report of the independent registered public accounting firm and management’s responses to the reports;

 

    to discuss the audit procedures with the independent registered public accounting firm as well as any issues arising out of such procedures;

 

    to review the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm, the audit and non-audit fees and any matters relating to the termination or resignation of the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

    to examine the effectiveness of our internal controls, to review our internal audit plan and to submit relevant reports and recommendations to our Board on a regular basis.

The audit committee usually meets five times each year.

Remuneration Committee

The members of our remuneration committee are Dr. Moses M.C. Cheng, as chairman of the committee, Mr. Frank K.S. Wong and Mr. Paul M.Y. Chow. The remuneration committee’s major responsibilities include:

 

    to advise the Board in relation to the remuneration structure and payments of our executive directors and executives; and

 

    to represent the Board in confirming the individual remuneration packages and employment terms of executive directors and approving their related employment contracts.

Meetings of the remuneration committee are held at least once a year.

Nomination Committee

The members of our nomination committee are Mr. Paul M.Y. Chow, as chairman of the committee, Mr. Frank K.S. Wong and Dr. Moses M.C. Cheng. The primary responsibilities of the nomination committee include:

 

    to review, advise and make recommendations to the board on the matters in relation to the appointment and re-appointment of board members; and

 

    to ensure the proper and transparent procedures for the appointment and re-appointment of directors.

Meetings of the nomination committee are held at least once a year.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Employees

See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Employees.”

Share Ownership

As of March 31, 2017, our directors and senior management who own shares in our company are listed as follows:

 

Director

   Number of 
shares held
     Percentage of
ordinary shares
 

Frank K.S. Wong

     150,000        0.0007

Moses M.C. Cheng

     400,000        0.0020

 

* Including interest of controlled corporation.

Under our Articles of Association, our directors and senior management do not have different voting rights when compared to other holders of shares in the same class.

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

Major Shareholders

As of March 31, 2017, China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Group Limited, held 14,890,116,842 ordinary shares of our Company, representing approximately 72.72% of our issued and outstanding share capital. CMCC, a state-owned company, holds all of the voting shares and economic interest in China Mobile (Hong Kong) Group Limited. No other persons own 5% or more of our ordinary shares. Between our initial public offering and March 31, 2017, our majority shareholders held, directly or indirectly, between approximately 72.72% and 76.5% of equity interest in us, except for brief periods following our equity offerings in 1999 and 2000 but before the issuance of consideration shares to our direct shareholder, China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited, for the related acquisitions, during which periods the shareholding was temporarily lower. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — The History and Development of the Company — Industry Restructuring and Changes in Our Shareholding Structure” for changes during the past three years with respect to our majority shareholders. Under our Articles of Association, our major shareholders do not have different voting rights when compared to other holders of shares in the same class. See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing” for the number of our ordinary shares and the number of the holders of our ADSs.

We are not aware of any arrangement which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control over us.

Related Party Transactions

As of March 31, 2017, CMCC indirectly owned an aggregate of approximately 72.72% of our issued and outstanding share capital.

We and each of our subsidiaries have entered into various related party transactions. The principal terms of the agreements for these related party transactions are described below.

Certain charges for the services under these agreements are based on tariffs set by the PRC regulatory authorities. Those transactions where the charges are not set by PRC regulatory authorities are based on commercial negotiation between the parties, in each case on an arm’s-length basis.

International Roaming Arrangements

Pursuant to an agreement between us and CMCC (the “International Roaming Settlement Agreement”), CMCC maintains the existing settlement arrangements with respect to international interconnection and roaming with the relevant telecommunications services providers in foreign countries and regions, and collects the relevant usage fees and other fees from us and pays the same to the relevant mobile services providers in foreign countries and regions. On September 13, 2012, we entered into an agreement with CMCC, pursuant to which CMCC would gradually transfer its settlement arrangements with certain telecommunications services providers in foreign countries and regions to China Mobile International, our wholly-owned subsidiary. As a result, our arrangement with CMCC with respect to international interconnection and roaming with those telecommunications services providers has been gradually phasing out.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

Licensing of Trademark

CMCC is the owner of the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo, a registered trademark in Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan, the United States and the United Kingdom. In addition, CMCC has filed applications to register the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo as a trademark in Pakistan, Canada, Malaysia, United Arab Emirates, Thailand, South Africa, Indonesia, Brazil, Chile, Peru, Sri Lanka, Argentina, Saudi Arabia, Nigeria, Brunei and Yemen for certain goods and services. CMCC has also registered the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo as a trademark under the Protocol Relating to the Madrid Agreement Concerning the International Registration of Marks.

On January 1, 2013, we entered into the 2013 Trademark License Agreement with CMCC, which has a term of five years. Under the 2013 Trademark License Agreement, we and our operating subsidiaries are granted the right to use the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo. No license fee is payable by us to CMCC during the term of the 2013 Trademark License Agreement.

Spectrum Fees and Numbering Resources

The MIIT and the MOF jointly determine the standardized spectrum fees payable to the MIIT by all mobile operators in Mainland China, including us. In accordance with a joint circular from the NDRC and the MOF, CMCC entered into an agreement with us that specifies the amount of fees to be paid to the MIIT for spectrum usage by each mobile network operator based on the bandwidth of the frequency used.

Pursuant to an agreement between us and CMCC (the “Spectrum and Numbering Resources Agreement”), CMCC will collect usage fees from us relating to spectrum frequency and numbering resources and make payment to the MIIT (and prior to April 2008, to the Ministry of Information Industry, the predecessor of the MIIT). In addition to transferring to us all existing frequency spectrum and numbering resources allocated to it by the MIIT, CMCC has also agreed to apply for new frequency spectrum and numbering resources upon our request or notice from time to time and transfer the relevant new frequency spectrum and numbering resources to us.

Sharing of Inter-Provincial Transmission Line Leasing Fees

Pursuant to an agreement between us and CMCC (the “Inter-Provincial Transmission Line Leasing Settlement Agreement”), CMCC maintains the existing settlement arrangements with respect to inter-provincial transmission line leasing with the relevant transmission line providers in Mainland China, and collects inter-provincial transmission line leasing fees from us and pays the same to the transmission line providers in respect of the inter-provincial transmission lines we lease from such providers.

Platform Development

Aspire, which is 66.41% owned by us, is our joint venture with Vodafone and Hewlett-Packard Company. Aspire has a platform development master agreement (the “Platform Development Agreement”) with CMCC, pursuant to which Aspire (or its subsidiaries) will provide technology platform development and maintenance services to CMCC and its subsidiaries. These services include system and gateway integration services, hardware, software and system development (including development of applications), technical support and major overhaul services for a standardized, nationwide platform for wireless data.

Under the Platform Development Agreement, CMCC will pay Aspire equipment charges, systems integration fees, software licensing fees, technical support fees and/or major overhaul charges, which will be determined according to standards laid down by the relevant governmental departments and/or by reference to market rates.

Leasing of TD-SCDMA Network Capacity

Pursuant to a network capacity leasing agreement between us and CMCC (the “Network Capacity Leasing Agreement”), we and our operating subsidiaries lease TD-SCDMA network capacity from CMCC and pay leasing fees to CMCC. The initial term of the Network Capacity Leasing Agreement expired on December 31, 2009 and the agreement has been renewed for successive one-year periods since that time.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

The leasing fees are determined on a basis that reflects our actual usage of CMCC’s TD-SCDMA network capacity and compensates CMCC for the costs of such network capacity. The amount of leasing fees payable by us to CMCC under the Network Capacity Leasing Agreement did not exceed RMB10,000 million in 2016, and it is expected that the amount of leasing fees payable by us to CMCC under the Network Capacity Leasing Agreement (as renewed) will not exceed RMB4,000 million in 2017. The transactions contemplated under the Network Capacity Leasing Agreement constitute our continuing connected transactions under Rule 14A.31 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, or the Hong Kong Listing Rules, and are subject to the reporting, annual review and announcement requirements, but are exempt from the independent shareholders’ approval requirements under the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

Interconnection Settlement Arrangements

China TieTong, which was a then wholly-owned subsidiary of CMCC, was our connected person for purposes of the Hong Kong Listing Rules. Pursuant to an agreement among us, CMCC and China TieTong (the “Tripartite Agreement”), we and China TieTong make settlement payments to each other in respect of calls made or received by our respective customers. The initial term of the Tripartite Agreement expired on December 31, 2009. The Tripartite Agreement provides that unless the parties agree otherwise, upon expiry of its term, the Tripartite Agreement shall automatically be renewed for further terms of one year.

Following the completion of the acquisition of Target Assets and Businesses on December 31, 2015, the business contracts and relevant transactions between us, CMCC and China TieTong as contemplated under the Tripartite Agreement have been conducted by us and our subsidiaries. As a result, the interconnection settlement arrangements pursuant to the Tripartite Agreement ceased to be our continuing connected transactions under Chapter 14A of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

Telecommunications Services Cooperation Agreement

In order to meet customers’ demand for one-stop shop telecommunications services, we and CMCC have entered into a telecommunications services cooperation agreement (the “Telecommunications Services Cooperation Agreement”) pursuant to which we and CMCC, primarily through its then wholly-owned subsidiary China TieTong, will provide customer development services to each other by utilizing our respective existing sales channels and resources, such as sales outlets, Internet sales network, sales personnel and local sales units, and cooperate in the provision of basic telecommunications services and value-added telecommunications services to customers of the other party. The initial term of the Telecommunications Services Cooperation Agreement expired on December 31, 2010, and the agreement had been renewed annually until December 31, 2016.

Following the completion of the acquisition of Target Assets and Businesses on December 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of charges paid by us to CMCC and the aggregate amount of charges receivable by us from CMCC under the Telecommunications Services Cooperation Agreement fell below the de minimis level pursuant to Rule 14A.76 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules, and therefore, the transactions contemplated under the Telecommunications Services Cooperation Agreement are fully exempt from shareholders’ approval, annual review and all disclosure requirements under the Hong Kong Listing Rules. In light of the above, our Company and CMCC no longer renew this agreement at headquarters’ level upon expiry of its term in 2016.

Network Assets Leasing Agreement

In order to better position ourselves in the changing landscape of the telecommunications industry in China and to enable us to meet the customers’ demand for one-stop shop telecommunications services, we entered into the Network Assets Leasing Agreement with CMCC on August 18, 2011 (the “Network Assets Leasing Agreement”), pursuant to which we and CMCC will lease our respective telecommunications network operation assets to each other in return for a leasing fee. The initial term of the Network Assets Leasing Agreement expired on December 31, 2011, and the agreement has been renewed for successive one-year periods since that time.

The leasing fees will be determined with reference to the prevailing market rates, but in any event shall not be more than the leasing fees charged to any independent third party for the same kinds of network assets. The amount of leasing fees receivable by us from CMCC in 2016 under the Network Assets Leasing Agreement did not exceed the de minimis threshold under Chapter 14A of the Hong Kong Listing Rules, and the amount of leasing fees payable by us to CMCC in 2016 under the Network Assets Leasing Agreement did not exceed RMB5,500 million. It is expected, in 2017, that the amount of leasing fees payable by us to CMCC under the Network Assets Leasing Agreement (as renewed) will not exceed RMB5,000 million, while the aggregate amount of the leasing fees receivable by us from CMCC will not exceed the de minimis threshold under Rule 14A.76 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules. The transactions contemplated under the Network Assets Leasing Agreement constitute our continuing connected transactions under Rule 14A.31 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules and are subject to the reporting, annual review and announcement requirements, but are exempt from the independent shareholders’ approval requirements under the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Transfer of Tower Assets to China Tower

On October 14, 2015, CMC entered into the Transaction Agreement with CUCL, China Telecom, CRHC and China Tower, pursuant to which CMC, CUCL and China Telecom shall transfer their then-owned telecommunications towers and related assets to China Tower, China Tower shall issue and allot shares in China Tower and/or pay certain cash as consideration for such transfers and CRHC shall subscribe for new shares in China Tower in cash. The transaction was completed on October 31, 2015. CMC transferred Tower Assets to China Tower for a final consideration of RMB102,736 million (approximately US$15,859.7 million). In January 2016, seven subsidiaries of CMC and China Tower entered into share subscription agreements to settle the number of shares subscribed by such subsidiaries and the amount of the consideration. As of March 31, 2017, we indirectly owned a 38.0% equity interest in China Tower through CMC, our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Telecommunications Towers and Related Assets Lease Arrangement

Upon the completion of the transfer of Tower Assets to China Tower, based on the proposed usage pricing calculation mechanism and the actual usage of the telecommunications towers, we accrued an expense of approximately RMB5.6 billion in 2015. On July 8, 2016, CMC entered into the Lease Agreement with China Tower, pursuant to which CMC agreed to lease from China Tower telecommunications towers and related assets acquired and newly constructed by China Tower. Under the Lease Agreement, leasing fees and lease periods are determined on an individualized basis with respect to each telecommunications tower. We shall pay leasing fees calculated based on a pricing formula taking into account various factors, subject to a pricing adjustment mechanism. In 2016, we paid to China Tower RMB28.1 billion for using the telecommunications towers.

Miscellaneous

Following the completion of our acquisition of the telecommunications assets from CMCC in July 2004, the transactions previously entered into between our subsidiaries and prior subsidiaries of CMCC which have been acquired by us no longer constitute connected transactions under Chapter 14A of the Hong Kong Listing Rules beginning on July 1, 2004 since such prior subsidiaries of CMCC became part of us on July 1, 2004. Only those transactions between CMCC and us or its subsidiaries (which have not been acquired by us) remain as connected transactions under Chapter 14A of the Hong Kong Listing Rules. As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, in order to streamline the management of the connected transactions between CMCC and us, we consolidated the agreements between CMCC and us:

 

  (i) the Property Leasing and Management Services Agreement, pursuant to which we rent from CMCC various properties for use as business premises and offices, retail outlets and machining rooms and CMCC and its subsidiaries provide to us property management services. Under this agreement, for properties owned by CMCC or its subsidiaries, the charges are determined with reference to market rates. For properties leased by CMCC or its subsidiaries from third parties and sublet to us, the charges are determined according to the actual rent payable by CMCC or its subsidiaries together with any tax payable; and

 

  (ii) the Telecommunications Services Agreement, pursuant to which our subsidiaries obtain telecommunications project planning, design and construction services, telecommunications line and pipeline construction services and telecommunications line maintenance services from CMCC primarily through its then wholly-owned subsidiary China TieTong. Pursuant to the Telecommunications Services Agreement, subsidiaries of CMCC sell transmission towers and spare parts and provide related installation and maintenance services to our subsidiaries. Under this agreement, the charges and prices payable are generally determined with reference to and cannot exceed relevant standards set by and revised from time to time by relevant governmental authorities in Mainland China. Where there are no such standards, the charges and prices are determined with reference to market rates.

The rental and property management service charges paid by us to CMCC and its subsidiaries under the Property Leasing Agreement did not exceed RMB2,000 million, RMB2,200 million and RMB2,800 million in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The transactions contemplated under the Property Leasing Agreement constitute our continuing connected transactions under Rule 14A.31 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules and are subject to the reporting, annual review and announcement requirements, but are exempt from the independent shareholders’ approval requirements under the Hong Kong Listing Rules. The rental and property management service charges payable by us to CMCC and its subsidiaries under the Property Leasing Agreement in 2017 are not expected to exceed RMB2,200 million.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

The charges paid by us to CMCC and its subsidiaries under the Telecommunications Services Agreement did not exceed RMB7,000 million and RMB8,000 million in 2014 and 2015, respectively, while the aggregate annual amount paid by CMCC and its subsidiaries to us in 2014, 2015 and 2016 did not exceed RMB2,300 million, RMB2,200 million and RMB1,800 million, respectively. Following the completion of the acquisition of Target Assets and Businesses on December 31, 2015, the aggregate annual amount payable by us to CMCC and its subsidiaries under the Telecommunications Services Agreement in 2016 fell below the de minimis level pursuant to Rule 14A.76 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules, and therefore, the transactions contemplated under the Telecommunications Services Agreement are fully exempt from shareholders’ approval, annual review and all disclosure requirements under the Hong Kong Listing Rules. In light of the above, our Company and CMCC no longer renew this agreement at headquarters’ level upon expiry of its term in 2016.

In 2016, no consideration was paid from us to CMCC or from CMCC to us under the 2013 Trademark License Agreement, the Spectrum and Numbering Resources Agreement, the Inter-Provincial Transmission Line Leasing Settlement Agreement and the Platform Development Agreement.

 

Item 8. Financial Information.

Consolidated Financial Statements

Our audited consolidated financial statements are set forth beginning on page F-1. Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F, no significant change has occurred since the date of the annual financial statements.

Legal Proceedings

We are not involved in any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings, and, so far as we are aware, we do not have any pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding that is expected to have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Policy on Dividend Distributions

We hold in the highest regard the interests of our shareholders and the returns achieved for them, especially our minority shareholders. In consideration of our operating results in 2016 and having taken into account our long-term future development, our board of directors recommended payment of a final dividend of HK$1.243 per share for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. This, together with the interim dividend of HK$1.489 per share that was paid, amounted to an aggregate dividend payment of HK$2.732 per share for the full fiscal year of 2016, representing a dividend payout ratio of 46%, which is higher than the 43% dividend payout ratio planned for the full fiscal year of 2016.

In 2017, having taken into consideration various relevant factors, such as our financial position, cash flow generating capabilities and capital demands for future development, we plan to maintain a stable dividend payout ratio for 2017 while we strive to attain a stable-to-rising dividend payout ratio to create higher shareholder value.

Our board of directors believes that our favorable profitability and healthy cash flow generating capability will be able to provide sufficient support to our future development, while providing our shareholders with a favorable return.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing.

In connection with our initial public offering, our ADSs, each representing 20 ordinary shares, were listed and commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange on October 22, 1997 under the symbol “CHL.” Effective from July 5, 2000, our ADS-to-share ratio has been changed to one-to-five. Our shares were listed and commenced trading on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on October 23, 1997. Prior to these listings, there was no public market for our equity securities. The New York Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange are the principal trading markets for our ADSs and ordinary shares, which are not listed on any other exchanges in or outside the United States.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, there were 20,475,482,897 and 20,475,482,897, respectively, of our ordinary shares issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, there were, respectively, 457 and 452 registered holders of American depositary receipts evidencing 99,107,859 and 102,306,273 of our ADSs. Since certain of the ADSs are held by nominees, the above number may not be representative of the actual number of U.S. beneficial holders of ADSs or the number of ADSs beneficially held by U.S. persons. The depositary for the ADSs is The Bank of New York Mellon.

The high and low closing sale prices of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated are as follows:

 

     Price per Share (HK$)      Price per ADS (US$)  
     High      Low      High      Low  

2012

     92.55        75.05        59.30        48.62  

2013

     91.45        75.05        59.53        47.74  

2014

     101.70        64.50        64.91        41.55  

2015

           

First Quarter

     108.30        88.75        69.47        56.70  

Second Quarter

     116.10        97.80        75.00        63.58  

Third Quarter

     102.80        89.30        66.03        56.91  

Fourth Quarter

     95.95        87.35        61.95        56.29  

2016

           

First Quarter

     87.50        79.65        56.32        50.66  

Second Quarter

     91.90        83.40        58.95        53.68  

Third Quarter

     99.00        86.75        63.72        56.31  

Fourth Quarter

     97.45        80.50        63.12        51.92  

October

     97.45        88.20        63.12        56.96  

November

     89.05        83.55        57.18        53.90  

December

     85.95        80.50        55.09        51.92  

2017

           

January

     88.20        82.00        57.00        52.87  

February

     88.80        85.60        57.39        55.26  

March

     90.35        83.55        58.52        53.99  

First Quarter

     90.35        82.00        58.52        52.87  

April (through April 26)

     86.75        82.80        55.81        53.25  

 

Item 10. Additional Information.

Articles of Association

According to the Companies Ordinance, we have the capacity and the rights, powers and privileges of a natural person of full age and, in addition and without limit, we may do anything that we are permitted or required to do by any enactment or rule of law.

Directors

Material Interests. A director (or an entity connected with a director) who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a transaction, arrangement or contract or proposed transaction, arrangement or contract with us shall declare the nature and extent of his interest in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Ordinance and our Articles of Association. A director shall not vote (nor shall be counted in the quorum), on any resolution of the board in respect of any contract or transaction or arrangement or proposal in which he or any of his Associates (as such term is defined in the Hong Kong Listing Rules), is to his knowledge, materially interested, and if he shall do so, his vote shall not be counted (nor shall be counted in the quorum for that resolution). The above prohibition shall not apply to any contract, arrangement or proposal:

 

    for the giving by us of any security or indemnity to the director or his Associates in respect of money lent or obligations incurred or undertaken by him or any of them at the request of, or for, our or any of our subsidiaries’ benefit;

 

-63-


Table of Contents
    for the giving by us of any security to a third party in respect of our or any of our subsidiaries’ debt or obligation for which the director or his Associates has himself or themselves assumed responsibility or guaranteed or secured in whole or in part whether alone or jointly;

 

    concerning an offer of the shares or debentures or other securities of or by us or any other company which we may promote or be interested in for subscription or purchase where the director or his Associates are, or are to be, interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

 

    in which the director or his Associates are interested in the same manner as other holders of our shares or debentures or other securities by virtue only of his or their interest in our shares or debentures or other securities;

 

    concerning any other company in which the director or his Associates are interested, whether directly or indirectly, as an officer or a shareholder or in which the director or his Associates are beneficially interested in shares of that company other than a company in which the director and any of his Associates, are beneficially interested in 5% or more of the issued shares of any class of the equity share capital of such company (or of any third company through which his interest or that of his Associates is derived) or of the voting rights (excluding for the purpose of calculating such 5% interest any indirect interest of such director or his Associates by virtue of our interest in such company);

 

    for the benefit of our or any of our subsidiaries’ employees, including the adoption, modification or operation of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefit scheme which relates both to our, or any of our subsidiaries’, directors, his Associates and employees and does not give the director or his Associates any privilege not generally accorded to the class of persons to whom such scheme or fund relates; and

 

    concerning the adoption, modification or operation of any employees’ share scheme involving the issue or grant of options over shares or other securities by us to, or for the benefit of, our or any of our subsidiaries’ employees under which the director or his Associates may benefit.

Remuneration and Pension. The directors shall be entitled to receive by way of remuneration for their services such sum as we may determine from time to time in a general meeting. The directors shall also be entitled to be repaid their reasonable traveling, hotel and other expenses incurred by them in or about the performance of their duties as directors. The directors may award special remuneration out of our funds (by way of salary, commission or otherwise as the directors may determine) to any director who performs services which, in the opinion of the directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director.

The board may establish and maintain or procure the establishment and maintenance of any contributory or non-contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, or give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to any persons (1) who are or were at any time in employment or service of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, or is allied or associated with us or with any of our subsidiaries, or (2) who are or were at any time our or any of our subsidiaries’ directors or officers, and holding or who have held any salaried employment or office in our company or any of our subsidiaries, and the wives, widows, families and dependents of any such persons. Any director holding any such employment or office shall be entitled to participate in, and retain for his own benefit, any such donation, gratuity, pension, allowance or emolument.

Borrowing Powers. The directors may exercise all the powers of our company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital and to issue debentures, debenture stocks, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or any third party.

Qualification; Retirement. A director need not hold any of our shares to qualify as a director. There is no age limit requirement for a director’s retirement or non-retirement.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Each director is subject to retirement by rotation and at each general meeting, one-third of the directors for the time being, or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from office by rotation. The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons who became directors on the same day shall be determined by lot unless they otherwise agree between themselves. The retiring directors shall be eligible for re-election.

Rights Attaching to Ordinary Shares

Voting Rights. Under the Companies Ordinance, any action to be taken by the shareholders in a general meeting requires the affirmative vote of either an ordinary or a special resolution passed at the meeting. An ordinary resolution is one passed by the majority of such shareholders as are entitled to, and do, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting. A special resolution is one passed by not less than three-quarters of such shareholders as are entitled to, and do, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting. Generally, resolutions of shareholders are passed by ordinary resolution. However, the Companies Ordinance stipulates that certain matters may only be passed by special resolutions.

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll demanded by:

 

    the chairman of the meeting;

 

    at least three members present in person (or in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting;

 

    any member or members present in person (or in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than five per cent. of the total voting rights of all members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting; or

 

    any member or members present in person (or in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to attend and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than five per cent. of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right;

provided that a resolution put to the vote of the meeting may be decided on a show of hands to the extent permitted by Hong Kong Listing Rules.

Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, every member who (being an individual) is present in person or (being a corporation) is present by a representative duly authorized under Section 606 of the Companies Ordinance at any general meeting shall be entitled, on a show of hands, to one vote only and, on a poll, to one vote for every fully paid-up share of which he is the holder.

On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy and a member entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

Modification of Rights. All or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares (unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) for the time being in issue may subject to the provisions of the Companies Ordinance, at any time, as well before as during liquidation, be altered or abrogated either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.

Issue of Shares. A general meeting resolving upon the creation of any new shares may direct that the same or any of them shall be offered in the first instance, to all the holders for the time being of any class of shares in the capital of our company, in proportion to the number of shares of such class held by them respectively, or make any other provisions as to the issue and allotment of the new shares, and in default of any such direction, or so far as the same shall not extend, the new shares shall be at the disposal of the directors, and Article 9 of the Articles of Association shall apply thereto.

Dividends. We may by ordinary resolution declare dividends, but no such dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the directors.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

The directors may, if they think fit, from time to time, resolve to pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the directors to be justified.

Winding Up. If we shall be wound up, the liquidator (whether voluntary or official) may, with the sanction of a special resolution, divide among the shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of our assets or vest any part of our assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members or any of them as the resolution shall provide.

Miscellaneous. The shareholders are not entitled to any redemption rights, conversion rights or preemptive rights on the transfer of our securities.

Annual General Meetings and Extraordinary General Meetings

We must hold, in each year, a general meeting as our annual general meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year. The annual general meeting must be held within six months after the end of each fiscal year and at such place(s) as may be determined by the directors. All other general meetings are extraordinary general meetings. The directors may proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting whenever they think fit, in accordance with the Companies Ordinance.

In general, an annual general meeting and a meeting called for the passing of a resolution requiring special notice as stipulated under Section 578 of the Companies Ordinance shall be called by not less than 21 days’ notice in writing, and any other general meeting shall be called by not less than 14 days’ notice in writing. The notice must specify the place, date and time of the meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business.

Miscellaneous

We keep our share register with our share registrar, which is Hong Kong Registrars Ltd., Shops 1712-1716, 17 th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong. In addition, we also file certain documents with the Registrar of Companies, Hong Kong, China, in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Ordinance. Our company number is 622909.

Material Contracts

See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions” for certain arrangements we have entered into with CMCC and China Tower.

Exchange Controls

The Renminbi currently is not a freely convertible currency. Under the “capital account,” which includes, among others, foreign direct investment, the prior approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange should be obtained prior to conversion of Renminbi into foreign currency. However, under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign currency transactions, the Renminbi is currently freely convertible.

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC and international economic conditions and foreign exchange policies. The conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars and Hong Kong dollars, is based on rates set by the PBOC. The PRC government allowed the Renminbi to appreciate by more than 20% against the U.S. dollar between July 2005 and July 2008. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably, and in recent years the Renminbi has depreciated against the U.S. dollar. In August 2015, PBOC announced that the mid-point exchange rate for the floating range of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar will be determined based on market maker submissions that take into account the Renminbi-U.S. dollar exchange rate at the previous day’s closing of the inter-bank spot foreign exchange market, the supply and demand dynamics and the movements of other major currencies. Since October 1, 2016, the Renminbi has joined the International Monetary Fund’s basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system and there is no guarantee that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

There are no limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to remit dividends or to hold or vote the ordinary shares or the ADSs imposed by Hong Kong law or by our Articles of Association or other constituent documents.

Taxation — PRC

This section describes certain PRC tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not address all possible PRC tax considerations that may be relevant to an investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs in light of an investor’s specific circumstances, and is based on PRC tax laws and relevant interpretations as in effect as of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, which are subject to change, including the possibility of having retroactive effect. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the PRC and other tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs under your particular circumstances.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementing rules, which took effect on January 1, 2008, or the PRC income tax law, a non-resident enterprise is generally subject to PRC enterprise income tax with respect to PRC-sourced income. Moreover, the PRC tax authorities have been issuing further interpretations and notices to enhance the application of the PRC income tax law.

Taxation of Dividends

On April 22, 2009, the PRC State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Tax Residence Status of Chinese-Controlled Offshore-Incorporated Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or the 2009 Notice, which had retroactive effect as of January 1, 2008. We are considered a PRC resident enterprise for purposes of the 2009 Notice. In accordance with the 2009 Notice and the PRC income tax law, we are required to withhold enterprise income tax equal to 10% of any dividend when it is distributed to non-resident enterprise shareholders whose names appeared on our register of members, as of the record date for such dividend, and who were not individuals.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Under the PRC income tax law, a non-resident enterprise is generally subject to PRC enterprise income tax with respect to PRC-sourced income, but uncertainties remain as to their implementation by the relevant PRC tax authorities. We intend to comply with any interpretation or notice in relation to the taxation of capital gains issued by the PRC tax authorities in the future.

Other PRC Tax Considerations

Stamp duty. Under the Provisional Regulations of the PRC Concerning Stamp Duty and its implementing rules, both of which became effective on October 1, 1988, PRC stamp duty should not apply to acquisitions or dispositions of our ordinary shares or ADSs outside of the PRC, as the PRC stamp duty is imposed only on documents executed or received within the PRC that are legally binding in the PRC and protected under the PRC law.

Estate tax . The PRC does not currently levy estate tax.

Taxation — Hong Kong

The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of ordinary shares or ADSs is subject to the laws and practices of Hong Kong and of jurisdictions in which holders of ordinary shares or ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax. The following summary of certain relevant taxation provisions under Hong Kong law is based on current law and practice, is subject to changes therein and does not constitute legal or tax advice. The discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Accordingly, each prospective investor (particularly those subject to special tax rules, such as banks, dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities and holders of 10% or more of our voting capital stock) should consult its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the ordinary shares and ADSs. The discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, all of which are subject to change. There is no reciprocal tax treaty in effect between Hong Kong and the United States.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Tax on Dividends

Under the current practices of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us.

Profits Tax

No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains from the sale of property (such as the ordinary shares and ADSs). Trading gains from the sale of property by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where such gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business will be chargeable to Hong Kong profits tax, which is currently imposed at the rate of 16.5% and 15% on corporations and unincorporated businesses, respectively, and at a maximum rate of 15% on individuals. Gains from sales of the ordinary shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange may be considered to be derived from or arise in Hong Kong. Liability for Hong Kong profits tax may thus arise in respect of trading gains from sales of ordinary shares or ADSs realized by persons carrying on a business or trading or dealing in securities in Hong Kong.

Stamp Duty

Hong Kong stamp duty, currently charged at the rate of HK$1 per HK$1,000 or part thereof on the higher of the consideration for or the value of the ordinary shares, will be payable by the purchaser on every purchase and by the seller on every sale of ordinary shares (i.e., a total of HK$2 per HK$1,000 or part thereof is currently payable on a typical sale and purchase transaction involving ordinary shares). In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of ordinary shares. If one of the parties to the sale is a non-Hong Kong resident and does not pay the required stamp duty, the duty not paid will be assessed on the instrument of transfer (if any) and the transferee will be liable for payment of such duty. The withdrawal of ordinary shares upon the surrender of ADSs, and the issuance of ADSs upon the deposit of ordinary shares, will also attract stamp duty at the rate described above for sale and purchase transactions unless the withdrawal or deposit does not result in a change in the beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares under Hong Kong law, in which case only a fixed duty of HK$5 is payable on the transfer. The issuance of the ADSs upon the deposit of ordinary shares issued directly to the depositary or for the account of the depositary does not attract stamp duty. No Hong Kong stamp duty is payable upon the transfer of ADSs outside Hong Kong.

Estate Duty

The Revenue (Abolition of Estate Duty) Ordinance 2005 came into effect on February 11, 2006 in Hong Kong. No Hong Kong estate duty is payable and no estate duty clearance papers are needed for an application for a grant of representation in respect of holders of ordinary shares whose death occurs on or after February 11, 2006.

Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs. This section applies to you only if you are a U.S. holder, as defined below, and you hold your ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes. This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

    a dealer in securities or currencies;

 

    a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings;

 

    a tax-exempt organization;

 

    a life insurance company;

 

    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

    a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock;

 

    a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction;

 

-68-


Table of Contents
    a person that purchases or sells ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes; or

 

    a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect, as well as on the agreement between the United States and the PRC for the avoidance of double taxation (the “U.S.-PRC Treaty”). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary, and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

If a partnership holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax advisor with regard to the United States federal income tax treatment of its investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs and you are:

 

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a domestic corporation;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADRs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADRs, and ADRs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to the United States federal income tax.

Taxation of Dividends

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, the gross amount of any dividend we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) is subject to United States federal income taxation. If you are a non-corporate U.S. holder, dividends that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that you hold the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends that are paid with respect to ADSs that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States are qualified dividend income. Under this rule, we expect that the dividends we pay with respect to the ADSs will be qualified dividend income. In addition, dividends paid by a non-U.S. corporation that is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States will be qualified dividend income. As our ordinary shares are not readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States and because we are uncertain as to whether we are eligible for the benefits of the U.S.-PRC Treaty, it is unclear whether dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares will also be qualified dividend income.

The dividend is taxable to you when you, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the Hong Kong dollar payments made, determined at the spot Hong Kong dollar/U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is, in fact, converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. However, we do not expect to calculate earnings and profits in accordance with United States federal income tax principles. Accordingly, you should expect to generally treat distributions we make as dividends.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the preferential tax rates.

Dividends will generally be income from sources outside the United States and, depending on your circumstances, will be either “passive” or “general” income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you. If you are subject to PRC withholding tax (as discussed in “Taxation — PRC — Taxation of Dividends,” above), you must include any such tax withheld from the dividend payment in your gross income, even though you do not in fact receive it. Subject to certain limitations, the PRC tax withheld and paid over to the PRC tax authorities will be creditable against your United States federal income tax liability. To the extent a refund of the tax withheld is available under PRC law, or to the extent that you could have avoided the withholding tax by complying with any certification, identification requirement or by completing any forms, the amount of tax withheld that is refundable or that could have been avoided will not be eligible for credit against your United States federal income tax liability.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your ordinary shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. Subject to the paragraph immediately below regarding gain subject to PRC tax, the gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Any Hong Kong stamp duty that you pay will not be a creditable tax for United States federal income tax purposes, but you may be able to deduct such stamp duty subject to limitations under the Code.

It is not clear if PRC tax will be imposed on any gain from the disposition of your ordinary shares or ADSs (as discussed above in “Taxation — PRC — Taxation of Capital Gains”). Under the U.S.-PRC Treaty, if PRC tax were to be imposed on any gain from the disposition of your ordinary shares or ADSs, then such gain will be treated as PRC source income if you are eligible for the benefits of the U.S.-PRC Treaty. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possibility of PRC tax being imposed on gain from the disposition of their ordinary shares or ADSs, the tax consequences if PRC tax were to be imposed on such dispositions, and the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

PFIC Rules

We believe that we should not be treated as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. In general, if you are a U.S. holder, we will be a PFIC with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held our ADSs or ordinary shares:

 

    at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

 

    at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

If we are treated as a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder that does not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:

 

    any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your ordinary shares or ADSs; and

 

    any excess distribution that we make to you (generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the ordinary shares or ADSs during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs).

Under these rules:

 

    the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs;

 

    the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income;

 

    the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and

 

    the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

Special rules apply for calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to excess distributions by a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC and you own ADSs, then you can make a mark-to-market election with respect to the ADSs. If we are a PFIC and you own ordinary shares, then you can make a mark-to-market election if the ordinary shares are treated as marketable stock under the applicable regulations. If you make this election, you will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above. Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your ordinary shares or ADSs at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted basis in your ordinary shares or ADSs. You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your ordinary shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Your gain, if any, recognized upon the sale of your ordinary shares or ADSs will be taxed as ordinary income.

In addition, notwithstanding any election you make with regard to the ordinary shares or ADSs, dividends that you receive from us will not constitute qualified dividend income to you if we are a PFIC (or are treated as a PFIC with respect to you) either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. Moreover, subject to the following sentence, your ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if we were a PFIC at any time during your holding period in your ordinary shares or ADSs, even if we are not currently a PFIC. The rule in the preceding sentence will not apply, however, if you had a mark-to-market election in effect with respect to your ordinary shares or ADSs in the final year in which we are a PFIC or if you made a special “purging election” with respect to your ordinary shares or ADSs. Dividends that you receive that do not constitute qualified dividend income are not eligible for taxation at the preferential rates applicable to qualified dividend income. Instead, you must include the gross amount of any such dividend paid by us out of our accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) in your gross income, and it will be subject to tax at rates applicable to ordinary income.

If you own ordinary shares or ADSs during any year that we are a PFIC with respect to you, you may be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

Documents on Display

You may read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and its copy charges. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are subject to market rate risks due to fluctuations in interest rates. The majority of our debt is in the form of long-term loans with original maturities ranging up to 15 years. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates can lead to significant fluctuations in the fair value of these debt instruments. From time to time, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements designed to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risks, although we did not consider it necessary to do so in 2016.

We are also exposed to foreign currency risk relating to cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies. We may enter into foreign exchange forward contracts designed to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency risks. As of December 31, 2016, we had no foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding. We expect our foreign currency hedging activity to be generally limited to the hedging of specific future commitments in foreign currencies.

The following table provides information regarding our interest rate-sensitive financial instruments, which consist of fixed and variable rate short-term and long-term debt obligations, as of the dates indicated.

 

     Expected Maturity Date      As of December 31,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
 
     2017     2018      2019      2020      2021      Thereafter      Total
Recorded
Amount
    Fair
Value
     Total
Recorded
Amount
    Fair
Value
 
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)  

Debt:

                          

Bonds issued by Guangdong Mobile

     4,998       —          —          —          —          —          4,998       5,045        4,995       5,150  

Average interest rate

     4.50     —          —          —          —          —          4.50     —          4.50     —    

The following table provides information regarding our foreign currency-sensitive financial instruments and transactions, which consist of restricted bank deposits, bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents as of the dates indicated.

 

     Expected Maturity Date      As of December 31,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020      2021      Thereafter      Total
Recorded
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Total
Recorded
Amount
     Fair
Value
 
     (RMB equivalent in millions)  

On-balance sheet financial instruments

                             

Restricted bank deposits:

                             

in U.S. dollars

     —          —          1        —          —          —          1        1        1        1  

in Hong Kong dollars

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          42        42  

Bank deposits:

                             

in U.S. dollars

     428        —          —          —          —          —          428        428        843        843  

in Hong Kong dollars

     2,748        —          —          —          —          —          2,748        2,748        2,763        2,763  

Cash and cash equivalents:

                             

in U.S. dollars

     1,285        —          —          —          —          —          1,285        1,285        1,097        1,097  

in Hong Kong dollars

     683        —          —          —          —          —          683        683        777        777  

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, USA as the depositary of our ADSs, collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may refuse to provide delivery of ADSs or deposited shares or to provide any distributions until its fees for those services are paid.

 

-72-


Table of Contents
    ADR holders must pay:        For:
  US$5 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)      Each issuance of an ADS, including as a result of a distribution of shares or rights or other property
       Each cancellation of an ADS, including if the deposit agreement terminates
       Each distribution of securities, other than shares or ADSs, treating the securities as if they were shares for the purpose of calculating fees
  US$0.02 (or less) per ADS      Any cash distribution (not including cash dividend distribution)
  Registration or transfer fees      Transfer and registration of shares on the share register of our transfer agent and the registrar in Hong Kong from an ADR holder’s name to the name of the depositary or its agent when the ADR holder deposit or withdraw shares
  Expenses of the depositary      Conversion of Hong Kong dollars to U.S. dollars
       Cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses
  Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS; for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes      As necessary

The Bank of New York Mellon, as the depositary, has agreed to pay for certain expenses incurred in connection with our shareholders’ meetings. The amount of such expenses paid by the Bank of New York Mellon in 2016 was US$185,582.96, net of withholding tax. The Bank of New York Mellon has also agreed to waive certain fees for standard costs associated with the administration of the ADR program, and the amount of such fees waived in 2016 was US$131,959.72.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

None.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

None.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, including, without limitation, that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As of December 31, 2016, an evaluation was carried out by our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is set forth below.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of China Mobile Limited (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting using criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, the Company’s management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report dated April 27, 2017 appearing on page F-2 of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

/s/ LI Yue

   

/s/ DONG Xin

Name:   LI Yue     Name:   DONG Xin
Title:   Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer     Title:   Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

-74-


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . During 2016, no change to our internal control over financial reporting occurred that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert.

All members of our audit committee have extensive management experience. In particular, Mr. Frank K.S. WONG has many years of finance and commercial management experience and expertise, and Mr. Stephen K.W. YIU has many years of accounting and finance experience and expertise. For detailed biographical information of Mr. Wong and Mr. Yiu, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Directors and Senior Management.” Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Wong and Mr. Yiu is qualified as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F. Both Mr. Wong and Mr. Yiu satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics.

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Deputy Chief Financial Officer, Assistant Chief Financial Officer and our other designated senior officers. A copy of our Code of Ethics for Covered Officers was filed as Exhibit 11.1 to our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, and may also be downloaded from our website at http://www.chinamobileltd.com/en/about/cg/ethics.pdf. Information contained on that website is not a part of this annual report on Form 20-F. Copies of our Code of Ethics for Covered Officers may also be obtained at no charge by writing to our investor relations department at 60/F, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees of our principal accountants and all other fees billed for products and services provided by our principal accountants other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees in 2015 and 2016:

 

     Audit Fees (1)      Audit-Related Fees      Tax Fees (2)      All Other Fees (2)  
     (in millions of RMB)  

2015

     97        —          1        4  

2016

     103        —          1        9  

 

(1) Includes the fees for services rendered in connection with the audit of internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(2) Includes the fees for tax compliance and advisory services, risk assessment and compliance advisory services and performance improvement and business process optimization advisory services.

Before our principal accountants were engaged by us or our subsidiaries to render audit or non-audit services, the engagement was approved by our audit committee as required by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

None.

 

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance.

As a foreign private issuer (as defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act), we are permitted to follow home country practices in lieu of some of the corporate governance practices required to be followed by U.S. companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, our corporate governance practices differ in some respects from those required to be followed by U.S. companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

The significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those required to be followed by U.S. companies under the New York Stock Exchange’s listing standards include:

Section 303A.01 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual provides that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors. As a listed company in Hong Kong, we are subject to the requirement under the Hong Kong Listing Rules that at least one-third of our board of directors be independent non-executive directors as determined under the Hong Kong Listing Rules. We currently have four independent directors out of a total of nine directors. The Hong Kong Listing Rules set forth standards for establishing independence, which differ from those set forth in the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

Section 303A.03 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual provides that listed companies must schedule regular executive sessions in which non-management directors meet without management participation. As a listed company in Hong Kong, we are subject to the requirement under the Hong Kong Listing Rules that our Chairman should hold meetings at least annually with the non-executive directors (including independent non-executive directors) without the presence of the executive directors.

Section 303A.04 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual provides that the nominating/corporate governance committee of a listed company must have a written charter that addresses the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, which include, among others, the development and recommendation of corporate governance guidelines to the listed company’s board of directors. Our board of directors is responsible for performing the corporate governance duties, including developing and reviewing our policies and practices on corporate governance guidelines.

Section 303A.07 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual provides that if an audit committee member simultaneously serves on the audit committee of more than three public companies, and the listed company does not limit the number of audit committees on which its audit committee members serve to three or less, then in each case, the board of directors must determine that such simultaneous service would not impair the ability of such member to effectively serve on the listed company’s audit committee and disclose such determination. We are not required, under the applicable Hong Kong law, to make such determination.

Section 303A.10 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual provides that listed companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees. While we are not required, under the Hong Kong Listing Rules, to adopt such a similar code, as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have adopted a code of ethics that is applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or persons performing similar functions.

Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual provides that each listed company’s chief executive officer must certify to the New York Stock Exchange each year that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards. Our Chief Executive Officer is not required, under the applicable Hong Kong law, to make similar certifications.

 

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure.

Not applicable.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements.

Not applicable.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements.

The following financial statements are filed as part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

China Mobile Limited:

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

     F-4  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-6  

Consolidated statements of changes in equity

     F-9  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-12  

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

     F-16  

 

Item 19. Exhibits.

 

  (a) See Item 18 for a list of the financial statements filed as part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

  (b) Exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1    Articles of Association (as amended). (10)
  2.1    We agree to provide the SEC, upon request, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of our long-term debt.
  2.2    Letter of Guarantee from China Mobile Communications Corporation for the RMB3,000 million guaranteed bonds due 2007 and RMB5,000 million guaranteed bonds due 2017, both issued by Guangdong Mobile in 2002 (with English translation). (1)
  4.1    Agreement on Sharing of Administrative Services and Administrative Costs, dated April 27, 2004, between China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (2)
  4.2    Agreement regarding Settlement of Interconnection and Roaming, Transmission Line Leasing, Usage of Spectrum Frequency and Numbering Resources, dated July 1, 2004, between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (3)
  4.3    Tripartite Agreement on the Transfer of Rights and Obligations Relating to the Interconnection and Settlement Arrangements, dated November 13, 2008, among China Mobile Communications Corporation, China TieTong Telecommunications Corporation and China Mobile Limited (with English translation). (4)
  4.4    TD-SCDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement, dated December 29, 2008, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Limited (with English translation). (4)
  4.5    Telecommunications Services Cooperation Agreement, dated November 6, 2009, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Limited (with English translation). (5)
  4.6    Share Subscription Agreement, dated March 10, 2010, between China Mobile Group Guangdong Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. (with English summary). (5)
  4.7    Property Leasing and Management Services Agreement for the Years from 2011 to 2013, dated December 21, 2010, between China Mobile Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (6)
  4.8    Telecommunications Services Agreement for the Years from 2011 to 2013, dated December 21, 2010, between China Mobile Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (6)

 

-77-


Table of Contents
  4.9    Network Assets Leasing Agreement, dated August 18, 2011, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Limited (with English translation). (7)
4.10    Amendment and Transfer Agreement in connection with the Agreement regarding Settlement of Interconnection and Roaming, Transmission Line Leasing, Usage of Spectrum Frequency and Numbering Resources, dated September 13, 2012, between China Mobile Limited, China Mobile International Limited, China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. (with English translation). (8)
4.11    Trademark License Agreement, dated January 1, 2013, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, China Mobile Limited and China Mobile Communications Limited (with English translation). (9)
4.12    Property Leasing and Management Services Agreement for the Years from 2014 to 2016, dated August 15, 2013, between China Mobile Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (9)
4.13    Telecommunications Services Agreement for the Years from 2014 to 2016, dated August 15, 2013, between China Mobile Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (9)
4.14    Promoters’ Agreement, dated July 11, 2014, among China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd., China United Network Communications Corporation Limited, and China Telecom Corporation Limited (with English translation). (10)
4.15    Agreement on Purchase of Existing Telecommunications Towers and Related Assets by Issuing Shares and Paying Cash Consideration, dated October 14, 2015, among China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd., China United Network Communications Corporation Limited, China Telecom Corporation Limited, China Reform Holdings Corporation Limited and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation). (11)
4.16    Agreement on the Transfer of Business and Assets of China TieTong Telecommunications Corporation, dated November 27, 2015, between China Mobile TieTong Company Limited and China TieTong Telecommunications Corporation (with English translation). (11)
4.17    Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 30, 2016, between China Mobile Group Anhui Co., Ltd. and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation). (11)
4.18    Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 30, 2016, between China Mobile Group Henan Co., Ltd. and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation). (11)
4.19    Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 30, 2016, between China Mobile Group Hebei Co., Ltd. and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation). (11)
4.20    Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 30, 2016, between China Mobile Group Guangdong Co., Ltd. and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation). (11)
4.21    Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 30, 2016, between China Mobile Group Jiangsu Co., Ltd. and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation). (11)
4.22    Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 30, 2016, between China Mobile Group Shandong Co., Ltd. and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation). (11)
4.23    Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 30, 2016, between China Mobile Group Zhejiang Co., Ltd. and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation). (11)
4.24    Commercial Pricing Agreement, dated July 8, 2016, between China Mobile Communication Company Limited and China Tower Corporation Limited (with English translation).

 

-78-


Table of Contents
  4.25    Property Leasing and Management Services Agreement for the Years from 2017 to 2019, dated August 11, 2016, between China Mobile Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation).
  8.1    List of Major Subsidiaries.
11.1    Code of Ethics. (2)
12.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on June 17, 2003.
(2) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on June 17, 2004.
(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on June 13, 2005.
(4) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on June 23, 2009.
(5) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on June 7, 2010.
(6) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2011.
(7) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on April 25, 2012.
(8) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on April 25, 2013.
(9) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on April 25, 2014.
(10) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on April 24, 2015.
(11) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the SEC on April 26, 2016.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on Form 20-F on its behalf.

 

CHINA MOBILE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ LI Yue

Name:   LI Yue
Title:  

Executive Director and

Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 27, 2017


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page No.  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

     F-4  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-6  

Consolidated statements of changes in equity

     F-9  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-12  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-16  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF

CHINA MOBILE LIMITED

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, the consolidated statements of changes in equity and the consolidated statements of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of China Mobile Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

April 27, 2017

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in Renminbi (“RMB”))

 

           2016     2015     2014  
     Note     Million     Million     Million  

Operating revenue

     4        

Revenue from telecommunications services

       623,422       584,089       591,602  

Revenue from sales of products and others

       84,999       84,246       59,907  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       708,421       668,335       651,509  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Leased lines and network assets

       39,083       20,668       15,843  

Interconnection

       21,779       21,668       23,502  

Depreciation

       138,090       136,832       122,805  

Employee benefit and related expenses

     5       79,463       74,805       70,385  

Selling expenses

       57,493       59,850       75,655  

Cost of products sold

       87,352       89,297       74,495  

Other operating expenses

     6       167,073       162,293       151,504  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       590,333       565,413       534,189  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations

       118,088       102,922       117,320  

Gain on the transfer of Tower Assets

     7       —         15,525       —    

Other gains

     8       1,968       1,800       1,171  

Interest income

       16,005       15,852       16,270  

Finance costs

     9       (235     (455     (487

Share of profit of investments accounted for using the equity method

       8,636       8,090       8,248  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

       144,462       143,734       142,522  

Taxation

     12(a)       (35,623     (35,079     (33,179
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

       108,839       108,655       109,343  

The notes on pages F-16 to F-93 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Continued)

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

            2016     2015      2014  
     Note      Million     Million      Million  

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax:

          

Item that will not be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

          

Share of other comprehensive loss of investments accounted for using the equity method

        (16     —          —    

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

          

Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets

        24       —          —    

Exchange differences on translation of financial statements of overseas entities

        774       603        (169

Share of other comprehensive (loss)/income of investments accounted for using the equity method

        (1,043     901        1,224  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR

        108,578       110,159        110,398  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit attributable to:

          

Equity shareholders of the Company

        108,741       108,539        109,218  

Non-controlling interests

        98       116        125  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

        108,839       108,655        109,343  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

          

Equity shareholders of the Company

        108,480       110,043        110,273  

Non-controlling interests

        98       116        125  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR

        108,578       110,159        110,398  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share – Basic

     13(a)        RMB5.31       RMB5.30        RMB5.38  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share – Diluted

     13(b)        RMB5.31       RMB5.30        RMB5.35  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-16 to F-93 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets

as of December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

            As of
December 31,
2016
     As of
December 31,
2015
 
     Note      Million      Million  

Assets

        

Non-current assets

        

Property, plant and equipment

     14        622,356        585,631  

Construction in progress

     15        89,853        88,012  

Land lease prepayments and others

     16        26,720        26,773  

Goodwill

     17        35,343        35,343  

Other intangible assets

        1,708        768  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

     19        124,039        115,933  

Deferred tax assets

     20        29,767        25,423  

Available-for-sale financial assets

     21        35        3  

Proceeds receivable for the transfer of Tower Assets

     7        —          56,737  

Restricted bank deposits

     22        4,528        4,575  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        934,349        939,198  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

        

Inventories

     23        8,832        9,994  

Accounts receivable

     24        19,045        17,743  

Other receivables

     25        25,693        26,186  

Proceeds receivable for the transfer of Tower Assets

     7        57,152        —    

Prepayments and other current assets

     25        16,801        11,427  

Amount due from ultimate holding company

     26        221        247  

Tax recoverable

        1,097        746  

Available-for-sale financial assets

     21        31,897        19,167  

Restricted bank deposits

     22        197        15  

Bank deposits

     27        335,297        323,330  

Cash and cash equivalents

     28        90,413        79,842  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        586,645        488,697  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

        1,520,994        1,427,895  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

as of December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

            As of
December 31,
2016
     As of
December 31,
2015
 
     Note      Million      Million  

Equity and liabilities

        

Liabilities

        

Current liabilities

        

Interest-bearing borrowings

     32        4,998        —    

Accounts payable

     29        250,838        243,579  

Bills payable

        1,206        645  

Deferred revenue

     30        84,289        78,100  

Accrued expenses and other payables

     31        180,950        163,404  

Amount due to ultimate holding company

     26        5,563        7,276  

Current taxation

        8,545        8,034  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        536,389        501,038  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Interest-bearing borrowings – non-current

     32        —          4,995  

Deferred revenue – non-current

     30        2,175        1,291  

Deferred tax liabilities

     20        292        203  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        2,467        6,489  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        538,856        507,527  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

as of December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

           As of
December 31,
2016
     As of
December 31,
2015
 
     Note     Million      Million  

Equity

       

Share capital

     34(b)       402,130        402,130  

Reserves

       576,891        515,206  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the Company

       979,021        917,336  

Non-controlling interests

       3,117        3,032  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

       982,138        920,368  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

       1,520,994        1,427,895  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-16 to F-93 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

    Attributable to equity shareholders of the Company              
   

Share

capital

   

Share

premium

   

Capital

reserve

   

General

reserve

   

Exchange

reserve

   

PRC

statutory

reserves

   

Retained

profits

    Total    

Non-

controlling

interests

   

Total

equity

 
    Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million  

As of January 1, 2014

    2,142       387,243       (230,014     72       (607     235,770       424,565       819,171       1,952       821,123  

Changes in equity for 2014:

                   

Profit for the year

    —         —         —         —         —         —         109,218       109,218       125       109,343  

Currency translations differences

    —         —         —         —         (169     —         —         (169     —         (169

Share of other comprehensive income of investments accounted for using the equity method

    —         —         1,224       —         —         —         —         1,224       —         1,224  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

    —         —         1,224       —         (169     —         109,218       110,273       125       110,398  

Dividends approved in respect of previous year (note
34(a)(ii))

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (26,044     (26,044     (10     (26,054

Dividends declared in respect of current year (note
34(a)(i))

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (24,880     (24,880     —         (24,880

Shares issued under share option scheme (note
34(b))

    9,279       2,073       (3,137     —         —         —         —         8,215       —         8,215  

Transfer to PRC statutory reserves (note
34(c)(ii))

    —         —         —         —         —         23,172       (22,991     181       —         181  

Transfer between reserves upon expiry of options

    —         —         (27     —         —         —         27       —         —         —    

Transition to no-par value regime

    389,316       (389,316     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Others

    —         —         —         —         8       —         (8     —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014

    400,737       —         (231,954     72       (768     258,942       459,887       886,916       2,067       888,983  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-16 to F-93 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Continued)

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

    Attributable to equity shareholders of the Company              
    Share
capital
    Capital
reserve
    General
reserve
    Exchange
reserve
    PRC
statutory
reserves
    Retained
profits
    Total    

Non-

controlling
interests

   

Total

equity

 
    Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million  

As of January 1, 2015

    400,737       (231,954     72       (768     258,942       459,887       886,916       2,067       888,983  

Changes in equity for 2015:

                 

Profit for the year

    —         —         —         —         —         108,539       108,539       116       108,655  

Currency translation differences

    —         —         —         603       —         —         603       —         603  

Share of other comprehensive income of investments accounted for using the equity method

    —         901       —         —         —         —         901       —         901  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

    —         901       —         603       —         108,539       110,043       116       110,159  

Dividends approved in respect of previous year (note 34(a)(ii))

    —         —         —         —         —         (22,283     (22,283     (21     (22,304

Dividends declared in respect of current year (note 34(a)(i))

    —         —         —         —         —         (25,629     (25,629     —         (25,629

Shares issued under share option scheme (note 34(b))

    1,393       (369     —         —         —         —         1,024       —         1,024  

Transfer to PRC statutory reserves (note 34(c)(ii))

    —         —         —         —         20,542       (20,502     40       —         40  

Transfer between reserves upon expiry of options

    —         (92     —         —         —         92       —         —         —    

Consideration for business combination under common control

    —         (31,967     —         —         —         —         (31,967     —         (31,967

Transfer of assets of entities under common control to the ultimate holding company

    —         (808     —         —         —         —         (808     —         (808

Capital injection from non-controlling interests of a subsidiary

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         870       870  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

    402,130       (264,289     72       (165     279,484       500,104       917,336       3,032       920,368  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-16 to F-93 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Continued)

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

    Attributable to equity shareholders of the Company              
    Share
capital
    Capital
reserve
    General
reserve
    Exchange
reserve
    PRC
statutory
reserves
    Retained
profits
    Total    

Non-

controlling
interests

   

Total

equity

 
    Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million     Million  

As of January 1, 2016

    402,130       (264,289     72       (165     279,484       500,104       917,336       3,032       920,368  

Changes in equity for 2016:

                 

Profit for the year

    —         —         —         —         —         108,741       108,741       98       108,839  

Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets

    —         24       —         —         —         —         24       —         24  

Currency translation differences

    —         —         —         774       —         —         774       —         774  

Share of other comprehensive loss of investments accounted for using the equity method

    —         (1,043     —         —         —         (16     (1,059     —         (1,059
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

    —         (1,019     —         774       —         108,725       108,480       98       108,578  

Dividends approved in respect of previous year (note 34(a)(ii))

    —         —         —         —         —         (20,764     (20,764     (13     (20,777

Dividends declared in respect of current year (note 34(a)(i))

    —         —         —         —         —         (26,227     (26,227     —         (26,227

Transfer to PRC statutory reserves (note 34(c)(ii))

    —         —         —         —         25,721       (25,525     196       —         196  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

    402,130       (265,308     72       609       305,205       536,313       979,021       3,117       982,138  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-16 to F-93 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

            2016     2015     2014  
     Note      Million     Million     Million  

Operating activities

         

Profit before taxation

        144,462       143,734       142,522  

Adjustments for:

         

- Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

        138,090       136,832       122,805  

- Amortization of other intangible assets

     6        499       274       112  

- Amortization of land lease prepayments

     16        443       426       407  

- Gain on the transfer of Tower Assets

     7        —         (15,525     —    

- Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     6        (180     (4     (1

- Write-off and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     6        7,216       7,614       2,383  

- Impairment loss of doubtful accounts

     6        3,734       4,839       5,536  

- Write-down of inventories

     6        282       272       293  

- Interest income

        (16,005     (15,852     (16,270

- Finance costs

     9        235       455       487  

- Dividend income from unlisted securities

     8        —         (11     —    

- Share of profit of investments accounted for using the equity method

        (8,636     (8,090     (8,248

- Unrealized exchange loss, net

        115       182       80  

- Impairment loss of goodwill

     6        —         —         1,594  

- Gain on disposal of other financial assets

        —         (14     —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash flows before changes in working capital

        270,255       255,132       251,700  

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

        886       (1,005     (271

Increase in accounts receivable

        (4,930     (5,830     (8,165

Increase in other receivables

        (4,668     (1,341     (960

(Increase)/decrease in prepayments and other current assets

        (5,071     276       (8,010

Decrease/(increase) in amount due from ultimate holding company

        26       (135     (18

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable

        11,931       (6,832     8,191  

Increase/(decrease) in bills payable

        227       12       (144

Increase in deferred revenue

        7,231       14,005       1,200  

Increase in accrued expenses and other payables

        17,545       18,633       7,722  

Increase/(decrease) in amount due to ultimate holding company

        10       (32     4,249  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

        293,442       272,883       255,494  

Tax paid

         

- Hong Kong profits tax paid

        (236     (232     (272

- PRC enterprise income tax paid

        (39,505     (37,562     (38,784
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

        253,701       235,089       216,438  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

            2016     2015     2014  
     Note      Million     Million     Million  

Investing activities

         

Capital expenditure

        (188,209     (172,243     (174,673

Land lease prepayments

        (1,157     (1,450     (1,028

Acquisition of other intangible assets

        (1,399     (212     (23

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        564       7       2  

(Increase)/decrease in bank deposits

        (11,967     30,177       21,620  

(Increase)/decrease in restricted bank deposits

        (135     4,877       (2,609

Interest received

        13,862       15,655       14,513  

Payment for investment accounted for using the equity method

        (2,451     (376     (9,508

Dividends received from associates

     19        1,944       2,842       2,476  

Dividends received from unlisted securities

     8        —         11       —    

Purchase of available-for-sale financial assets

        (77,320     (24,965     (2,000

Maturity of available-for-sale financial assets

        65,881       8,294       —    

Short-term loans granted by China Mobile Finance and other investments

        (1,650     (5,500     —    

Maturity of short-term loans granted by China Mobile Finance and other investments

        2,500       —         —    

Proceeds from disposal of other financial assets

        —         140       —    

Receipt of consideration from China Tower

     7        5,000       —         —    

Others

        14       —         —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (194,523     (142,743     (151,230
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

           2016     2015     2014  
     Note     Million     Million     Million  

Financing activities

        

Proceeds from issuance of shares under share option scheme

       —         1,024       8,215  

Capital injection from non-controlling shareholders of a subsidiary

       —         870       —    

Interest paid

       (232     (442     (480

Dividends paid to the Company’s equity shareholders

     34 (a)      (46,991     (47,912     (50,924

Dividends paid to non-controlling shareholders of subsidiaries

       (13     (21     (10

Consideration for business combination under common control

       —         (31,880     —    

Proceeds from entrusted loans

     35 (a)      —         8,592       10,242  

Repayment of entrusted loans

     35 (a)      —         (18,834     (9,573

Short-term deposits placed by ultimate holding company

     35 (a)      5,552       7,274       —    

Maturity of short-term deposits placed by ultimate holding company

     35 (a)      (7,274     (4,181     —    

Repayment of bonds

       —         (1,000     —    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

       (48,958     (86,510     (42,530
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

       10,220       5,836       22,678  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       79,842       73,812       51,180  

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate

       351       194       (46
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     28       90,413       79,842       73,812  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

for the year ended December 31

(Expressed in RMB)

 

Significant non-cash transactions

The Group recorded payables of RMB103,940,000,000 (2015: RMB125,210,000,000; 2014: RMB120,327,000,000) to equipment suppliers as of December 31, 2016 for additions of construction in progress during the year then ended.

The notes on pages F-16 to F-93 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(Expressed in RMB unless otherwise indicated)

 

1 GENERAL INFORMATION

China Mobile Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”) of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on September 3, 1997. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”) are the provision of telecommunications and related services in Mainland China and in Hong Kong (for the purpose of preparing these consolidated financial statements, Mainland China refers to the PRC excluding Hong Kong, Macau Special Administrative Region of the PRC and Taiwan). The Company’s immediate holding company is China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited (incorporated in British Virgin Islands), and the Company’s ultimate holding company is China Mobile Communications Corporation (“CMCC”). The address of the Company’s registered office is 60 th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

The shares of the Company were listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “HKEX”) on October 23, 1997 and the American Depositary Shares of the Company were listed on the New York Stock Exchange on October 22, 1997.

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

  (a) Statement of compliance

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with all applicable International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), which collective term includes all applicable individual International Financial Reporting Standards, International Accounting Standards (“IASs”) and Interpretations issued by the IASB. A summary of the significant accounting policies adopted by the Group is set out below.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (b) Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the Group and the Group’s interest in associates and joint ventures.

The measurement basis used in the preparation of the financial statements is the historical cost basis, as modified by the revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets which are carried at fair value.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Judgements made by management in the application of IFRSs that have significant effect on the financial statements and major sources of estimation uncertainty are discussed in note 39.

Acquisition of Target Assets and Businesses from China Tietong Telecommunications Corporation

On November 27, 2015, China Mobile TieTong Company Limited (“CM TieTong”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an acquisition agreement with China Tietong Telecommunications Corporation (“TieTong”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMCC, under which CM TieTong has agreed to acquire, and TieTong has agreed to sell, certain assets, businesses and related liabilities as well as its related employees in relation to the fixed-line telecommunications operations (“Target Assets and Businesses”). The final consideration for the acquisition of the Target Assets and Businesses based on the acquisition agreement was RMB31,967,000,000. The acquisition was completed on December 31, 2015.

The acquisition of the Target Assets and Businesses was considered as a business combination under common control as CM TieTong and the Target Assets and Businesses are both ultimately controlled by CMCC. Under IFRSs, the acquisition of the Target Assets and Businesses was accounted for using merger accounting in accordance with the Accounting Guideline 5 “Merger Accounting for Common Control Combinations” (“AG 5”) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (note 2(c)(iii)).

 

F-17


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (c) Subsidiaries and non-controlling interests

 

  (i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

An investment in a subsidiary is consolidated into the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized gains arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in full in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized losses resulting from intra-group transactions are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. Accounting policies of subsidiaries would be changed where necessary in the consolidated financial statements to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Non-controlling interests represent the equity in a subsidiary not attributable directly or indirectly to the Company, and in respect of which the Group has not agreed any additional terms with the holders of those interests which would result in the Group as a whole having a contractual obligation in respect of those interests that meets the definition of a financial liability. For each business combination, the Group can elect to measure any non-controlling interests either at fair value or at their proportionate share of the subsidiary’s net identifiable assets.

Non-controlling interests are presented in the consolidated balance sheets within equity, separately from equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company. Non-controlling interests in the results of the Group are presented on the face of the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as an allocation of the total profit or loss and total comprehensive income for the year between non-controlling interests and the equity shareholders of the Company.

Changes in the Group’s interests in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions, whereby adjustments are made to the amounts of controlling and non-controlling interests within consolidated equity to reflect the change in relative interests, but no adjustments are made to goodwill and no gain or loss is recognized.

When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, it is accounted for as a disposal of the entire interest in that subsidiary, with a resulting gain or loss being recognized in profit or loss. Any interest retained in that former subsidiary at the date when control is lost is recognized at fair value and this amount is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition of a financial asset or, when appropriate, the cost on initial recognition of an investment in an associate or a joint venture.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (c) Subsidiaries and non-controlling interests (Continued)

 

  (ii) Business combination other than under common control

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combination of entities and businesses which are not under common control. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

 

  (iii) Business combination under common control

Under IFRSs, the Group use merger accounting to account for the business combination of entities and businesses under common control in accordance with AG 5.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the combining entities or businesses in which the common control combination occurs as if they had been combined from the date when the combining entities or businesses first came under the control of the controlling party.

The assets and liabilities of the combining entities or businesses are combined using the carrying book values from the controlling parties’ perspective. No amount is recognized in consideration for goodwill or excess of acquirers’ interest in the net fair value of acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over the consideration at the time of common control combination, to the extent of the continuation of the controlling party’s interest.

The consolidated statements of comprehensive income includes the results of each of the combining entities or businesses from the earliest date presented or since the date when the combining entities or businesses first came under the common control, where there is a shorter period, regardless of the date of the common control combination. Transaction costs, including professional fees, registration fees, costs of furnishing information to shareholders, costs or losses incurred in combining operations of the previously separate businesses, etc., incurred in relation to the common control combination that is to be accounted for by using merger accounting is recognized as an expense in the period in which they were incurred.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (d) Investments accounted for using the equity method

Investments accounted for using the equity method include investment in associates and joint ventures.

An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over its management, including participation in the financial and operating policy decisions.

The Group has applied IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11, investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures.

Under the equity method, the investment is initially recorded at cost. Thereafter, the investment is adjusted for the post-acquisition change in the Group’s share of the investee’s net assets and any impairment loss relating to the investment (see note 2(i)). The Group’s share of the post-acquisition post-tax results of the investee for the year is recognized as share of profit or loss of investments accounted for using the equity method in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, whereas the Group’s share of the post-acquisition post-tax items of the investee’s other comprehensive income is recognized as its share of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in the associate or joint ventures, the Group’s interest is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee. For this purpose, the Group’s interest in the investee is the carrying amount of the investment under the equity method together with the Group’s long-term interests that in substance form part of the Group’s net investment in the associates or joint ventures.

Unrealized profits and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and its associates or joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee, except where unrealized losses provide evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred, in which case they are recognized immediately in profit or loss. Accounting policies of associates or joint ventures would be changed where necessary in the consolidated financial statements to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Gain or loss on dilution of equity interest in associates and joint ventures are recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (e) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of

 

  (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree; over

 

  (ii) the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities measured as of the acquisition date.

When (ii) is greater than (i), then this excess is recognized immediately in profit or loss as a gain on a bargain purchase.

Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill arising on a business combination is allocated to each cash-generating unit, or groups of cash-generating units, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination and is tested annually for impairment (see note 2(i)). Each unit or groups of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purpose. Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level.

On disposal of a cash-generating unit during the year, any attributable amount of purchased goodwill is included in the calculation of the gain or loss on disposal.

 

  (f) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated in the balance sheets at cost less accumulated amortization (where the estimated useful life is finite) and impairment losses (see note 2(i)). Amortization of intangible assets with finite useful lives is recorded in other operating expenses on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, from the date they are available for use. Both the period and method of amortization are reviewed annually.

Intangible assets are not amortized where their useful lives are assessed to be indefinite. The useful life of an intangible asset that is not being amortized is reviewed annually to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support the indefinite useful life assessment for that asset. Otherwise, the change in useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is accounted for prospectively from the date of change and in accordance with the policy for amortization of intangible assets with finite lives as set out above.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (g) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated in the balance sheets at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (see note 2(i)).

The cost of property, plant and equipment comprises the purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working location and condition for its intended use. Subsequent expenditure relating to an item of property, plant and equipment that has already been recognized is added to the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits, in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset, will flow to the entity. All other subsequent expenditure is recognized as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Gains or losses arising from the retirement or disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the item and are recognized in profit or loss on the date of retirement or disposal.

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment, less their estimated residual value, if any, using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Buildings

     8 - 30 years  

Telecommunications transceivers, switching centers, transmission and other network equipment

     5 - 10 years  

Office equipment, furniture, fixtures and others

     3 - 10 years  

Both the assets’ useful lives and residual values, if any, are reviewed annually.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (h) Leased assets

An arrangement, comprising a transaction or a series of transactions, is or contains a lease if the Group determines that the arrangement conveys a right to use a specific asset or assets for an agreed period of time in return for a payment or a series of payments. Such a determination is made based on an evaluation of the substance of the arrangement and is regardless of whether the arrangement takes the legal form of a lease.

 

  (i) Classification of assets leased to the Group

Assets that are held by the Group under leases which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as being held under finance leases. Leases which do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the Group are classified as operating leases.

 

  (ii) Assets acquired under finance leases

Where the Group acquires the use of assets under finance leases, the amounts representing the fair value of the leased asset, or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments of such assets is included in property, plant and equipment and the corresponding liabilities, net of finance charges, are recorded as obligations under finance leases. Depreciation is provided for at rates, which write off the cost of the assets over the term of the relevant lease or, where it is likely the Group will obtain ownership of the asset, the useful life of the asset as set out in note 2(g). Impairment losses are accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy as set out in note 2(i). Finance charges implicit in the lease payments are charged to profit or loss over the period of the leases so as to produce an approximately constant periodic rate of charge on the remaining balance of the obligations for each accounting period. Contingent rentals are charged to profit or loss in the accounting period in which they are incurred.

 

  (iii) Leased lines and network assets and operating lease charges

Where the Group has the use of assets held under operating leases, payments made under the leases are charged to profit or loss in equal instalments over the accounting periods covered by the lease term, except where an alternative basis is more representative of the pattern of benefits to be derived from the leased asset. Lease incentives received are recognized in profit or loss as an integral part of the aggregate net lease payments made. Contingent rentals are charged to profit or loss in the accounting period in which they are incurred.

The cost of acquiring land held under an operating lease is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease term.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (h) Leased assets (Continued)

 

  (iv) Sale and leaseback

A sale and leaseback transaction involves the sale of an asset and the leasing back of the same asset. The accounting treatment of a sale and leaseback transaction depends upon the type of lease involved. If a sale and leaseback transaction results in a finance lease, any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount shall not be immediately recognized as income by a seller-lessee. Instead, it shall be deferred and amortized over the lease term. If a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating lease, and it is clear that the transaction is established at fair value, any profit or loss shall be recognized immediately. If the sale price is below fair value, any profit or loss shall be recognized immediately except that, if the loss is compensated for by future lease payments at below market price, it shall be deferred and amortized in proportion to the lease payments over the period for which the asset is expected to be used. If the sale price is above fair value, the excess over fair value shall be deferred and amortized over the period for which the asset is expected to be used.

 

  (i) Impairment of assets

 

  (i) Impairment of investments in equity securities, available-for-sale financial assets and receivables

Investments in equity securities (other than investments in subsidiaries), available-for-sale financial assets and receivables are reviewed at the end of each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence of impairment. Objective evidence of impairment includes observable data that comes to the attention of the Group about one or more of the following loss events:

 

   

significant financial difficulty of the entity;

 

   

a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

 

   

it becoming probable that the entity will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization;

 

   

significant changes in the technological, market, economic or legal environment that have an adverse effect on the entity; and

 

   

a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of an investment in an equity instrument below its cost.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (i) Impairment of assets (Continued)

 

  (i) Impairment of investments in equity securities, available-for-sale financial assets and receivables (Continued)

If any such evidence exists, any impairment loss is determined and recognized as follows:

 

   

For investment accounted for using the equity method (see note 2(d)), the impairment loss is measured by comparing the recoverable amount of the investment with its carrying amount in accordance with note 2(i)(ii). The impairment loss is reversed if there has been a favorable change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount in accordance with note 2(i)(ii).

 

   

For unquoted equity securities carried at cost, the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the financial asset and the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset where the effect of discounting is material. Impairment losses for such equity securities are not reversed.

 

   

For debt instruments classified as available-for-sale financial assets, if any impairment evidence exists, the cumulative loss (measured as the difference between the acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment and amortization) and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss) is reclassified from equity and recognized in profit or loss. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss. For equity instruments classified as available-for-sale financial assets, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is also evidence that the assets are impaired. If any impairment evidence exists, the cumulative loss (measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss) is reclassified from equity and recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognized in profit or loss on equity instruments are not reversed through profit or loss.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (i) Impairment of assets (Continued)

 

  (i) Impairment of investments in equity securities, available-for-sale financial assets and receivables (Continued)

 

   

For trade and other current receivables carried at amortized cost, the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate (i.e. the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition of these assets), where the effect of discounting is material. This assessment is made collectively where these financial assets share similar risk characteristics, such as similar past due status, and have not been individually assessed as impaired. Future cash flows for financial assets which are assessed for impairment collectively are based on historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to the collective group. If in a subsequent period the amount of an impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be linked objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss. A reversal of an impairment loss shall not result in the asset’s carrying amount exceeding that which would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years.

Impairment losses are written off against the corresponding assets directly, except for impairment losses recognized in respect of debtors included within trade and other receivables, whose recovery is considered doubtful but not remote. In this case, the impairment losses for doubtful debts are recorded using an allowance account. When the Group is satisfied that recovery is remote, the amount considered irrecoverable is written off against trade debtors directly and any amounts held in the allowance account relating to that debt are reversed. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously charged to the allowance account are reversed against the allowance account. Other changes in the allowance account and subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off directly are recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (i) Impairment of assets (Continued)

 

  (ii) Impairment of other assets

Internal and external sources of information are reviewed at the end of each reporting period to identify indications that the following assets may be impaired or, except in the case of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, an impairment loss previously recognized no longer exists or may have decreased:

 

   

property, plant and equipment;

 

   

construction in progress;

 

   

prepaid interests in leasehold land classified as being held under an operating lease;

 

   

investments in subsidiaries;

 

   

goodwill; and

 

   

other intangible assets.

If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives, the recoverable amount is estimated annually whether or not there is any indication of impairment.

 

   

Calculation of recoverable amount

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Where an asset does not generate cash inflows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash-generating unit).

 

F-27


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (i) Impairment of assets (Continued)

 

  (ii) Impairment of other assets (Continued)

 

   

Recognition of impairment losses

An impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss if the carrying amount of an asset, or the cash-generating unit to which it belongs, exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the cash-generating unit (or group of units) and then, to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit (or group of units) on a pro rata basis, except that the carrying value of an asset will not be reduced below its individual fair value less costs of disposal, or value in use, if determinable.

 

   

Reversals of impairment losses

In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a favorable change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

A reversal of an impairment loss is limited to the asset’s carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years. Reversals of impairment losses are credited to profit or loss in the year in which the reversals are recognized.

 

  (j) Construction in progress

Construction in progress is stated at cost less impairment losses (see note 2(i)). Cost comprises direct costs of construction as well as interest expense and exchange differences capitalized during the periods of construction and installation. Capitalization of these costs ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to property, plant and equipment when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the assets for their intended use are completed. No depreciation is provided for in respect of construction in progress until it is completed and ready for its intended use.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (k) Inventories

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost represents purchase cost of goods calculated using the weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is determined by reference to the sales proceeds of items sold in the ordinary course of business or to management’s estimates based on prevailing market conditions.

When inventories are sold, the carrying amount of those inventories is recognized as cost of products sold. The amount of any write-down of inventories to net realizable value and all losses of inventories are recognized as an expense in the period the write-down or loss occurs. The amount of any reversal of any write-down of inventories, arising from an increase in net realizable value, is recognized as a reduction in the amount of inventories recognized as an expense in the period in which the reversal occurs. No reversal of any write-down of inventories occurred during the years presented.

 

  (l) Accounts receivable and other receivables

Accounts receivable and other receivables are initially recognized at fair value and thereafter stated at amortized cost using the effective interest method less allowance for impairment loss (see note 2(i)), except where the effect of discounting would be immaterial.

 

  (m) Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or management intends to dispose of it within 12 months of the end of the reporting period.

Regular way purchases and sales of available-for-sale financial assets are recognized on the trade-date (the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset). The investments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs and are subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Available-for-sale financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

When available-for-sale financial assets are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognized in equity is removed and recognized in profit or loss.

Interest on available-for-sale debt instruments calculated using the effective interest method is recognized in profit or loss. Dividends on available-for-sale equity instruments are recognized in profit or loss when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (n) Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue consists primarily of prepaid service fees received from customers which are generally not refundable and revenue deferred for unredeemed point rewards under Customer Point Reward Program (“Reward Program”, see note 2(r)(iv)).

The prepaid service fees are stated at the amount of proceeds received less the amount already recognized as revenue.

 

  (o) Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest-bearing borrowings are recognized initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortized cost with any difference between the amount initially recognized and redemption value being recognized in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings, together with any interest and fees payable, using the effective interest method.

 

  (p) Accounts payable and other payables

Accounts payable and other payables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently stated at amortized cost unless the effect of discounting would be immaterial.

 

  (q) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank deposits with original maturity within three months, cash at banks and in hand, demand deposits with banks, and short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, having been within three months of maturity at acquisition.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (r) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Provided it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue and costs, if applicable, can be measured reliably, revenue is recognized in profit or loss as follows:

 

  (i) revenue derived from voice and data services are recognized when the service is rendered;

 

  (ii) sales of products are recognized when the title is passed to the buyer;

 

  (iii) for offerings which include the provision of services and sale of mobile handset, the Group determines the revenue from the sale of the mobile handset by deducting the fair value of the service element from the total contract consideration; and

 

  (iv) for transactions which offer customer points reward when services are provided, the consideration allocated to the customer points reward is based on its fair value which is recorded as deferred revenue when the rewards are granted and recognized as revenue when the points are redeemed or expired.

 

  (s) Interest income

Interest income is recognized as it accrues using the effective interest method.

 

  (t) Income tax

Income tax for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Current tax and movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in profit or loss except items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the relevant amounts of tax are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from deductible and taxable temporary differences respectively, being the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets also arise from unused tax losses and unused tax credits.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (t) Income tax (Continued)

Apart from certain limited exceptions, all deferred tax liabilities, and all deferred tax assets to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilized, are recognized. Future taxable profits that may support the recognition of deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences include those that will arise from the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, provided those differences relate to the same taxation authority and the same taxable entity, and are expected to reverse either in the same period as the expected reversal of the deductible temporary difference or in periods into which a tax loss arising from the deferred tax asset can be carried back or forward. The same criteria are adopted when determining whether existing taxable temporary differences support the recognition of deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and credits, that is, those differences are taken into account if they relate to the same taxation authority and the same taxable entity, and are expected to reverse in a period, or periods, in which the tax loss or credit can be utilized.

The limited exceptions to recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities are those temporary differences arising from initial recognition of goodwill, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit (provided they are not part of a business combination), and temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and associates to the extent that, in the case of taxable temporary differences, the Group controls the timing of the reversal and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future, or in the case of deductible differences, unless it is probable that they will reverse in the future.

The amount of deferred tax recognized is measured based on the expected manner of realization or settlement of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow the related tax benefit to be utilized. Any such reduction is reversed to the extent that it becomes probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (t) Income tax (Continued)

Current tax balances and deferred tax balances, and movements therein, are presented separately from each other and are not offset. Current tax assets are offset against current tax liabilities, and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities, if the Group has the legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the following additional conditions are met:

 

   

in the case of current tax assets and liabilities, the Group intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously; or

 

   

in the case of deferred tax assets and liabilities, if they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either:

 

   

the same taxable entity; or

 

   

different taxable entities, which, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered, intend to realize the current tax assets and settle the current tax liabilities on a net basis or realize and settle simultaneously.

 

  (u) Provisions and contingent liabilities

Provisions are recognized for liabilities of uncertain timing or amount when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation arising as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be estimated reliably. Where the time value of money is material, provisions are stated at the present value of the expenditures expected to settle the obligation.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

 

  (v) Employee benefits

 

  (i) Short-term employee benefits and contributions to defined contribution retirement plans

Salaries, annual bonuses, paid annual leave, leave passage, contributions to defined contribution retirement plans and the cost of non-monetary benefits are accrued in the year in which the associated services are rendered by employees. Where payment or settlement is deferred and the effect would be material, these amounts are stated at their present values.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (v) Employee benefits (Continued)

 

  (i) Short-term employee benefits and contributions to defined contribution retirement plans (Continued)

The Company and subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong are required to make contributions to Mandatory Provident Funds under the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund (“MPF”) Schemes Ordinance. Under the MPF scheme, the employer and its employees are each required to make contributions to the scheme at 5% of the employees’ relevant income, subject to a cap of monthly relevant income of HK$30,000 (HK$25,000 prior to June 2014). Such contributions are recognized as an expense in profit or loss as incurred.

The employees of the subsidiaries in Mainland China participate in the defined contribution retirement plans managed by the local government authorities whereby the subsidiaries are required to contribute to the schemes at fixed rates of the employees’ salary costs. In addition to the local governmental defined contribution retirement plans, the subsidiaries also participate in a pension scheme launched by the Group managed by an independent insurance company whereby the subsidiaries are required to make contributions to the retirement plans at fixed rates of the employees’ salary costs or in accordance with the terms of the plans. The Group’s contributions to these plans are charged to profit or loss when incurred.

The Company and subsidiaries have no obligations for the payment of retirement and other post-retirement benefits of staff other than the contributions described above.

 

  (ii) Share-based payments

The fair value of share options granted to employees is recognized as an employee cost with a corresponding increase in a capital reserve within equity. The fair value is measured at grant date using the binomial lattice model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. Where the employees have to meet vesting conditions before becoming unconditionally entitled to the options, the total estimated fair value of the options is spread over the vesting period, taking into account the probability that the options will vest.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (v) Employee benefits (Continued)

 

  (ii) Share-based payments (Continued)

During the vesting period, the number of share options that is expected to vest is reviewed at each balance sheet date. Any resulting adjustment to the cumulative fair value recognized in prior years is credited/charged to the profit or loss for the year of the review, unless the original employee expenses qualify for recognition as an asset, with a corresponding adjustment to the capital reserve. On vesting date, the amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest (with a corresponding adjustment to the capital reserve). The equity amount is recognized in the capital reserve until either the option is exercised (when it is transferred to the share capital account) or the option expires (when it is released directly to retained profits).

 

  (iii) Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized when, and only when, the Group demonstrably commits itself to terminate employment which is without realistic possibility of withdrawal or to provide benefits as a result of voluntary redundancy by having a detailed formal plan which is without realistic possibility of withdrawal.

 

  (w) Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset which necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset. Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

The capitalization of borrowing costs as part of the cost of a qualifying asset commences when expenditure for the asset is being incurred, borrowing costs are being incurred and activities that are necessary to prepare the asset for its intended use or sale are in progress. Capitalization of borrowing costs is suspended or ceased when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the qualifying asset for its intended use or sale are interrupted or completed.

 

F-35


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (x) Translation of foreign currencies

The functional currency of major entities within the Group is RMB. The Group adopted RMB as its presentation currency in the preparation of the financial statements, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which most of the Group’s entities operate.

Foreign currency transactions during the year are translated at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are retranslated at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the foreign exchange rates ruling at the transaction dates. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated using the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates the fair value was determined.

The results of overseas entities are translated into RMB at the exchange rates approximating the foreign exchange rate ruling at the dates of transactions. Balance sheet items are translated into RMB at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated separately in equity in the exchange reserve. On disposal of an overseas entity, the cumulative amount of the exchange differences relating to that particular foreign operation is reclassified from equity to profit or loss.

For the purpose of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the cash flows of overseas entities within the Group are translated into RMB by using the exchange rates approximating the foreign exchange rate ruling at the dates of the cash flows.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (y) Related parties

 

  (a) A person, or a close member of that person’s family, is related to the Group if that person:

 

  (i) has control or joint control of the Group;

 

  (ii) has significant influence over the Group; or

 

  (iii) is a member of the key management personnel of the Group or the Group’s parent.

 

  (b) An entity is related to the Group if any of the following conditions applies:

 

  (i) The entity and the Group are members of the same group (which means that each parent, subsidiary and fellow subsidiary is related to the others);

 

  (ii) One entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity (or an associate or joint venture of a member of a group of which the other entity is a member);

 

  (iii) Both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;

 

  (iv) One entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;

 

  (v) The entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the Group or an entity related to the Group;

 

  (vi) The entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in note 2(y)(a); or

 

  (vii) A person identified in note 2(y)(a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of the entity (or of a parent of the entity).

Close members of the family of a person are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings with the entity.

 

F-37


Table of Contents
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

  (z) Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which the Group may earn revenue and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in order to allocate resources and assess performance of the segment. The CODM has been identified as the Executive Directors of the Company. For the years presented, the Group as a whole is an operating segment since the Group is only engaged in telecommunications and related businesses. No geographical information has been disclosed as the majority of the Group’s operating activities are carried out in Mainland China. The Group’s assets located and operating revenue derived from activities outside Mainland China are less than 5% of the Group’s assets and operating revenue, respectively.

 

  (aa) Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognized as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders or directors, where appropriate.

 

3 CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Group has adopted certain amended IFRS effective for accounting period beginning on January 1, 2016. Details of the adoption are as follows:

 

   

Amendment to IFRS 11, “Joint Arrangements”.

 

   

Amendment to IAS 16, “Property, Plant and Equipment”.

 

   

Amendment to IAS 38, “Intangible Assets”.

 

   

Amendment to IFRS 10, “Consolidated Financial Statements”.

 

   

Amendment to IAS 28, “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”.

 

   

Amendment to IAS 27, “Separate Financial Statements”.

 

   

Annual Improvement to IFRSs 2012-2014 cycle.

The adoption of the above amended standards did not have any significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. The Group did not apply any other amendments, new standards or interpretation that is not yet effective for the current accounting year (see note 40).

 

F-38


Table of Contents
4 OPERATING REVENUE

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Revenue from telecommunications services

        

Voice services

     209,949        261,896        313,476  

Data services

     394,937        303,425        258,462  

Others

     18,536        18,768        19,664  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     623,422        584,089        591,602  

Revenue from sales of products and others

     84,999        84,246        59,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     708,421        668,335        651,509  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

On April 29, 2014, a notification (the “Cai Shui [2014] No. 43”) was jointly issued by the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation of the People’s Republic of China (“SAT”), and as approved by the State Council of the People’s Republic of China, the telecommunications industry would be included in the scope of the pilot program for the transformation from business tax to value-added tax (the “VAT Program”) from June 1, 2014. According to the Cai Shui [2014] No. 43, the value-added tax rates for the provision of basic telecommunications services and value-added telecommunications services are 11% and 6%, respectively. With the implementation of the VAT Program from June 1, 2014, the Group is not required to pay the business tax of 3% on the telecommunications services.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
5 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND RELATED EXPENSES

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Salaries, wages, labor service expenses and other benefits

     69,546        67,622        64,715  

Retirement costs: contributions to defined contribution retirement plans

     9,917        7,183        5,670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     79,463        74,805        70,385  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents
6 OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 

          2016      2015      2014  
     Note    Million      Million      Million  

Maintenance

        53,852        53,991        52,883  

Impairment loss of doubtful accounts

        3,734        4,839        5,536  

Impairment loss of goodwill

        —          —          1,594  

Write-down of inventories

        282        272        293  

Amortization of other intangible assets

        499        274        112  

Operating lease charges

           

- land and buildings

        11,628        13,447        12,722  

- others

   (i)      4,248        6,186        4,834  

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        (180      (4      (1

Write-off and impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 14)

        7,216        7,614        2,383  

Power and utilities expenses

        29,461        27,134        25,086  

Auditors’ remuneration

           

- audit services

   (ii)      103        97        91  

- tax services

        1        1        —    

- other services

        9        4        6  

Others

   (iii)      56,220        48,438        45,965  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        167,073        162,293        151,504  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note:

 

  (i) Other operating lease charges represent the operating lease charges for motor vehicles, computer and other office equipment.
  (ii) Audit services include reporting on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of the United States of America with the service fee amount of RMB22,000,000 (2015: RMB20,000,000; 2014: RMB20,000,000).
  (iii) Others consist of office expenses, travelling expenses, entertainment expenses, spectrum charges, consultancy and professional fees, consumables and supplies, and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
7 PROCEEDS RECEIVABLE FOR THE TRANSFER OF TOWER ASSETS

 

On October 14, 2015, China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. (“CMC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, jointly with China United Network Communications Corporation Limited (“China Unicom”), China Telecom Corporation Limited (“China Telecom”), and China Reform Holdings Corporation Ltd. (“CRHC”), entered into an agreement with China Tower Corporation Limited (“China Tower”), pursuant to which China Tower (i) purchased telecommunications towers and related assets (“Tower Assets”) from CMC, China Unicom and China Telecom and (ii) issued new equity shares to CRHC. The consideration of Tower Assets was determined based on the appraised value and subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the transaction agreement by each party as of the date of delivery. China Tower agreed to settle the consideration by way of issuing its equity shares to each party, plus cash consideration equalling to the excess of total consideration over the amount settled by equity shares. Upon completion of the above transactions, China Tower would be owned by CMC, China Unicom, China Telecom and CRHC with their respective shares of equity interests of 38.0%, 28.1%, 27.9% and 6.0%.

On October 31, 2015, CMC completed the transfer of Tower Assets to China Tower. In return, China Tower issued equity shares to CMC and shall pay CMC the remaining cash consideration within which China Tower has made the first payment of RMB5,000,000,000 in February 2016. The remaining balance of cash consideration was deferred and to be settled before December 31, 2017. In addition, China Tower will pay interest associated with the unpaid cash consideration to CMC from November 1, 2015 at a pre-determined interest rate, which is 90% of the financial institution’s one year benchmark lending rate announced by the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”) on the completion date of the transaction, i.e. October 31, 2015.

The gain arising from the transfer of CMC’s Tower Assets, which has eliminated unrealized profits due to the Group’s interest in China Tower, is recorded as “Gain on the transfer of Tower Assets” in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
8 OTHER GAINS

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Penalty income

     764        658        515  

Dividend income from unlisted securities

     —          11        —    

Others

     1,204        1,131        656  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,968        1,800        1,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9 FINANCE COSTS

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Interest on bonds

     228        257        274  

Interest on entrusted loans and bank deposits (note 35(a))

     7        194        211  

Others

     —          4        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     235        455        487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Directors’ remuneration during 2016 is as follows:

 

     Directors’
fees
     Salaries,
allowances
and bonuses
     Contributions
relating to
social insurance,
housing fund
and retirement
scheme
     2016
Total
 
     ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000  

Executive directors (Expressed in RMB)

           

SHANG Bing*

     —          497.7        122.1        619.8  

LI Yue (Chief Executive Officer)

     —          717.3        146.5        863.8  

LIU Aili

     —          661.7        141.4        803.1  

XUE Taohai**

     —          645.7        143.3        789.0  

SHA Yuejia

     —          661.7        141.4        803.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          3,184.1        694.7        3,878.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Independent non-executive directors (Expressed in Hong Kong dollar)

           

LO Ka Shui***

     130.4        —          —          130.4  

WONG Kwong Shing, Frank

     470.0        —          —          470.0  

CHENG Mo Chi, Moses

     452.0        —          —          452.0  

CHOW Man Yiu, Paul

     404.9        —          —          404.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,457.3        —          —          1,457.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents
10 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION (CONTINUED)

 

Directors’ remuneration during 2015 is as follows:

 

     Directors’
fees
     Salaries,
allowances
and bonuses
     Contributions
relating to
social insurance,
housing fund
and retirement
scheme
     2015
Total
 
     ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000  

Executive directors (Expressed in RMB)

           

SHANG Bing #

     —          106.7        30.0        136.7  

XI Guohua ##

     —          376.6        113.0        489.6  

LI Yue (Chief Executive Officer)

     —          437.1        137.8        574.9  

LIU Aili

     —          365.4        132.7        498.1  

XUE Taohai

     —          386.9        134.6        521.5  

HUANG Wenlin ###

     —          138.8        21.6        160.4  

SHA Yuejia

     —          365.4        132.7        498.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          2,176.9        702.4        2,879.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Independent non-executive directors (Expressed in Hong Kong dollar)

           

LO Ka Shui

     325.0        —          —          325.0  

WONG Kwong Shing, Frank

     470.0        —          —          470.0  

CHENG Mo Chi, Moses

     440.0        —          —          440.0  

CHOW Man Yiu, Paul

     330.0        —          —          330.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,565.0        —          —          1,565.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Directors’ remuneration during 2014 is as follows:

 

       Directors’
fees
     Salaries,
allowances
and benefits
in kind
     Performance
related
bonuses
     Retirement
scheme
contributions
     2014
Total
 
(Expressed in Hong Kong dollar)    ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000  

Executive directors

              

XI Guohua

     180        1,174        565        256        2,175  

LI Yue (Chief Executive Officer)

     180        1,067        513        234        1,994  

LIU Aili

     180        960        462        210        1,812  

XUE Taohai

     180        960        462        210        1,812  

HUANG Wenlin

     180        960        462        210        1,812  

SHA Yuejia

     180        960        462        210        1,812  

Independent non-executive directors

              

LO Ka Shui

     325        —          —          —          325  

WONG Kwong Shing, Frank

     470        —          —          —          470  

CHENG Mo Chi, Moses

     440        —          —          —          440  

CHOW Man Yiu, Paul

     330        —          —          —          330  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,645        6,081        2,926        1,330        12,982  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents
10 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION (CONTINUED)

 

  * The unpaid portion of executive directors’ performance related bonuses for 2015 was included in executive directors’ salaries, allowances and bonuses in 2016. Mr. SHANG Bing has been serving the Company since September 2015.

 

  ** Mr. XUE Taohai resigned from the position as executive director of the Company with effect from March 23, 2017.

 

  *** Mr. LO Ka Shui resigned from the position as independent non-executive director of the Company with effect from May 26, 2016.

 

  #  

Mr. SHANG Bing was appointed as an executive director and chairman of the Company with effect from September 10, 2015.

 

  ##  

Mr. XI Guohua resigned from the position as executive director and chairman of the Company with effect from August 24, 2015.

 

  ###  

Madam HUANG Wenlin resigned from the position as executive director of the Company with effect from March 19, 2015.

Mr. DONG Xin was appointed as an executive director of the Company and Mr. Stephen YIU Kin Wah was appointed as an independent non-executive director of the Company with effect from March 23, 2017.

In 2016 and 2015, executive directors of the Company voluntarily waived their directors’ fees.

The unpaid portion of executive directors’ performance related bonuses for 2016 will be paid based on the evaluation conducted in 2017, and the additional bonuses related to their term of service will be paid based on the evaluation conducted upon the completion of three-year evaluation period.

 

F-45


Table of Contents
11 INDIVIDUALS WITH HIGHEST EMOLUMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2014, all of the five individuals with the highest emoluments are directors whose emoluments are disclosed in note 10.

For the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, none of the five individuals with the highest emoluments in the Group are directors. The emoluments payable to the five individuals with highest emoluments during 2015 and 2016 are as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     ’000      ’000  

Salaries, allowances and benefits in kind

     5,602.4        8,134.8  

Performance related bonuses

     2,029.2        1,814.1  

Retirement scheme contributions

     157.2        148.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
      7,788.8         10,097.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The emoluments fell within the following bands:

 

     2016      2015  
     Number of
individuals
     Number of
individuals
 

Emolument bands

     

1,500,001 - 2,000,000

     5        4  

2,000,001 - 2,500,000

     —          1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents
12 TAXATION

 

  (a) Taxation in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income represents:

 

            2016      2015      2014  
     Note      Million      Million      Million  

Current tax

           

Provision for Hong Kong profits tax on the estimated assessable profits for the year

     (i)        193        164        113  

Provision for the PRC enterprise income tax on the estimated taxable profits for the year

     (ii)        39,709        39,588        36,204  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        39,902        39,752        36,317  

Deferred tax

           

Origination and reversal of temporary differences (note 20)

     (iii)        (4,279      (4,673      (3,138
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        35,623        35,079        33,179  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note:

 

  (i) The provision for Hong Kong profits tax is calculated at 16.5% (2015: 16.5%; 2014: 16.5%) of the estimated assessable profits for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

  (ii) The provision for the PRC enterprise income tax is based on the statutory tax rate of 25% (2015: 25%; 2014: 25%) on the estimated taxable profits determined in accordance with the relevant income tax rules and regulations of the PRC for the year ended December 31, 2016. Certain subsidiaries of the Company enjoy the preferential tax rate of 15% (2015: 15%; 2014: 15%).

 

  (iii) Deferred taxes of the Group are recognized based on tax rates that are expected to apply to the periods when the temporary differences are realized or settled.

 

  (iv) On April 22, 2009, SAT issued the “Notice regarding Matters on Determination of Tax Residence Status of Chinese-controlled Offshore Incorporated Enterprises under Rules of Effective Management” (“2009 Notice”). The Company is qualified as a PRC offshore-registered resident enterprise for purposes of the 2009 Notice. In accordance with the 2009 Notice and the PRC enterprise income tax law, the dividend income of the Company from its subsidiaries in the PRC is exempted from PRC enterprise income tax.

 

F-47


Table of Contents
12 TAXATION (CONTINUED)

 

  (b) Reconciliation between income tax expense and accounting profit at applicable tax rates:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Profit before taxation

     144,462        143,734        142,522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notional tax on profit before tax, calculated at the PRC’s statutory tax rate of 25% (Note)

     36,116        35,934        35,631  

Tax effect of non-taxable items

        

- Share of profit of associates

     (2,159      (2,023      (2,062

- Interest income

     (22      (31      (26

Tax effect of non-deductible expenses on the PRC operations

     798        986        693  

Tax effect of non-deductible expenses on Hong Kong operations

     76        68        46  

Rate differential of certain PRC operations (note 12(a)(ii))

     (1,580      (1,576      (1,329

Rate differential on Hong Kong operations

     (133      (122      (107

Tax effect of goodwill impairment loss

     —          —          398  

Tax effect of deductible temporary difference for which no deferred tax asset was recognized

     1,562        98        —    

Tax effect of deductible tax loss for which no deferred tax asset was recognized

     1,349        356        116  

Tax effect on the eliminated unrealized profits related to the transfer of Tower Assets

     —          1,547        —    

Others

     (384      (158      (181
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Taxation

     35,623        35,079        33,179  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: The PRC’s statutory tax rate is adopted as the majority of the Group’s operations are subject to this rate.

 

F-48


Table of Contents
12 TAXATION (CONTINUED)

 

  (c) The tax charge relating to components of other comprehensive income is as follows:

 

     2016     2015      2014  
     Before
tax
    Tax
charge
    After
tax
    Before
tax
     Tax
charge
     After
tax
     Before
tax
    Tax
charge
     After
tax
 
     Million     Million     Million     Million      Million      Million      Million     Million      Million  

Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets

     32       (8     24       —          —          —          —         —          —    

Share of other comprehensive (loss)/income of investments accounted for using equity method

     (1,059     —         (1,059     901        —          901        1,224       —          1,224  

Currency translation differences

     774       —         774       603        —          603        (169     —          (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (253     (8     (261     1,504        —          1,504        1,055       —          1,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current tax

       —              —               —       

Deferred tax

       (8          —               —       
    

 

 

        

 

 

         

 

 

    
       (8          —               —       
    

 

 

        

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

F-49


Table of Contents
13 EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

  (a) Basic earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share for the year is based on the profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company of RMB108,741,000,000 (2015: RMB108,539,000,000; 2014: RMB109,218,000,000) and the weighted average number of 20,475,482,897 shares (2015: 20,473,119,088 shares; 2014: 20,293,253,516 shares) in issue during the year, calculated as follows:

Weighted average number of shares

 

     2016      2015      2014  
    

Number

of shares

    

Number

of shares

    

Number

of shares

 

Issued shares as of January 1

     20,475,482,897        20,438,426,514        20,102,539,665  

Effect of share options exercised

     —          34,692,574        190,713,851  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year

     20,475,482,897        20,473,119,088        20,293,253,516  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Diluted earnings per share

The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year is based on the profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company of RMB108,741,000,000 (2015: RMB108,539,000,000; 2014: RMB109,218,000,000) and the weighted average number of 20,475,482,897 shares (2015: 20,479,705,763 shares; 2014: 20,408,441,343 shares), calculated as follows:

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)

 

     2016      2015      2014  
    

Number

of shares

    

Number

of shares

    

Number

of shares

 

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year

     20,475,482,897        20,473,119,088        20,293,253,516  

Dilutive equivalent shares arising from share options

     —          6,586,675        115,187,827  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares (diluted) during the year

     20,475,482,897        20,479,705,763        20,408,441,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2016, there was no share options outstanding (note 33). Therefore, there was no dilution impact on weighted average number of shares (diluted) of the Company.

 

F-50


Table of Contents
14 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

     Buildings      Telecommunications
transceivers,
switching centers,
transmission and
other network
equipment
     Office
equipment,
furniture,
fixtures
and others
     Total  
     Million      Million      Million      Million  

Cost:

           

As of January 1, 2015

     143,602        1,154,848        21,537        1,319,987  

Transferred from construction in progress

     13,225        178,285        2,099        193,609  

Other additions

     119        837        580        1,536  

Transfer of Tower Assets to China Tower (note 7)

     (25,014      (133,164      (212      (158,390

Disposals

     (1      (84      (24      (109

Assets written-off

     (2,588      (26,130      (1,199      (29,917

Exchange differences

     117        211        3        331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

     129,460        1,174,803        22,784        1,327,047  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2016

     129,460        1,174,803        22,784        1,327,047  

Transferred from construction in progress

     8,476        172,502        2,267        183,245  

Other additions

     214        2,367        287        2,868  

Disposals

     (1,048      (5,017      (138      (6,203

Assets written-off

     (308      (58,650      (2,210      (61,168

Exchange differences

     129        262        1        392  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

     136,923        1,286,267        22,991        1,446,181  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

           

As of January 1, 2015

     40,399        660,835        13,730        714,964  

Charge for the year

     6,542        127,888        2,428        136,858  

Transfer of Tower Assets to China Tower (note 7)

     (8,317      (80,765      (97      (89,179

Written back on disposals

     (1      (84      (21      (106

Assets written-off and impairment loss

     (1,813      (18,456      (1,014      (21,283

Exchange differences

     15        146        1        162  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

     36,825        689,564        15,027        741,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2016

     36,825        689,564        15,027        741,416  

Charge for the year

     5,310        129,915        2,945        138,170  

Written back on disposals

     (446      (2,336      (68      (2,850

Assets written-off and impairment loss

     (203      (51,108      (1,805      (53,116

Exchange differences

     16        186        3        205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

     41,502        766,221        16,102        823,825  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value:

           

As of December 31, 2016

     95,421        520,046        6,889        622,356  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

     92,635        485,239        7,757        585,631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents
14 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, with the rapid growth of the Group’s 4G operation, the strategy of ramping up the internet connection speed with lower tariff, continuing technology changes, and further development of wireline broadband business, management anticipates more pressure on the growth and profitability of the Wireless Local Area Network (“WLAN”) business. Therefore, based on the impairment testing results, management recognized an impairment loss of RMB5,967,000,000 (2014: nil) on the WLAN and related terminal transmission equipment.

 

15 CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS

 

     2016      2015  
     Million      Million  

As of January 1

     88,012        95,110  

Additions

     185,086        192,737  

Transferred to property, plant and equipment

     (183,245      (193,609

Transfer of Tower Assets to China Tower (note 7)

     —          (6,226
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31

     89,853        88,012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Construction in progress primarily comprises expenditure incurred on the network expansion projects but not yet completed as of December 31, 2016.

 

16 LAND LEASE PREPAYMENTS AND OTHERS

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the amortization of land lease prepayments expensed in the profit or loss amounted to approximately RMB443,000,000 (2015: approximately RMB426,000,000; 2014: approximately RMB407,000,000).

 

F-52


Table of Contents
17 GOODWILL

 

     2016      2015  
     Million      Million  

Cost and carrying amount:

     

As of January 1 and December 31

     35,343        35,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment tests for goodwill

As set out in IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, a cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash flows from other assets or groups of assets. For the purpose of impairment tests of goodwill, goodwill is allocated to groups of cash-generating units (being subsidiaries acquired in each acquisition). Such groups of cash-generating units represent the lowest level within the Group for which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

As of December 31, 2016, the goodwill of RMB35,300,000,000 is attributable to the cash-generating unit in relation to the operation in Mainland China which management currently monitors. The recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is determined based on the value-in-use calculations by using the discounted cash flow method. This method considers the pre-tax cash flows of the subsidiaries (cash-generating unit) for the five years ending December 31, 2021 with subsequent transition to perpetuity. For the five years ending December 31, 2021, the average growth rate is assumed 1.5% while for the years beyond December 31, 2021, the assumed continual growth rate to perpetuity is 1%. The present value of cash flows is calculated by discounting the cash flow using pre-tax interest rates of approximately 12%. The management performed impairment test for the goodwill in relation to the operation in Mainland China and determined such goodwill was not impaired. Reasonably possible changes in key assumptions will not lead to the goodwill impairment loss.

 

F-53


Table of Contents
18 SUBSIDIARIES

The following list contains only the particulars of subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016, which principally affected the results, assets or liabilities of the Group. The class of shares held is ordinary unless otherwise stated.

 

    Place of       Proportion of    
    incorporation/   Particulars   ownership interest    
    establishment   of issued and   Held by the   Held by a    

Name of company*

 

and operation

 

paid up capital

 

        Company        

 

        subsidiary        

 

Principal activity

China Mobile Communication (BVI) Limited

  British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)   HK$1   100%   —    

Investment holding company

CMC **

  PRC   RMB1,641,848,326   —     100%  

Network and business coordination center

China Mobile Group Guangdong Co., Ltd. (“Guangdong Mobile”)

  PRC   RMB5,594,840,700   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Zhejiang Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,117,790,000   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Jiangsu Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,800,000,000   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Fujian Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB5,247,480,000   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Henan Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB4,367,733,641   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Hainan Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB643,000,000   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Beijing Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB6,124,696,053   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Shanghai Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Mobile”)

  PRC   RMB6,038,667,706   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Tianjin Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,151,035,483   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Hebei Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB4,314,668,600   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Liaoning Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB5,140,126,680   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Shandong Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB6,341,851,146   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Guangxi Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,340,750,100   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Anhui Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB4,099,495,494   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Jiangxi Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,932,824,234   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Chongqing Co., Ltd.  

  PRC   RMB3,029,645,401   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

 

F-54


Table of Contents
18 SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)

 

    Place of       Proportion of    
    incorporation/   Particulars   ownership interest    
    establishment   of issued and   Held by the   Held by a    

Name of company*

 

and operation

 

paid up capital

 

        Company        

 

        subsidiary        

 

Principal activity

China Mobile Group Sichuan Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB7,483,625,572   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Hubei Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB3,961,279,556   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Hunan Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB4,015,668,593   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Shaanxi Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB3,171,267,431   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Shanxi Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,773,448,313   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Neimenggu Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,862,621,870   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Jilin Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB3,277,579,314   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Heilongjiang Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB4,500,508,035   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Guizhou Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,541,981,749   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Yunnan Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB4,137,130,733   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Xizang Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB848,643,686   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Gansu Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB1,702,599,589   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Qinghai Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB902,564,911   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Ningxia Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB740,447,232   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Xinjiang Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB2,581,599,600   —     100%  

Telecommunications operator

China Mobile Group Design Institute Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB160,232,500   —     100%  

Provision of telecommunications network planning design and consulting services

 

F-55


Table of Contents
18 SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)

 

    Place of       Proportion of    
    incorporation/   Particulars   ownership interest    
    establishment   of issued and   Held by the   Held by a    

Name of company*

 

and operation

 

paid up capital

 

        Company        

 

        subsidiary        

 

Principal activity

China Mobile Holding Company Limited **

  PRC   US$30,000,000   100%   —    

Investment holding company

China Mobile (Shenzhen) Limited * *

  PRC   US$7,633,000   —     100%  

Provision of roaming clearance services

Aspire Holdings Limited

  Cayman Islands   HK$93,964,583   66.41%   —    

Investment holding company

Aspire (BVI) Limited #

  BVI   US$1,000   —     100%  

Investment holding company

Aspire Technologies (Shenzhen) Limited * * #

  PRC   US$10,000,000   —     100%  

Technology platform development and maintenance

Aspire Information Network (Shenzhen) Limited** #

  PRC   US$5,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of mobile data solutions, system integration and development

Aspire Information Technologies (Beijing) Limited ** #

  PRC   US$5,000,000   —     100%  

Technology platform development and maintenance

Fujian FUNO Mobile Communication Technology Company Limited ***

  PRC   US$3,800,000   —     51%  

Network construction and maintenance, network planning and optimizing, training and communication services

Advanced Roaming & Clearing House Limited

  BVI   US$2   100%   —    

Provision of roaming clearance services

Fit Best Limited

  BVI   US$1   100%   —    

Investment holding company

China Mobile Hong Kong Company Limited

  Hong Kong   HK$951,046,930   —     100%  

Provision of telecommunications and related services

China Mobile International

Holdings Limited

  Hong Kong   HK$13,095,670,000   100%   —    

Investment holding company

China Mobile International

Limited

  Hong Kong   HK$3,000,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of voice and roaming clearance services, internet services and value-added services

China Mobile Group Device Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB6,200,000,000   —     99.97%  

Provision of electronic communication products design and sale of related products

 

F-56


Table of Contents
18 SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)

 

    Place of       Proportion of    
    incorporation/   Particulars   ownership interest    
    establishment   of issued and   Held by the   Held by a    

Name of company*

 

and operation

 

paid up capital

 

        Company        

 

        subsidiary        

 

Principal activity

China Mobile Group Finance Co., Ltd. (“China Mobile Finance”)

  PRC   RMB11,627,783,669   —     92%  

Provision of non-banking financial services

China Mobile IoT Company Limited

  PRC   RMB1,000,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of network services

China Mobile (Suzhou) Software Technology Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB830,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of computer hardware and software research and development services

China Mobile (Hangzhou) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB900,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of computer hardware and software research and development services

China Mobile Online Services Co., Ltd.

  PRC   RMB50,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of call center services

MIGU Company Limited

  PRC   RMB7,000,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of Mobile Internet digital content services

CM TieTong

  PRC   RMB31,880,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of telecommunications services

China Mobile Internet Company Limited

  PRC   RMB2,000,000,000   —     100%  

Provision of value added telecommunications services

China Mobile Investment Holdings Company Limited (“CM Investment”) ##

  PRC   RMB20,000,000,000   —     100%  

Investment holding company

 

  * The nature of all the legal entities established in the PRC is limited liability company.

 

  ** Companies registered as wholly owned foreign enterprises in the PRC.

 

  *** Company registered as a sino-foreign equity joint venture in the PRC.

 

  # Effective interest held by the Group is 66.41%.

 

  # # CM Investment was established as of December 9, 2016, while the paid up capital has not been paid as of December 31, 2016.

 

F-57


Table of Contents
19 INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

The amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

     As of      As of  
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Associates

     123,255        115,558  

Joint ventures

     784        375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     124,039        115,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Details of major associates are as follows:

 

Name of associate

   Note     Place of
incorporation/
establishment
and operation
    Proportion  of
ownership

interest held
    by the Company or    
    its subsidiary    
    Principal Activity

Unlisted company

        

China Tower

       PRC       38%     Construction,

    maintenance and

    operation of

    telecommunications

    towers

Listed company

        

Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. (“SPD Bank”)

     (i)       PRC       19%     Provision of

    banking services

IFLYTEK Co., Ltd. (“IFLYTEK”)

       PRC       14%     Provision of

    Chinese speech and

    language
    technology

    products and

    services

True Corporation Public Company Limited (“True Corporation”)

     (ii)       Thailand       18%     Provision of

    telecommunications

    services

Note:

 

  (i) The Group’s shareholding percentage in SPD Bank has been diluted from 20.00% to 18.98% as a result from SPD Bank’s issuance of new ordinary shares to other companies in March 2016.

 

  (ii) In June 2016, the Group completed the subscription of additional 1,510 million new ordinary shares issued by True Corporation at the price of Baht7.15 per share with a total consideration of approximately Baht10.8 billion (equivalent to approximately RMB2.0 billion). Upon the completion of the subscription, the Group’s shareholding percentage in True Corporation remains unchanged.

 

F-58


Table of Contents
19 INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD (CONTINUED)

 

Summary financial information on principal associates:

 

     SPD Bank  
     As of December 31  
     2016      2015  
     Million      Million  

Total assets

     5,857,263        5,044,352  

Total liabilities

     5,484,329        4,725,752  

Total equity

     372,934        318,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to ordinary equity shareholders

     338,027        285,250  

Percentage of ownership of the Group

     19%        20%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to the Group

     64,158        57,050  

The impact of fair value adjustments at the time of acquisition and goodwill

     7,780        9,361  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest in associates

     71,938        66,411  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     IFLYTEK      True Corporation      China Tower  
     As of December 31      As of December 31      As of December 31  
     2016      2015      2016      2015      2016      2015  
     Million      Million      Million      Million      Million      Million  

Total current assets

     5,533        4,767        23,135        14,038        39,565        38,586  

Total non-current assets

     4,881        3,623        61,532        36,959        272,103        231,793  

Total current liabilities

     2,521        1,601        30,333        20,158        171,568        47,717  

Total non-current liabilities

     674        266        29,492        17,279        14,548        96,535  

Total equity

     7,219        6,523        24,842        13,560        125,552        126,127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to equity shareholders

     7,061        6,268        24,714        13,441        125,552        126,127  

Percentage of ownership of the Group

     14%        14%        18%        18%        38%        38%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to the Group

     962        878        4,449        2,419        47,710        47,928  

The impact of fair value adjustments at the time of acquisition and goodwill

     814        827        2,847        3,077        —          —    

Elimination of unrealized profits resulting from the transfer of Tower Assets and its realization

     —          —          —          —          (5,474      (5,989
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest in associates

     1,776        1,705        7,296        5,496        42,236        41,939  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents
19 INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD (CONTINUED)

 

Summary financial information on principal associates (Continued):

 

     SPD Bank      IFLYTEK  
     2016      2015      2014      2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million      Million      Million      Million  

Revenue

     160,792        146,550        123,181        3,320        2,501        1,775  

Profit before taxation

     69,975        66,877        62,030        561        465        434  

Profit attributable to ordinary equity shareholders for the year

     51,374        49,704        47,026        484        425        379  

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (5,480      4,458        6,119        —          —          —    

Total comprehensive income

     45,894        54,162        53,145        484        425        379  

Dividends received from associates

     1,921        2,824        2,462        18        18        14  

 

     True Corporation      China Tower  
     2016      2015      2014      2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million      Million      Million      Million  

Revenue

     23,520        21,416        20,447        54,474        10,325        —    

(Loss)/profit before taxation

     (437      839        (129      (776      (3,864      (114

(Loss)/profit for the year

     (531      795        267        (575      (2,944      (114

Other comprehensive loss

     (87      —          —          —          —          —    

Total comprehensive (loss)/income

     (618      795        267        (575      (2,944      (114

Dividends received from associates

     5        —          —          —          —          —    

The fair values of the interests in SPD Bank, IFLYTEK and True Corporation are disclosed as follows:

 

     As of December  31,
2016
     As of December  31,
2015
 
    

Carrying

amount

    

Fair

value

    

Carrying

amount

    

Fair

value

 
     Million      Million      Million      Million  

SPD Bank

     71,938        66,522        66,411        68,160  

IFLYTEK

     1,776        4,854        1,705        6,639  

True Corporation

     7,296        8,297        5,496        5,339  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest in listed associates

     81,010        79,673        73,612        80,138  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents
19 INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD (CONTINUED)

 

The fair values of interest in SPD Bank, IFLYTEK and True Corporation are based on quoted market prices (level 1: quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets) at the balance sheet date without any deduction for transaction costs.

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that interest in associates are impaired.

As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of investment in SPD Bank was RMB66,522,000,000 (2015: RMB68,160,000,000), below its carrying amount by approximately 7.5% (2015: exceeding approximately 2.6%). Management performed impairment test accordingly considering such impairment indicator. The recoverable amount of the interest in SPD Bank is determined by value-in-use. The calculation used pre-tax cash flow projections for the five years ending December 31, 2021 with subsequent extrapolation to perpetuity. The discount rate used was based on a cost of capital used to evaluate investments in Mainland China. Management judgement is required in estimating the future cash flows of SPD Bank. The key assumptions are determined with reference to external sources of information. Based on management’s assessment results, there was no impairment as of December 31, 2016. Reasonably possible changes in key assumptions will not lead to the impairment loss.

As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of investment in True Corporation was RMB8,297,000,000 (2015: RMB5,339,000,000), exceeding its carrying amount by approximately 13.7% (2015: approximately 2.9% below). The management has determined that there was no impairment indicator of the Group’s interests in True Corporation as of December 31, 2016.

Based on the current operation status and business prospects of China Tower, there was no objective evidence of impairment associated with the investment in China Tower as of December 31, 2016.

In 2015, CMC together with State Development & Investment Corporation and China Mobile State Development & Investment Management Company Limited (45% of its registered capital is owned by CMCC), established China Mobile Innovative Business Fund (Shenzhen) Partnership (Limited Partnership) (the “Fund”). The Group recognized the investment as interest in a joint venture. CMC committed to invest RMB1,500,000,000 in cash, which represents 58.8% equity interest in the Fund. As of December 31, 2016, CMC has contributed RMB721,000,000 (2015: RMB360,000,000) to the Fund and has a commitment to invest RMB779,000,000 (2015: RMB1,140,000,000) to the Fund upon the request by the Fund. There are no contingent liabilities relating to the Group’s interest in the joint ventures.

 

F-61


Table of Contents
20 DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     As of
December 31,
2016
     As of
December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Deferred tax assets:

     

- Deferred tax asset to be recovered after 12 months

     6,607        4,935  

- Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months

     23,160        20,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     29,767        25,423  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

- Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after 12 months

     (248      (166

- Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months

     (44      (37
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (292      (203
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents
20 DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized and the movements during 2016

 

     As of
January 1,
2016
     (Charged)/
credited to
profit or loss
     Charged to
other
comprehensive
income
     Exchange
differences
     As of
December 31,
2016
 
     Million      Million      Million      Million      Million  

Deferred tax assets arising from:

              

Write-down for obsolete inventories

     217        (42      —          —          175  

Write-off and impairment of certain network equipment and related assets

     4,152        386        —          —          4,538  

Accrued operating expenses

     14,125        3,844        —          —          17,969  

Deferred revenue from Reward Program

     5,350        446        —          —          5,796  

Impairment loss for doubtful accounts

     1,579        (282      —          —          1,297  

Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets

     —          —          (8      —          (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     25,423        4,352        (8      —          29,767  

Deferred tax liabilities arising from:

              

Depreciation allowance in excess of related depreciation

     (203      (73      —          (16      (292
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     25,220        4,279        (8      (16      29,475  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents
20 DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized and the movements during 2015

 

     As of
January 1,
2015
     Credited/
(charged) to
profit or loss
     Exchange
differences
     As of
December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million      Million      Million  

Deferred tax assets arising from:

           

Write-down for obsolete inventories

     188        29        —          217  

Write-off and impairment of certain network equipment and related assets

     2,624        1,528        —          4,152  

Accrued operating expenses

     10,641        3,484        —          14,125  

Deferred revenue from Reward Program

     5,621        (271      —          5,350  

Impairment loss for doubtful accounts

     1,580        (1      —          1,579  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     20,654        4,769        —          25,423  

Deferred tax liabilities arising from:

           

Depreciation allowance in excess of related depreciation

     (98      (96      (9      (203
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     20,556        4,673        (9      25,220  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and tax losses carry-forwards only to the extent that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. Certain subsidiaries of the Group did not recognize deferred tax assets of RMB1,562,000,000 (2015: RMB98,000,000) and RMB1,349,000,000 (2015: RMB395,000,000) in respect of deductible temporary differences and tax losses amounting to RMB6,249,000,000 (2015: RMB391,000,000) and RMB5,504,000,000 (2015: RMB1,581,000,000) respectively that can be carried forward against future taxable income as of December 31, 2016. The tax losses are allowed to be carried forward in next five years to against the future taxable profits.

 

F-64


Table of Contents
21 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

            As of
December 31,
2016
     As of
December 31,
2015
 
     Note      Million      Million  

Equity investment

     (i)        35        3  

Wealth management products issued by banks

     (ii)        31,897        19,167  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        31,932        19,170  

Less: current portion

        (31,897      (19,167
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current portion

        35        3  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note:

 

  (i) The equity investment represents Shanghai Mobile’s investment in Bank of Shanghai Co., Ltd. (“Bank of Shanghai”), the latter of which has been listed in November 2016. The equity investment is accounted for using its fair value based on quoted market price (level 1: quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets) as of December 31, 2016 without any deduction for transaction costs.

 

  (ii) The wealth management products issued by banks will mature within one year with variable return rates indexed to the performance of underlying assets. As of December 31, 2016, the carrying amount approximated the fair value (level 3: inputs for the assets or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs)). The fair values are based on cash flow discounted using the judgement that expected return will be obtained upon maturity.

 

22 RESTRICTED BANK DEPOSITS

 

     As of December 31, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     Non-current
assets
     Current
assets
     Total      Non-current
assets
     Current
assets
     Total  
     Million      Million      Million      Million      Million      Million  

Restricted bank deposits

                 

- Statutory deposit reserves (Note)

     4,527        —          4,527        4,526        —          4,526  

- Pledged bank deposits

     1        197        198        49        15        64  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,528        197        4,725        4,575        15        4,590  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  Note: The statutory deposit reserves are deposited by China Mobile Finance with PBOC as required, which are not available for use in the Group’s daily operations.

 

F-65


Table of Contents
23 INVENTORIES

 

     As of      As of  
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

SIM cards and handsets

     7,696        8,604  

Other consumables

     1,136        1,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,832        9,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

  (a) Aging analysis

Aging analysis of accounts receivable, net of allowance for impairment loss of doubtful accounts is as follows:

 

     As of      As of  
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Within 30 days

     10,974        10,343  

31 - 60 days

     2,726        2,082  

61 - 90 days

     1,540        1,457  

Over 90 days

     3,805        3,861  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     19,045        17,743  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable primarily comprise receivables from customers and telecommunications operators. Accounts receivable from the provision of telecommunications services to customers are mainly due for payment within one month from date of billing. Customers with balances that are overdue or exceed credit limits are required to settle all outstanding balances before any further telecommunications services can be provided.

Accounts receivable are expected to be recovered within one year.

 

F-66


Table of Contents
24 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (CONTINUED)

 

  (b) Impairment of accounts receivable

Impairment loss in respect of accounts receivable is recorded using an allowance account unless the Group is satisfied that recovery of the amount is remote, in which case the impairment loss is written off against accounts receivable directly.

The following table summarizes the changes in impairment loss of doubtful accounts:

 

     2016      2015  
     Million      Million  

As of January 1

     6,549        6,575  

Impairment loss recognized

     3,797        4,921  

Accounts receivable written off

     (4,584      (4,947
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31

     5,762        6,549  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (c) Accounts receivable that are not impaired

Accounts receivable that are neither individually nor collectively considered to be impaired are as follows:

 

     As of      As of  
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Neither past due nor impaired

     18,468        17,240  

Less than 1 month past due

     577        503  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     19,045        17,743  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Receivables that were neither past due nor impaired relate to a wide range of customers for which there was no recent history of default.

Receivables that were past due but not impaired relate to a number of independent customers that have a good track record with the Group. Based on past experience, management believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of these balances as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the balances are still considered fully recoverable. The Group does not hold any collateral over these balances.

 

F-67


Table of Contents
25 OTHER RECEIVABLES, PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other receivables comprise certain items which are expected to be recovered within one year, primarily including interest receivable from banks, utilities deposits and rental deposits, and short-term loans of RMB4,650,000,000 (2015: RMB5,000,000,000) granted to other companies through China Mobile Finance at the interest rate agreed by each party with reference to the market interest rate.

Prepayments and other current assets primarily consist of rental prepayments, maintenance prepayments and input VAT to be deducted.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were no significant overdue amounts for other receivables.

 

26 AMOUNTS DUE FROM/TO ULTIMATE HOLDING COMPANY

Amount due from ultimate holding company is unsecured, interest free, repayable on demand and arising in the ordinary course of business.

As of December 31, 2016, amount due to ultimate holding company comprises the short-term deposits of CMCC in China Mobile Finance amounting to RMB5,552,000,000 (2015: RMB7,274,000,000) and the corresponding interest payable arising from the deposits. The deposits are unsecured and carry interest at prevailing market rate.

 

F-68


Table of Contents
27 BANK DEPOSITS

Bank deposits represent term deposits with banks with original maturity exceeding three months. The applicable interest rate is determined in accordance with the benchmark interest rate published by PBOC.

 

28 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

     As of      As of  
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Bank deposits with original maturity within three months

     15,115        7,312  

Cash at banks and in hand

     75,298        72,530  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     90,413        79,842  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29 ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

Accounts payable primarily include payables for network expansion projects expenditure, maintenance and interconnection expenses.

The aging analysis of accounts payable is as follows:

 

     As of      As of  
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Should be paid in the periods below:

     

Within 1 month or on demand

     215,775        205,724  

After 1 month but within 3 months

     14,677        17,002  

After 3 months but within 6 months

     8,231        8,980  

After 6 months but within 9 months

     4,342        3,488  

After 9 months but within 12 months

     7,813        8,385  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     250,838        243,579  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

All of the accounts payable are expected to be settled within one year or are repayable on demand.

 

F-69


Table of Contents
30 DEFERRED REVENUE

Deferred revenue primarily includes prepaid service fees received from customers and unredeemed point rewards.

 

     2016      2015  
     Million      Million  

As of January 1

     79,391        65,386  

- Current portion

     78,100        63,916  

- Non-current portion

     1,291        1,470  

Additions during the year

     359,626        321,417  

Recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income

     (352,553      (307,412
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31

     86,464        79,391  

Less: Current portion

     (84,289      (78,100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current portion

     2,175        1,291  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

31 ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

     As of      As of  
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Receipts-in-advance

     75,819        74,040  

Other payables

     24,523        21,789  

Accrued salaries, wages, labor service expenses and other benefits

     6,241        5,776  

Accrued expenses

     74,367        61,799  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     180,950        163,404  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents
32 INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

 

     As of      As of  
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Bonds

     4,998        4,995  

Less: current portion

     (4,998      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current portion

     —          4,995  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note:

As of December 31, 2016, the bonds represent the balance of fifteen-year guaranteed bonds issued by Guangdong Mobile, a subsidiary of the Company, with a principal amount of RMB5,000,000,000, at an issue price equal to the face value of the bonds. The bonds are unsecured and bear interest at the rate of 4.5% per annum which is payable annually. The bonds, redeemable at 100% of the principal amount, will mature on October 28, 2017.

The Company has issued a joint and irrevocable guarantee (the “Guarantee”) for the performance of the bonds. CMCC, the ultimate holding company, has also issued a further guarantee in relation to the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Guarantee.

 

F-71


Table of Contents
33 EQUITY SETTLED SHARE-BASED TRANSACTIONS

Pursuant to a resolution passed at the Annual General Meeting held on June 24, 2002, the current share option scheme (the “Current Scheme”) was adopted.

Under the Current Scheme, the directors of the Company may, at their discretion, invite employees, including executive directors and non-executive directors of the Company, any of its holding companies and any of their respective subsidiaries and any entity in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds an equity interest, to receive options to subscribe for shares of the Company. The consideration payable for the grant of option under the Current Scheme is HK$1.00.

The maximum aggregate number of shares which can be subscribed for pursuant to options that are or may be granted under the above scheme equals to 10% of the total issued share capital of the Company as of the date of adoption of the Current Scheme. Options lapsed or cancelled in accordance with the terms of the Current Scheme will not be counted for the purpose of calculating this 10% limit.

The HKEX requires the exercise price of options to be at least the higher of the closing price of the shares on the HKEX on the date on which the option was granted and the average closing price of the shares on the HKEX for the five trading days immediately preceding the date on which the option was granted.

For options granted under the Current Scheme, the exercise price of options shall be determined by the directors of the Company at their discretion provided that such price may not be set below a minimum price which is the highest of:

 

  (i) the closing price of the shares on the HKEX on the date on which the option was granted; and

 

  (ii) the average closing price of the shares on the HKEX for the five trading days immediately preceding the date on which the option was granted.

Under the Current Scheme, the term of the option is determined by the directors at their discretion, provided that all options shall be exercised within 10 years after the date on which the option is granted.

The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options are as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
HK$
     Number of
shares
involved in the
options
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
HK$
    

Number of
shares involved

in the options

 

As of January 1

     —          —          34.87        46,233,422  

Exercised

     —          —          34.87        (37,056,383

Expired

     —          —          34.87        (9,177,039
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

As of December 31

     —          —          —          —    
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Options vested as of December 31

     —          —          —          —    
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents
34 CAPITAL, RESERVES AND DIVIDENDS

 

  (a) Dividends

 

  (i) Dividends attributable to the year:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Ordinary interim dividend declared and paid of HK$1.489 (equivalent to approximately RMB1.273) (2015: HK$1.525 (equivalent to approximately RMB1.203); 2014: HK$1.540 (equivalent to approximately RMB1.222)) per share

     26,227        25,629        24,880  

Ordinary final dividend proposed after the balance sheet date of HK$1.243 (equivalent to approximately RMB1.112) (2015: HK$1.196 (equivalent to approximately RMB1.002); 2014: HK$1.380 (equivalent to approximately RMB1.089)) per share

     22,766        20,516        22,290  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     48,993        46,145        47,170  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The proposed ordinary final dividend which is declared in Hong Kong dollar is translated into RMB at the rate HK$1 = RMB0.89451, being the rate announced by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange in the PRC on December 31, 2016 (2015: HK$1 = RMB0.83778; 2014: HK$1 = RMB0.78887). As the ordinary final dividend is declared after the balance sheet date, such dividend is not recognized as liability as of December 31, 2016.

In accordance with the 2009 Notice and the PRC enterprise income tax law, the Company is required to withhold enterprise income tax equal to 10% of any dividend when it is distributed to non-resident enterprise shareholders whose names appeared on the Company’s register of members, as of the record date for such dividend, and who were not individuals.

 

  (ii) Dividends attributable to the previous financial year, approved and paid during the year:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Ordinary final dividend in respect of the previous financial year, approved and paid during the year, of HK$1.196 (equivalent to approximately RMB1.002) (2015: HK$1.380 (equivalent to approximately RMB1.089); 2014: HK$1.615(equivalent to approximately RMB1.270)) per share

     20,764        22,283        26,044  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents
34 CAPITAL, RESERVES AND DIVIDENDS (CONTINUED)

 

  (b) Share capital

Ordinary shares, issued and fully paid:

 

     2016      2015  
                   Equivalent                    Equivalent  
     Number      HK$      RMB      Number      HK$      RMB  
     of shares      Million      Million      of shares      Million      Million  

As of January 1

     20,475,482,897        382,263        402,130        20,438,426,514        380,590        400,737  

Shares issued under share option scheme

     —          —          —          37,056,383        1,673        1,393  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31

     20,475,482,897        382,263        402,130        20,475,482,897        382,263        402,130  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All ordinary shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets.

 

  (c) Nature and purpose of reserves

 

  (i) Capital reserve

The capital reserve mainly comprises the following:

 

  The fair value of unexercised share options granted to employees of the Group recognized in accordance with the accounting policy adopted for share-based payments in note 2(v)(ii);

 

  RMB295,665,000,000 debit balance brought forward as a result of the elimination of goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries before January 1, 2001 against the capital reserve;

 

  The changes in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets through other comprehensive income, net of tax, until the financial assets are derecognised; and

 

  The difference between the consideration and the aggregate carrying amounts of Target Assets and Businesses acquired from the controlling party under business combinations under common control (see note 2(b)).

 

F-74


Table of Contents
34 CAPITAL, RESERVES AND DIVIDENDS (CONTINUED)

 

  (c) Nature and purpose of reserves (Continued)

 

  (ii) PRC statutory reserves

PRC statutory reserves mainly include statutory surplus reserve and discretionary surplus reserve.

In accordance with the Company Law of the PRC, domestic enterprises in Mainland China are required to transfer 10% of their profit after taxation, as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC (“PRC GAAP”), to the statutory surplus reserve until such reserve balance reaches 50% of the registered capital of relevant subsidiaries. Moreover, upon a resolution made by the shareholders, a certain percentage of domestic enterprises’ profit after taxation, as determined under PRC GAAP, is transferred to the discretionary surplus reserve. During the year, appropriations were made by such subsidiaries to the statutory surplus reserves and discretionary surplus reserves accordingly.

The statutory and discretionary surplus reserves can be used to reduce previous years’ losses, if any, and may be converted into paid-up capital, provided that the statutory reserve after such conversion is not less than 25% of the registered capital of relevant subsidiaries.

In accordance with relevant regulations issued by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC, a subsidiary of the Company, China Mobile Finance, is required to set aside a reserve through appropriations of profit after tax according to a certain ratio of the ending balance of its gross risk-bearing assets to cover potential losses against such assets.

 

  (iii) Exchange reserve

The exchange reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of overseas entities. The reserve is dealt with in accordance with the accounting policies set out in note 2(x).

 

F-75


Table of Contents
34 CAPITAL, RESERVES AND DIVIDENDS (CONTINUED)

 

  (d) Capital management

The Group’s primary objectives of capital management are to maintain a reasonable capital structure and to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders. The Group actively and regularly reviews and manages its capital structure to stabilize the capital position and prevent operation risk. Meanwhile, the Group will maximize the shareholders’ return when having high level of borrowings and will make adjustment on the capital structure in accordance with the changes in economic conditions.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of total debt-to-book capitalization ratio. This ratio is calculated as total borrowings divided by book capitalization (equal to the total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the Company as shown in the consolidated balance sheets and total borrowings).

As of December 31, 2016, the Group’s total debt-to-book capitalization ratio was 0.5% (2015: 0.5%).

Except China Mobile Finance, the Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

 

F-76


Table of Contents
35 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

  (a) Transactions with CMCC Group

The following is a summary of principal related party transactions entered into by the Group with CMCC and its subsidiaries (“CMCC Group”), for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

 

          2016      2015      2014  
     Note    Million      Million      Million  

Telecommunications services revenue

   (i)      159        474        869  

Telecommunications services charges

   (i)      —          —          66  

Property leasing and management services revenue

   (ii)      197        191        181  

Property leasing and management services charges

   (ii)      976        956        923  

Network assets leasing charges

   (iii)      2,738        4,376        4,617  

Network capacity leasing charges

   (iii)      2,696        4,757        5,012  

Entrusted loans received

   (iv)      —          8,592        10,242  

Entrusted loans repaid

   (iv)      —          18,834        9,573  

Short-term bank deposits received

   (iv)      5,552        7,274        4,181  

Short-term bank deposits repaid

   (iv)      7,274        4,181        —    

Interest expenses

   (iv)      7        194        211  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note:

 

  (i) The amounts represent telecommunications services settlement received/receivable from or paid/payable to CMCC Group for the telecommunications project planning, design and construction services, telecommunications line and pipeline construction services, telecommunications line maintenance services, and installation and maintenance services in respect of transmission towers.
  (ii) The amount represents the rental and property management fees received/receivable from or paid/payable to CMCC Group in respect of business premises and offices, retail outlets and warehouses.

 

F-77


Table of Contents
35 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

 

  (a) Transactions with CMCC Group (Continued)

 

  (iii) The amounts represent the network assets leasing settlement received/receivable from or paid/payable to CMCC Group and the TD-SCDMA network capacity charges paid/ payable to CMCC Group. On December 29, 2008, the Company entered into a network capacity leasing agreement with CMCC Group for the provision of TD-SCDMA related services. Based on the lease classification assessments, the Group does not substantially bear the risks and reward incidental to the ownership of the leased network assets, and accordingly the Group accounts for the network assets leasing and the network capacity leasing as operating leases.
  (iv) The amounts represent the entrusted loans/bank deposits received from or repaid to CMCC and interest expenses paid/payable to CMCC in respect of the entrusted loans/bank deposits.

 

  (b) Amounts due from/to CMCC Group

Amounts due from/to CMCC Group, other than amount due from/to ultimate holding company, are included in the following accounts captions summarized as follows:

 

     As of
December 31,
2016
     As of
December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Accounts receivable

     354        558  

Other receivables

     105        519  

Accounts payable

     4,251        4,564  

Accrued expenses and other payables

     88        181  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amounts are unsecured, interest-free, repayable on demand/on contract terms and arise in the ordinary course of business.

 

F-78


Table of Contents
35 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

 

  (c) Significant transactions with associates of the Group and of CMCC Group

The Group has entered into transactions with associates over which the Group or CMCC Group can exercise significant influence. The major transactions entered into by the Group and the associates and amount due from/to the associates are follows:

 

           

As of

December 31,
2016

    

As of

December 31,
2015

 
     Note      Million      Million  

Bank deposits

        37,631        33,888  

Available-for-sale financial assets

        17,222        9,300  

Interest receivable

        2,134        1,187  

Accounts payable

        225        358  

Accrued expenses

     (i)        5,277        5,563  

Other payable

        2,759        128  

Proceeds receivable for the transfer of Tower Assets (note 7)

        57,152        56,737  

Other receivables

     (ii)        9,862        8,907  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

          2016      2015      2014  
     Note    Million      Million      Million  

Interest income

   (iii)      4,140        1,699        1,659  

Telecommunications services revenue

   (iv)      637        767        127  

Telecommunications services charges

   (v)      422        774        1,839  

Gain on the transfer of Tower Assets

   (i)      —          15,525        —    

Charges for use of tower assets

   (i)      28,144        5,563        —    

Dividend income

        1,944        2,842        2,476  

Property leasing and management services revenue

   (vi)      1        6        6  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents
35 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

 

  (c) Significant transactions with associates of the Group and of CMCC Group (Continued)

Note:

 

  (i) The amounts represent the gain arising from the transfer of Tower Assets on October 31, 2015 (note 7) and the charges payable to China Tower for the use of telecommunications tower and related assets (“Leased Tower”). On July 8, 2016, CMC and China Tower finalized the leasing and pricing arrangement in relation to the lease of Leased Tower, and entered into an agreement (the “Lease Agreement”). Accordingly, the respective provincial companies of CMC and China Tower enter into provincial company service agreements for the leasing of individual Leased Tower based on their actual service requirements. Pursuant to the management’s assessment, the 5 years lease terms of the Lease Agreement does not account for the major part of the economic lives of the Leased Tower and the present value of the minimum lease payments is not considered substantial comparing to the fair value of the corresponding Leased Tower. At the end of the lease term, there is no purchase option granted to the Group to purchase the Leased Tower. The Group also does not bear any gains or losses in the fluctuation in the fair value of the Leased Tower at the end of the lease terms. As a result, the Group does not substantially bear the risks and reward incidental to the ownership of the Leased Tower, and hence the Group accounts for the Leased Tower leasing as operating leases.
  (ii) Other receivables primarily represent the short-team loans granted by China Mobile Finance to China Tower and receivable due from China Tower in connection with the transfer of Tower Assets. The loans will mature by December 2017.
  (iii) Interest income primarily represents interest earned from deposits placed with SPD Bank and interest earned from the proceeds receivable for the transfer of Tower Assets (note 7). The interest rate of deposits placed with SPD Bank is determined in accordance with the benchmark interest rate published by PBOC.
  (iv) The amount represents the telecommunications services revenue received/receivable from SPD Bank and China Tower.
  (v) The amount represents the telecommunications services charges paid/payable to Union Mobile Pay Co., Ltd., an associate of CMCC Group until July 2016.
  (vi) The amount represents the property leasing services revenue received/ receivable from SPD Bank.

 

F-80


Table of Contents
35 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

 

  (d) Transactions with other government-related entities in the PRC

The Group is a government-related enterprise and operates in an economic regime currently dominated by entities directly or indirectly controlled by the PRC government through government authorities, agencies, affiliations and other organization (collectively referred to as “government-related entities”).

Apart from transactions with CMCC Group (notes 26 and 35(a)) and associates (note 35(c)) and the transaction to increase contribution to the Fund (note 19), the Group has collectively, but not individually, significant transactions with other government-related entities which include but not limited to the following:

 

   

rendering and receiving telecommunications services, including interconnection revenue/charges

 

   

purchasing of goods, including use of public utilities

 

   

placing of bank deposits

These transactions are conducted in the ordinary course of the Group’s business on terms comparable to the terms of transactions with other entities that are not government-related. The Group prices its telecommunications services and products in accordance with rules and regulations stipulated by related authorities of the PRC Government, where applicable, or based on commercial negotiations. The Group has also established its procurement policies and approval processes for purchases of products and services, which do not depend on whether the counterparties are government-related entities or not.

 

  (e) For key management personnel remuneration, please refer to note 10.

 

F-81


Table of Contents
36 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUES

Exposure to credit, liquidity, interest rate and foreign currency risks arises in the normal course of the Group’s business. The Group’s exposure to these risks and the financial risk management policies and practices used by the Group to manage these risks are described below:

 

  (a) Credit risk and concentration risk

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to the financial assets in the consolidated balance sheets, which mainly include deposits with banks, wealth management products issued by banks, accounts receivable, other receivables and deferred consideration for the transfer of Tower Assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets.

Substantially all the Group’s cash at banks and bank deposits are deposited in financial institutions in Mainland China and Hong Kong. The credit risk on liquid funds is limited as the majority of counterparties are financial institutions with high credit ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies and large state-controlled financial institutions. Wealth management products are issued by major domestic banks investing in low risk underlying assets, which mainly consist of bank deposits, treasury bond, central bank bill, local government debt, corporate bond or debt with high credit ratings and low credit risks.

The accounts receivable of the Group is primarily comprised of receivables due from customers and telecommunications operators. Accounts receivable from customers are spread among an extensive number of customers and the majority of the receivables from customers are due for payment within one month from the date of billing. Other receivables primarily comprise interest receivable from banks, utilities deposits and rental deposits. Management has a credit policy in place and the exposures to these credit risks are monitored on an ongoing basis, taking into account the counter parties’ financial position, the Group’s past experience and other factors. As such, management considers the aggregate risks arising from the possibility of credit losses is limited and to be acceptable.

Except for the deferred consideration for the transfer of Tower Assets, concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the Group’s customer base being large and unrelated. As such, management does not expect any significant losses of accounts receivable that have not been provided for by way of allowances as shown in note 24(c).

The deferred consideration for the transfer of Tower Assets are due from China Tower, which is the Company’s associate. China Tower is expected to generate stable cash flows from its principal business of leasing tower related assets. Therefore, management considers the risk that the deferred consideration for the transfer of Tower Assets are uncollectible is low.

 

F-82


Table of Contents
36 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUES (CONTINUED)

 

  (b) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that funds will not be available to meet liabilities as they fall due, and results from timing and amount mismatches of cash inflow and outflow. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient cash balances and bank deposits (which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash) to meet its funding needs, including working capital, principal and interest payments on debts, dividend payments and capital expenditures.

The following table sets out the remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date of the Group’s financial liabilities, which are based on the undiscounted cash flows (including interest payments computed using contractual rates or, if floating, based on prevailing rates at the balance sheet date) and the earliest date the Group would be required to repay:

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Carrying
amount
     Total
contractual
undiscounted
cash flow
     Within 1
year or on
demand
     More than
1 year but
less than
3 years
    

More than 3
years but
less than

5 years

 
     Million      Million      Million      Million      Million  

Accounts payable

     250,838        250,838        250,838        —          —    

Bills payable

     1,206        1,206        1,206        —          —    

Accrued expenses and other payables

     180,950        180,950        180,950        —          —    

Amount due to ultimate holding company

     5,563        5,563        5,563        —          —    

Interest-bearing borrowings

     4,998        5,185        5,185        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     443,555        443,742        443,742        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2015  
     Carrying
amount
     Total
contractual
undiscounted
cash flow
     Within 1
year or on
demand
     More than
1 year but
less than
3 years
    

More than 3
years but
less than

5 years

 
     Million      Million      Million      Million      Million  

Accounts payable

     243,579        243,579        243,579        —          —    

Bills payable

     645        645        645        —          —    

Accrued expenses and other payables

     163,404        163,404        163,404        —          —    

Amount due to ultimate holding company

     7,276        7,339        7,339        —          —    

Interest-bearing borrowings

     4,995        5,410        225        5,185        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     419,899        420,377        415,192        5,185        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents
36 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUES (CONTINUED)

 

  (c) Interest rate risk

The Group consistently monitors the current and potential fluctuation of interest rates to monitor the interest rate risk on a reasonable level. As of December 31, 2016, the Group did not have any interest-bearing borrowings at variable rates, but had RMB5,000,000,000 (2015: RMB5,000,000,000) of bonds and RMB5,552,000,000 (2015: RMB7,274,000,000) of short-term bank deposits placed by CMCC, both of which were at fixed rate and expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group determines the amount of its fixed rate borrowings depending on the prevailing market condition. Management does not expect fair value interest rate risk to be high as the interest involved will not be significant.

As of December 31, 2016, total cash and bank balances of the Group amounted to RMB430,435,000,000 (2015: RMB407,762,000,000), and interest-bearing receivables amounted to RMB62,235,000,000 (2015: RMB63,085,000,000), which mainly included undiscounted deferred consideration of RMB57,585,000,000 in connection with the transfer of Tower Assets and short-term loans of RMB 4,650,000,000 (2015: RMB5,000,000,000) provided to other companies. The interest income for 2016 was RMB16,005,000,000 (2015: RMB15,852,000,000; 2014: RMB16,270,000,000) and the average interest rate was 3.44% (2015: 3.75%; 2014: 3.74%). Assuming the total cash and bank balances and interest-bearing receivables are stable in the coming year and interest rate increases/decreases by 100 basis points, the profit for the year and total equity would approximately increase/decrease by RMB3,695,000,000 (2015: RMB3,531,000,000; 2014: RMB3,276,000,000).

 

  (d) Foreign currency risk

The Group has foreign currency risk as certain cash and deposits with banks are denominated in foreign currencies, principally US dollars and Hong Kong dollars. As the amount of the Group’s foreign currency cash and deposits with banks represented 1.2% (2015: 1.4%) of the total cash and deposits with banks and predominantly all of the business operations of the Group are transacted in RMB, the Group does not expect the appreciation or depreciation of the RMB against foreign currency will materially affect the Group’s financial position and result of operations.

 

F-84


Table of Contents
36 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUES (CONTINUED)

 

  (e) Fair values

All financial instruments are carried at amounts not materially different from their fair values as of December 31 except as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
value
     Carrying
amount
     Fair
value
 
     Million      Million      Million      Million  

Interest-bearing borrowings – bonds

     4,998        5,045        4,995        5,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of bonds is based on quoted market prices (level 1: quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets) at the balance sheet date without any deduction for transaction costs.

 

37 COMMITMENTS

 

  (a) Capital commitments

The Group’s capital expenditure contracted for as of December 31, but not provided in the consolidated financial statements were as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     Million      Million  

Land and buildings

     8,788        9,054  

Telecommunications equipment

     26,147        25,612  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     34,935        34,666  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-85


Table of Contents
37 COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

  (b) Operating lease commitments

The total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31 are as follows:

 

     Land and
buildings
     Leased lines
and network
assets
     Others      Total  
     Million      Million      Million      Million  

As of December 31, 2016

           

Within one year

     9,222        40,078        1,184        50,484  

After one year but within five years

     18,182        119,628        812        138,622  

After five years

     4,810        860        45        5,715  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     32,214        160,566        2,041        194,821  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

           

Within one year

     9,785        14,776        1,197        25,758  

After one year but within five years

     19,211        6,446        1,211        26,868  

After five years

     5,375        2,666        73        8,114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     34,371        23,888        2,481        60,740  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group leases certain land and buildings, leased lines and network assets, motor vehicles, computer and other office equipment under operating leases.

 

  (c) Investment commitments

The Group has an investment commitment to a joint venture (see note 19).

 

38 POST BALANCE SHEET EVENT

After the balance sheet date, the Board of Directors proposed a final dividend for the year ended December 31, 2016. Further details are disclosed in note 34(a)(i).

 

F-86


Table of Contents
39 ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Note 17 contains information about the assumptions relating to goodwill impairment, and note 35 contains information about the judgements on the lease classification of leasing of TD-SCDMA network capacity and Leased Tower. Other key sources of estimation uncertainty are as follows:

Impairment loss for doubtful accounts

The Group assesses impairment loss for doubtful accounts based upon evaluation of the recoverability of the accounts receivable and other receivables at each balance sheet date. The estimates are based on the aging of the accounts receivable and other receivables balances and the historical write-off experience, net of recoveries. If the financial conditions of the customers were to deteriorate, additional impairment may be required.

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment, less their estimated residual value, if any, using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The Group reviews the estimated useful lives and residual values of the assets annually in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The useful lives and residual values are determined based on the Group’s historical experience with similar assets and take into account anticipated technological changes. The depreciation expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates.

Taxation

The Group is subject to income taxes mainly in Mainland China and Hong Kong. Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

For temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets, the Group assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets could be recovered. Deferred tax assets are recognised based on the Group’s estimates and assumptions that they will be recovered from taxable income arising from continuing operations in the foreseeable future.

 

F-87


Table of Contents
39 ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets and investments accounted for using the equity method

The Group’s property, plant and equipment comprise a significant portion of the Group’s total assets. Changes in technology or industry conditions may cause the estimated period of use or the value of these assets to change. Property, plant and equipment, other intangible assets subject to amortization and investments accounted for using the equity method, are reviewed at least annually to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. The recoverable amount is estimated whenever events or changes in circumstances have indicated that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. In addition, for goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, the recoverable amount is estimated annually whether or not there is any indication of impairment.

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its fair value less costs of disposal and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset, which requires significant judgement relating to level of revenue and amount of operating costs. The Group uses all readily available information in determining an amount that is a reasonable estimation of the recoverable amount, including estimates based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of revenue and operating costs. Changes in these estimates could have a significant impact on the carrying value of the assets and could result in further impairment charge or reversal of impairment in future periods. Additional information for the impairment assessment of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and investments accounted for using the equity method is disclosed in notes 14, 17 and 19, respectively.

Classification of leases

The Group has a number of lease arrangements. The Group follows the guidance of IAS 17 “Leases” to determine the classification of leases as operating leases versus finance leases. Significant judgements and assumptions are required in the assessment of the classification. The determination of classification depends on whether the lease transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of the assets to the Group. In particular, during the assessment, the management estimates (i) economic lives of lease assets, (ii) the discount rate used in the calculation of present value of minimum lease payments, and (iii) the fair value of the leased assets. Any future changes to these judgements or assumptions will affect the classification and hence the results of operation and financial position of the Group.

 

F-88


Table of Contents
40 POSSIBLE IMPACT OF AMENDMENTS, NEW STANDARDS, INTERPRETATIONS AND DISCLOSURES ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

Up to the date of issue of these consolidated financial statements, the IASB has issued a number of amendments and new standards and interpretations which are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2016 and which have not been adopted in these consolidated financial statements.

Of these developments, the following relate to matters that may be relevant to the Group’s operations and financial statements:

 

    

Effective for

accounting periods
beginning on or after

 

IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”

     January 1, 2018  

IFRS 9 “Financial Instrument”

     January 1, 2018  

IFRS 16 “Leases”

     January 1. 2019  

IFRS 15 “Revenue from contracts with customers”

IFRS 15 will replace IAS 18 which covers contracts for goods and services and IAS 11 which covers construction contracts. The new standard is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer. IFRS 15 specifies how and when the Group will recognize revenue as well as requiring the Group to provide users of financial statements with more informative and relevant disclosures.

The Group has been analyzing the impact of the new standard on the Group’s financial statements and has initially identified areas which are likely to be affected, including the identification of separate performance obligations, the capitalization of sales commission, the determination of stand-alone selling price and its relative allocation. The Group will continue to assess the impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Group has started to upgrade the accounting systems and the processes of the business to reflect the impact of this standard.

IFRS 15 is mandatory for financial years commencing on or after January 1, 2018. The standard permits either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption. The Group plans to adopt the modified retrospective approach. At this stage, the Group does not intend to adopt the standard before its effective date.

 

F-89


Table of Contents
40 POSSIBLE IMPACT OF AMENDMENTS, NEW STANDARDS, INTERPRETATIONS AND DISCLOSURES ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (CONTINUED)

 

IFRS 9 “Financial instruments”

The new standard addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities, and a new impairment model for financial assets.

The Group has been in the process of assessment of the classification and measurement of financial assets, management anticipates the application of IFRS 9 may affect the classification and measurement of the Group’s available-for-sale investments and may have an impact on amounts reported in respect of the Group’s other financial assets and financial liabilities. However, it is not practicable to provide a reasonable estimate of that effect until a detailed review has been completed.

The new impairment model requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected credit losses (ECL) rather than only incurred credit losses as is the case under IAS 39. The Group has been in the process of assessment of how its impairment provisions would be affected by the new model, it may result in an earlier recognition of credit losses.

The new standard also introduces expanded disclosure requirements and changes in presentation. These are expected to change the nature and extent of the Group’s disclosures about its financial instruments particularly in the year of the adoption of the new standard.

IFRS 9 must be applied for financial years commencing on or after January 1, 2018. Based on the transitional provisions in the completed IFRS 9, early adoption in phases was only permitted for annual reporting periods beginning before February 1, 2015. After that date, the new rules must be adopted in their entirety. The Group does not intend to adopt IFRS 9 before its mandatory date.

 

F-90


Table of Contents
40 POSSIBLE IMPACT OF AMENDMENTS, NEW STANDARDS, INTERPRETATIONS AND DISCLOSURES ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (CONTINUED)

 

IFRS 16 “Leases”

IFRS 16 will result in almost all leases being recognized on the balance sheets, as the distinction between operating and finance leases is removed. Under the new standard, an asset (the right to use the leased item) and a financial liability to pay rentals are recognized. The only exceptions are short-term and low-value leases. This accounting treatment is significantly different from the lessee accounting for leases that are classified as operating leases under the predecessor standard, IAS 17. The accounting for lessors will not significantly change.

Upon initial evaluation, given that the Group leases certain telecommunication facilities for time periods longer than a year, the application of IFRS 16 “Leases” in 2019 is expected to have impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements to certain extent because present values of lease liabilities and leased assets will be recorded on the balance sheets when the standard is applied. Accordingly, the Group expects a corresponding increase in its assets and liabilities. In addition, related operating lease expenses will be reclassified as depreciation and financial expenses.

IFRS 16 is mandatory for financial years commencing on or after January 1, 2019. At this stage, the Group does not intend to adopt the standard before its effective date.

There are no other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.

 

F-91


Table of Contents
41 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE COMPANY

 

  (a) Condensed statements of comprehensive income

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Dividend income

     49,080        43,848        50,451  

Operating expenses

     (71      (77      (81

Interest income

     11        25        53  

Other gains/(losses)

     57        61        (93

Finance costs

     (3      (3      (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     49,074        43,854        50,328  

Taxation

     (1      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

     49,073        43,854        50,328  

Other comprehensive income for the year

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR

     49,073        43,854        50,328  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-92


Table of Contents
41 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

 

  (b) Condensed balance sheets

 

     As of
December 31,
2016
     As of
December 31,
2015
 
     Million      Million  

Non-current assets

     487,290        485,109  

Current assets

     2,144        2,103  

Current liabilities

     5,415        281  

Non-current liabilities

     —          4,995  

NET ASSETS

     484,019        481,936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY

     484,019        481,936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the Company’s balance sheets, an investment in a subsidiary is stated at cost less impairment losses. The results of subsidiaries are accounted for by the Company on the basis of dividends received and receivable.

 

  (c) Condensed statements of cash flows

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     Million      Million      Million  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (69      (78      (81
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash generated from investing activities

     12,900        9,760        7,431  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (12,813      (11,964      (5,515
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     18        (2,282      1,835  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     753        3,030        1,295  

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate

     25        5        (100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     796        753        3,030  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-93

Exhibit 4.24

CHINA MOBILE COMMUNICATION COMPANY LIMITED

and

CHINA TOWER CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

 

COMMERCIAL PRICING AGREEMENT

 

 

 


This Commercial Pricing Agreement (the Agreement ”) is entered into by and between the following two parties on 8 July 2016 in Beijing, China:

 

(1) China Mobile Communication Company Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China with limited liability (“ Party A ” or “ CMC ”), whose registered office is at 29 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, and whose legal representative is Shang Bing;

 

(2) China Tower Corporation Limited, a joint stock company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“ Party B ” or “ China Tower ”), whose registered office is at 19/F, 73 Fucheng Road, Haidian District, Beijing, and whose legal representative is Liu Aili;

(together, the “ Parties ” and, individually, a “ Party ”).

WHEREAS :

On 14 October 2015, CMC and its 31 subsidiaries, China United Network Communications Corporation Limited and one of its subsidiaries, China Telecom Corporation Limited, China Reform Holdings Corporation Limited and China Tower entered into the Agreement on Purchase of Existing Telecommunications Towers and Related Assets by Issuing Shares and Paying Cash Consideration, and China Mobile Communications Corporation and its 24 subsidiaries, China United Network Communications Group Company Limited and its seven subsidiaries, China Telecommunications Corporation and its 11 subsidiaries and China Tower entered into the Agreement on Transfer of Existing Telecommunications Towers and Related Assets. Under the aforementioned agreements, Party A and its subsidiaries shall transfer their then-owned telecommunications towers and related assets (the “ Acquired Tower Assets ”) to China Tower.

THEREFORE , upon amicable consultations, the Parties hereby agree on the leasing and settlement of the tower products, indoor distribution products, transmission products and service products as follows:

 

Article 1    The pricing of tower products, indoor distribution products, transmission products and service products is subject to Annex 1 Product Catalogue and Pricing of the Agreement (see Annex 1 to the Agreement for details).
Article 2    The Parties shall require and procure their respective subsidiaries or branches at the provincial level to enter into agreements consistent with the template of the Provincial Service Agreement set forth in Annex 2 to the Agreement, pursuant to which Party B shall provide tower products, indoor distribution products, transmission products and service products to the subsidiaries of Party A.
Article 3    The agreements between the Parties with respect to the product catalogue and pricing of tower products, indoor distribution products, transmission products and service products shall be governed by this Agreement, which shall prevail over any and all prior oral or written consultations, agreements and arrangements between the Parties. Matters not specified in the Agreement shall continue to be governed by other agreements or arrangements between the Parties.
Article 4    The Agreement shall become effective from the date when it is executed by the legal representatives or authorized representatives and stamped with the respective corporate seals of the Parties.


Article 5    The Agreement is written in Chinese and shall be executed simultaneously in six counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to have the same binding legal effects. Each Party shall hold three copies.


(No text below and the signature pages to the Commercial Pricing Agreement between China Mobile Communication Company Limited and China Tower Corporation Limited (No.Yi You Xian Cai [2016]71) to follow)

Party A:

China Mobile Communication Company Limited (chop)

Legal Representative (or Authorized Representative): /s/ XUE Taohai (signature)

Party B:

China Tower Corporation Limited (chop)

Legal Representative (or Authorized Representative): /s/ TONG Jilu (signature)


Annex 1:    Product Catalogue and Pricing
Annex 2:    Provincial Service Agreement (I)

8 July 2016


Annex 1

Product Catalogue and Pricing

 

Notes:

 

1.      Scope of Application

 

This Annex is applicable to the pricing of all tower products, indoor distribution system products (hereinafter referred to as indoor distribution products), transmission products and services products for which China Tower provides services.

 

2.      Effective Date

 

This Annex shall come into effect on the same date as the Commercial Pricing Agreement. The agreements between the Parties on the catalogue and pricing with respect to the tower products, indoor distribution products, transmission products and service products shall be subject to this Annex, which shall also prevail over any and all prior oral or written consultation, agreements and arrangements between the Parties in this regard.

 

With respect to the products which China Tower had delivered and provided services for prior to the effective date of this Annex, the terms under this Annex shall be applied retrospectively from their commencement dates confirmed by the Parties’ subsidiaries or branches at the municipal level (“municipal companies”).

 

3.      Other Notes

 

Finance costs incurred by China Tower, which shall be borne by China Tower, are not presented in the pricing formula.

 

I. Tower Products

 

(i) New Tower Products

 

  1. Product Catalogue and Standard Configuration of the Basic Product Unit

 

  (1) Product Catalogue

The tower products provided by China Tower include ground base towers and building base towers. The ground base towers include regular ground base towers, landscape towers and simplified towers; building base towers include regular building base towers and floor holding poles. These products are further classified by mounting height. Each mounting height can be divided into five combinations in accordance with the different equipment rooms and facilities: (1) tower + self-owned equipment room + facilities; (2) tower + rented equipment room + facilities; (3) tower + integrated cabinet + facilities; (4) tower + RRU remote + facilities; and (5) tower (without equipment room and facility).

 

1


Table 1: Tower Catalogue

 

Category

  

Type

  

Definition

  

Mounting Height (m) Note

Ground Base Towers    Regular Ground Base Towers    Various single-pipe towers, angle-steel towers, three-pipe towers, four-pipe towers and other towers that have platforms and at least six antennas can be installed at the same horizontal height    H<30
         30 £ H<35
         35 £ H<40
         40 £ H<45
         45 £ H £ 50
  

 

Landscape Towers

  

 

Various landscape towers, transmission poles, ground heightened stents, and various simplified towers with height above 20 meters (excl.), that have no platform and only three antennas can be installed at the same horizontal height

  

 

H<20

         20 £ H<25
         25 £ H<30
         30 £ H<35
         35 £ H £ 40
  

 

Simplified Towers

  

 

Municipal street lamp posts, cement poles, H posts, supporting posts, guyed supports and other towers, with the height lower than 20 meters (incl.)

  

 

H £ 20

 

Building Base Towers

  

 

Regular Building Base Towers

  

 

Various building base towers such as heightened stents, guyed masts, floor camouflage towers, camouflage covers, that are built on the building floors

  

 

  

 

Floor Holding Poles

  

 

Wall-attached or weight-countered holding poles, etc.

  

 

 

Note 1:    Antenna mounting height refers to the vertical height from the highest point at which the antenna support pole or platform touches the tower to the ground. The angle-steel towers, single-pipe towers, three-pipe towers and other towers mounted on the buildings (excluding base station equipment rooms) are defined as regular ground base towers according to the similar cost principle, and their antenna mounting height refers to the vertical height from the highest point at which the antenna support or platform touches the tower to the floor.
Note 2:    In the event that several telecom companies demand the products of the same mounting height at the same time, the Parties’ municipal companies shall negotiate the allocation of products of the same mounting height among multiple station sites on a rotating basis.
Note 3:    The definition of the camouflage (covers) provided by China Tower is regular building base towers, and the definition of the camouflage (covers) provided by telecom companies is floor holding poles.
Note 4:    Non-standardized products that cannot be categorized into in the above product catalogue according to product definitions shall be matched per similar cost principle.

 

  (2) The Standard Configuration of the Basic Product Unit

A basic product unit for a tower product is the utilization space for three antennas (one system). The standard configuration of the carried equipment within a basic product unit is set forth in the table below:

 

2


Table 2: The Standard Configuration of the Basic Unit of Tower Products

 

    

Basic Configuration

Item of Product Configuration

  

Regular Ground Base Towers

  

Landscape Towers

  

Other Products

Number of Radio Frequency Antennas    3    3    3
Number of Systems    1    1    1
Length of a Single Antenna    2 meters    2 meters    2 meters
Number of Holding Poles    3    3    3
Installation Space of RRU    3    3    3 (not in the top of the tower)
Installation Space of Equipment   

Tower + equipment room + facilities: One equipment frame (sharable)

Tower + integrated cabinet + facilities: Two integrated cabinets (sharable)

Tower + RRU remote + facilities: One integrated cabinet (sharable)

Back-up Power Supply Assurance    To provide three-hour back-up battery assurance for master devices and 10-hour for transmission devices. If extra investment is incurred in relation to 10-hour back-up duration for transmission devices, the Parties’ subsidiaries shall negotiate and charge separately according to the pricing formula of tower products.

 

Note 1:    The tower models and configuration of products provided by China Tower shall be determined upon the actual surroundings by the design institute according to the distribution interfaces in the Customer Services Standard (Trial). For tower + RRU remote + facilities, China Power shall provide RRU back-up batteries and AC/DC modules. In the case of construction using the DC remote supply method, China Tower shall provide DC remote supply devices. The related expenses shall be separately calculated and charged according to the construction costs previously determined by the Parties with reference to the pricing method for electricity input.
Note 2:    In principle, a set of base station devices used by telecom companies, including base band, radio frequency, control and other functional modules, if deployed on a successive frequency band adopting corresponding telecommunication technical standards, shall be deemed as a set of “system”. In the case that the same set of devices are adopted, if systems are enlarged without enlarging their occupied space, such devices can be deemed as a set of “system”.
Note 3:    In principle, the total windward area, weight, and single-system power of one antenna and one RRU shall not exceed 0.8 square meter, 47 kilograms and 1.5KW, respectively.
Note 4:    China Tower shall provide the space for installing one standard transmission frame according to the type of equipment rooms. In principle, the maximum dimensions of one transmission frame for telecom companies are 600mm×600mm×2.2m. Equipment frames and integrated cabinets shall be provided by China Tower.
Note 5:    Entrusted by telecom companies, when providing tower products, China Tower shall concurrently coordinate the construction of, or construct, public manholes in front of entrances and exits within the red line and routers drawing up at stations (except for building base towers, only the routers drawing up at stations) on behalf of telecom companies. The expenses related to such construction and coordination shall be priced either by referencing transmission products or directly settled between the telecom companies and the resource owners with the coordination of China Tower, or determined and settled by the Parties’ subsidiaries or branches upon mutual consultation.
Note 6:    In the event that the back-up power supply exceeds the standard configuration, fees shall be calculated and charged according to the price of extra battery assurance products (RMB400/hour/system/year). In other circumstances where the standard configurations are exceeded, the Parties’ subsidiaries or branches shall negotiate and determine the related charges according to the cost markup method with reference to the pricing formula of tower products wherein the parameters such as useful lives of depreciation and cost markup rate shall be consistent with those stated in the pricing formula for tower products.

 

3


  2. Product Pricing
  (1) Pricing Formula

 

Base price = ( S  

standardized construction cost ①

  × (1+ impairment rate ③) + maintenance expense ④) × (1+ cost markup rate ⑤)
  useful lives of depreciation ②  

Product price = base price × (1- sharing discount rate 1⑧) + (site cost ⑥ + electricity input cost ⑦) × (1- sharing discount rate 2⑧)

Notes:

 

  Standardized construction cost shall include the expenses for materials, construction, designing, supervision, crop compensation and others in relation to towers (including heighten stents, masts and rooftop holding poles), equipment rooms (including integrated cabinets, necessary bounding or retaining walls and fences if permitted), facilities (including AC/DC distribution boxes, combined switching power supplies, three-hour back-up batteries, air conditioners, the power and environment supervision systems for mobile communication (“PESM”), anti-thunder counterpoises, standard racks, cabling racks, feeder windows, lighting, firefighting, and the like). China Tower shall entrust the designers to determine the standardized construction costs of various products subject to the wind pressure of 0.45KN/m 2 and in accordance with the replacement cost method, as shown in the following table:

Table 3: Standardized Construction Costs of Tower products

 

               Standardized Construction Cost Note
(RMB 10 Thousands)

Product
Category

  

Product Type

  

Mounting
Height (m)

   Tower +
Self-owned
Equipment Room
+ Facilities
   Tower + Rented
Equipment Room +
Facilities
   Tower + Integrated
Cabinet + Facilities
   Tower + RRU
Remote + Facilities
   Towers
without
Equipment
Room or
Facilities
Ground Base Towers    Regular Ground Base Towers    H<30    27.2064    23.3564    21.3095    19.1371    15.8902
      30 £ H<35    29.6595    25.8095    23.7626    21.5902    18.3433
      35 £ H<40    32.9920    29.1420    27.0951    24.9226    21.6758
      40 £ H<45    36.8090    32.9590    30.9121    28.7396    25.4928
      45 £ H<50    41.2877    37.4377    35.3908    33.2183    29.9715
   Landscape Towers    H<20    18.9308    15.0808    13.4414    12.0341    8.7872
      20 £ H<25    21.4657    17.6157    15.9764    14.5691    11.3222
      25 £ H<30    23.5495    19.6995    18.0601    16.6528    13.4060
      30 £ H<35    28.3960    24.5460    22.9067    21.4994    18.2525
      35 £ H<40    31.0728    27.2228    25.5834    24.1761    20.9292
   Simplified Towers    H £ 20    14.0700    10.2200    8.5806    7.1733    3.9264
Building Towers    Regular Building Base Towers       14.0688    10.3688    8.7294    7.3221    4.0753
   Floor Holding Poles       11.2042    7.5042    5.8648    4.4575    1.2107

 

Note 1:    The equipment rooms in the tower + self-owned equipment room + facilities combination includes brick-concrete, color-steel and other kinds of equipment rooms (excluding rented equipment rooms), and their construction cost shall be determined according to the above table.
Note 2:    RRU remote refers to the situation where the master devices such as BBUs of the telecom companies are not put in China Tower’s equipment rooms.
Note 3:    In the event that the telecom companies actually use tower products which do not belong to any of the above standard configured tower products, the price shall be determined subject to the standardized construction cost of the actual type of towers, equipment rooms and corresponding facilities (see Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 hereto for details) and the pricing formula for tower products.
Note 4:    All of the above standardized construction costs exclude taxes (all construction prices and costs provided in this Annex exclude taxes, and similarly hereinafter).

 

4


  Useful lives of depreciation shall be the rounded-up of the average useful lives of depreciation of the corresponding assets of the three telecom companies, namely, the useful lives of depreciation of towers are 10 years, the useful lives of depreciation of a self-owned equipment room in a ground base tower are 20 years, the useful lives of depreciation of a self-owned equipment room in a building base tower are six years, the useful lives of depreciation of a rented equipment room and an integrated cabinet are six years, and the useful lives of depreciation of facilities are six years.

 

  Impairment rate shall be 2% per year, including relocation, overhaul and damage, etc.

 

  Maintenance expense shall be RMB3,770 per year tentatively, and shall include the fees for the outsourced maintenance, repair and consumable items. The basic maintenance expense shall be adjusted and re-determined in accordance with the market-oriented bidding and procurement results corresponding to the maintenance particulars and quality indicators jointly confirmed by the respective subsidiaries or branches at the provincial level (“provincial companies”) of the three telecom companies and China Tower. The maintenance expense incurred prior to the bidding and procurement process shall be retrospectively adjusted according to the pricing formula. The Parties’ subsidiaries or branches can consult upon the timetable of the bidding taking into account their actual conditions, and the standard fee of RMB3,770 per year shall no longer be enforced after such market-oriented bidding and procurement process.

 

  Cost markup rate shall be 15% for the compensation of the management expenses, personnel expenses and other expenses of China Tower.

 

  Site cost shall be calculated by station site, including site rent, one-time slotting fees and coordination costs, land requisition expenses incurred associated with China Tower’s offering products and services to the telecom companies. The respective provincial companies of China Tower and the telecom companies shall negotiate and determine the fees on a lump-sum basis according to the rents provided in the lease agreements under relevant scenarios by the telecom companies in 2014 and by China Tower in 2015.

In the event that the Parties are unable to determine the lump-sum fees, the Parties’ provincial companies shall agree upon a transition period, during which the fees shall be charged in accordance with actual expenses incurred on an itemized basis. Particularly, the one-time slotting fees, coordination costs, land requisition expenses and others shall be amortized according to the useful lives of depreciation of towers of 10 years.

 

  Electricity input cost shall be negotiated by the Parties’ provincial companies and they shall choose to adopt the lump-sum or itemized basis. Specific costs shall be calculated by the following formula:

 

Electricity input cost    =        construction cost    ×    (1 + cost markup rate)
      useful lives of depreciation      

wherein:

Construction cost shall be determined by the Parties’ provincial companies: (i) if opting the pricing method on a lump-sum basis, based on the actual construction cost of the electricity input facilities under the various scenarios incurred by the telecom companies in 2014 and by China Tower in 2015; or (ii) if opting the pricing method on an itemized basis, based on the actual construction costs incurred in the project.

Useful lives of depreciation shall be 10 years according to the average useful lives of depreciation of the electricity input assets of the three telecom companies.

 

5


Cost markup rate shall be 5%.

The above formulas are applicable to the electricity input by means of solar energy, wind power or wind-solar hybrid, in the pricing formulas for which the useful lives of depreciation shall be determined by the Parties’ subsidiaries or branches according to the average useful lives of depreciation of similar assets of the three telecom companies.

The maintenance expense of electricity input facilities shall be included in the tower products’ maintenance expense, which the Parties’ provincial companies shall take into account in the bidding and procurement process for the maintenance of tower products.

 

  Sharing discount rate : where the same station site is used and the relevant facilities are shared by more than one telecom companies, a sharing discount shall be applied. The scope of sharing discount extends to base prices, site cost and electricity input costs in relation to tower products. The commencement date of a sharing discount shall be the commencement date of the new occupier’s service term.

Table 4: Sharing Discount Rate 1 (Sharing Discount Rate for Base Price)

 

     Sole User   

Shared by Two Companies

  

Shared by Three Companies

First-Occupier Lessee

      25% discount    35% discount

Other Lessees

      20% discount    30% discount

Table 5: Sharing Discount Rate 2 (Sharing Discount Rate for Site Cost and Electricity Input Costs)

 

     Sole User   

Shared by Two Companies

  

Shared by Three Companies

First-Occupier Lessee

      45% discount    55% discount

Other Lessees

      40% discount    50% discount

 

Note 1:    The first-occupier lessee refers to the former owner of the tower, in the case of an Acquired Tower, or the first basic telecom company that exclusively occupies the tower, in the case of a New Tower. For the avoidance of doubt, the first-occupier lessee of a New Tower is the first basic telecom company that exclusively occupies the New Tower, the commencement date of the relevant service term for which is prior to the dates of the Product Confirmation Orders entered into by other telecom companies who later occupy such tower.
Note 2:    Because the relevant costs in the base prices will increase along with the increase in the number of sharing parties, the actual discount of the base prices is lower taking into account the increased costs.

In principle, as for the station sites with existing equipment rooms, the telecom companies who later occupy shall not use the construction model of integrated cabinets.

In the event that more than one telecom companies use the same station site without sharing the relevant facilities (including equipment rooms and facilities under the towers constructed by means of RRU remote by certain telecom companies), only the part which is shared shall enjoy the sharing discount. The basic price for the sharing discount to be applied shall be determined according to the standardized construction costs set forth in the table below and the pricing formula for tower products. In the pricing formula, the maintenance expense shall be determined by either calculating the percentage of its construction cost in the standardized construction cost for corresponding tower products on the basis of the maintenance expense for tower products to be determined by the relevant provincial companies, or upon mutual consultation between the Parties’ provincial companies.

 

6


Table 6: Standardized Construction Costs of Various New Towers in Partial Sharing:

 

               Standardized Construction Costs of Relevant Configurations in Partial Sharing
(RMB 10 Thousands)

Product Category

  

Product Type

  

Mounting

Height (m)

   Towers without
Equipment Room or
Facilities
   Self-Owned
Equipment Room +
Facilities
   Rented
Equipment
Room + Facilities
   Integrated
Cabinet +
Facilities
   RRU Remote
+ Facilities

Ground Base Towers

   Regular Ground Base Towers    H<30    15.8902    11.3162    7.4662    5.4193    3.2469
      30 £ H<35    18.3433    11.3162    7.4662    5.4193    3.2469
      35 £ H<40    21.6758    11.3162    7.4662    5.4193    3.2469
      40 £ H<45    25.4928    11.3162    7.4662    5.4193    3.2469
      45 £ H £ 50    29.9715    11.3162    7.4662    5.4193    3.2469
   Landscape Towers    H<20    8.7872    10.1435    6.2935    4.6542    3.2469
      20 £ H<25    11.3222    10.1435    6.2935    4.6542    3.2469
      25 £ H<30    13.4060    10.1435    6.2935    4.6542    3.2469
      30 £ H<35    18.2525    10.1435    6.2935    4.6542    3.2469
      35 £ H £ 40    20.9292    10.1435    6.2935    4.6542    3.2469
   Simplified Towers    H £ 20    3.9264    10.1435    6.2935    4.6542    3.2469

Building Base Towers

   Regular Building Base Towers    —      4.0753    9.9935    6.2935    4.6542    3.2469
   Floor Holding Poles    —      1.2107    9.9935    6.2935    4.6542    3.2469

 

Note:    In the event that the telecom companies construct by means of the RRU remote and deploy BBU together in China Tower’s equipment rooms, the first set of BBU + RRU shall be priced according to the RRU’s corresponding towers and BBU’s corresponding equipment room + facilities, while the rest of the RRU shall be priced according to its corresponding tower + RRU remote + facilities. If the facility space for BBU expands, it shall be priced 10% of the base price of RRU. Sharing discounts shall apply in accordance with the sharing status in the actual usage.

 

  (2) Adjustment of the Standardized Construction Costs

Considering that the construction costs vary in different provinces of China, the 31 provinces are divided into four categories. The following coefficients shall be applied to the adjustment of construction costs based on the national standardized construction costs:

Category 1: Inner Mongolia, Liaoning, Jiangsu, Jilin, Zhejiang, Sichuan, Heilongjiang, Anhui, Henan, Shanxi, Guangxi, Fujian, Hunan, Hubei, Gansu, Guangdong, Hainan and Xinjiang, 18 provinces in total, for which the adjustment coefficient is 1.0;

Category 2: Hebei, Chongqing, Shandong, Shaanxi, Jiangxi, Guizhou and Yunnan, seven provinces in total, for which the adjustment coefficient is 0.9;

Category 3: Beijing, Tianjin and Ningxia, three provinces in total, for which the adjustment coefficient is 1.1;

Category 4: Shanghai, Tibet and Qinghai, three provinces in total, for which the adjustment coefficient is 1.86 for Shanghai, 2.38 for Tibet and 1.26 for Qinghai, respectively, consistent with the pricing of Acquired Towers.

Constructions in response to the demands of stations on the mountains or islands, camouflage stations (including camouflage trees) and micro stations shall be carried out in a customized manner. The Parties’ municipal companies shall estimate the construction costs in prior consultation, which shall be applied to the pricing formula for tower products. Such constructions may begin only after the prices are determined. The pricing parameters in the pricing formula other than standardized construction costs shall be consistent.

 

7


In addition to the above-mentioned coefficient, the Parties’ municipal companies shall adjust the construction costs of towers (including the tower bases and bodies) built in areas other than those within 0.45KN/m2 wind pressure regions according to the design institute’s actual wind pressure design with reference to the 50-year-return-period wind pressure distribution diagram published by the national authorities. See Schedule 1 for the specific adjustments.

 

 

  (3) Pricing Rules for Additional Antennas or Systems

Three antennas (one system) form a basic product unit of tower products. The pricing shall be calculated as one product unit in the case that there is less than one product unit.

Where there is more than one basic product unit:

 

(a) For regular ground base towers, the price shall be calculated based on one product unit for six antennas (two systems) or less. In the case of more than six antennas (two systems), every three additional antennas (one system) shall be charged at 30% of a product unit.

 

(b) For the other tower products, every three additional antennas (one system) shall be charged as 30% of a product unit.

 

(c) Where there are additional systems but no antennas in addition to the standard configurations, every additional system which expands facility space shall be charged at 10% of a product unit.

 

 

  (4) Pricing Rules for Others

 

(a) With regard to the landscape towers, if the basic telecom companies opt not to install the RRU onto the towers, a 2% discount shall be applied to the base prices.

 

(b) When the telecom companies mount microwaves and WLAN APs, the price of an end microwave shall be charged as 0.3 product unit of the corresponding tower products; three sets of WLAN antennas shall be charged as 0.1 product unit of the corresponding tower products, and sharing discounts shall be applied.

 

(c) The environmental impact assessment costs for the New Towers are not included in the standardized construction costs due to the substantial variations by geographic region. China Tower can be entrusted by the telecom companies and organize its customers to engage in (i) the EMF environmental impact assessment and approval and (ii) the environmental protection review and approval upon the acceptance in relation to the construction projects of mobile telecommunication base stations. The related expenses shall be shared by the subsidiaries of the telecom companies and directly settled with the third-party institutions carrying out the environmental impact assessment, or the Parties’ subsidiaries shall determine the settlement upon consultation.

 

(d) In special cases beyond standardized configurations, the Parties’ subsidiaries shall negotiate and determine the relevant pricing standards using the cost markup method and taking into account additional costs actually incurred with reference to the pricing formula for tower products, wherein the parameters, such as useful lives of depreciation and cost markup rate, shall be consistent with those parameters in the pricing formula for tower products.

 

8


(ii) Acquired Tower Products

The Acquired Towers refer to all tower products constructed by the telecom companies and transferred to China Tower (subject to the Parties’ Asset Handover Confirmation List). Other tower products shall hereafter be deemed New Towers.

The pricing for the Acquired Towers shall be applicable to the former owners of the Acquired Towers, the telecom companies which started to share the Acquired Towers prior to October 31, 2015 (hereinafter referred to as the “Existing Sharing Parties”) and the basic telecom companies who subsequently started to share the Acquired Towers transformed by China Tower (hereinafter, the “New Sharing Parties”).

 

  1. Product Catalogue and Standard Configuration of the Basic Product Unit

The product catalogue and definitions, the definition of product unit, the standard configuration of the basic product unit and other specifications of the Acquired Towers shall be consistent with those applicable to the New Towers, namely, the product catalogue applicable to the New Towers shall be applied to all Acquired Towers. The backup power supply assurance duration is subject to the actual backup duration as at handover of the acquired assets. The specific service standards shall be negotiated by the Parties.

 

  2. Product Pricing

 

  (1) Pricing Formula

 

Base price = ( S   standardized construction cost of New Towers   ×discount rate ①× (1+ impairment rate ②) + maintenance expense ③)
  useful lives of depreciation of New Towers  
  × (1+ cost markup rate ④)  

Product price = base price × (1-sharing discount rate 1 ⑥) + site cost ⑤ × (1-sharing discount rate 2 ⑥)

Notes:

 

  The formula for the discount rate is as follows:

 

        Discount rate =    S appraised value / useful lives of depreciation of Acquired Towers
  

S ( S standardized construction cost of New Towers of the sub-category / useful lives of depreciation of New Towers ×

percentage of similar products of Acquired Towers) × number of Acquired Towers

Wherein, in respect of the useful lives of depreciation of acquired assets, the useful lives of depreciation of batteries and other supporting facilities shall be determined subject to their remaining useful lives of depreciation, and the useful lives of depreciation of the towers, equipment rooms, air-conditioners, electricity input and other assets shall be determined subject to the useful lives of depreciation of similar New Towers.

See Schedule 3 for the adjustment coefficients applicable to each province. The adjustment coefficients therein are applicable to all Acquired Towers, except that the wind pressure adjustment coefficient and the newly constructed regional coefficient shall not be taken into account.

No separate electricity input cost will be charged for the Acquired Towers. Before the commencement date when electricity services are charged on a lump-sum basis, if the telecom companies request alterations in power supply from DC to AC, or from high voltage to low voltage, for the Acquired Towers, the electricity input cost shall be simultaneously adjusted to the electricity input prices applicable to the corresponding New Towers and charged separately.

 

  Impairment rate shall be the same as that of the New Towers.

 

9


Maintenance expense includes the expenses for outsourced maintenance, repair and consumable items, and shall be jointly determined by the Parties’ provincial companies upon mutual consultations in accordance with existing contracts or the market-oriented bidding and procurement results.

 

Cost markup rate shall be the same as that of the New Towers for compensating the management expenses, personnel expenses and other expenses of China Tower.

 

Site cost shall be calculated by station site, including the remaining pre-amortization cost of the site rent, land requisition expenses and other one-time expenses. The site lease agreements with respect to the Acquired Towers were executed by the telecom companies, the rent of which will be uncertain upon the expiration of such agreements. Therefore, the rent shall be determined on an itemized basis in line with the rent provided in the original site lease agreements prior to expiration of such contracts. The one-time land requisition expenses paid by telecom companies shall be determined on an itemized basis in accordance with the remaining pre-amortization value as of the asset appraisal date.

Upon the expiration of the site lease agreements, or if no such agreements exist, the site cost shall be negotiated and determined by the Parties’ provincial companies on an itemized basis according to the renewed agreements and remaining pre-amortization costs, or on a lump-sum basis for certain scenarios.

The site cost for sites where the rent is tentatively uncertain shall be determined by the Parties’ provincial companies upon mutual consultation. In case the actual site cost deviates from the consulted cost, the cost shall be retrospectively adjusted.

 

Sharing discount rates and rules shall be the same as those applicable to the New Towers.

For the New Sharing Parties: They shall be charged based on the “same tower same price” principle. The base price and site cost for the New Sharing Parties shall be based on the prices of the Acquired Towers located at the same station and shall enjoy the sharing discount. No electricity input fee shall be charged separately. The electricity input switching expenses which are incurred by any newly added product unit or New Sharing Party shall be calculated according to the electricity input pricing formula for the New Towers and paid separately by the New Sharing Parties.

For the Existing Sharing Parties: Prior to 2018, they will be charged at 30% of each of the base price and the site cost. The former owner shall be entitled to the first-occupier discount for the base price, with the site cost to be charged at 70% (if there are two lessees) or 40% (if there are three lessees). When the third party starts sharing the Acquired Tower, the prices for the Existing Sharing Parties shall remain unchanged; the former owner shall be entitled to the first-occupier discount (namely, to be charged at 65% of the base price and 45% of the site cost). However, effective from January 1, 2018, the pricing rules applicable to the Existing Sharing Parties shall be the same as those applicable to the New Sharing Parties.

In the event that multiple telecom companies share the same station site of the Acquired Tower without sharing the relevant acquired facilities, only the shared parts shall enjoy the sharing discount, and the price basis for the sharing discount shall be determined according to the pricing formula for the Acquired Towers.

 

10


  (2) Pricing of Additional Antennas or Systems

Prior to the Completion Date (October 31, 2015), all product units constructed by telecom companies on the Acquired Towers shall be deemed as a whole and priced at the base price of the product unit with the highest antenna mounting height on the relevant Acquired Towers.

The newly added product unit of the Acquired Towers (including the product units constructed and added by China Tower prior to the Completion Date) shall be priced the base price of the corresponding product unit of the Acquired Towers. Every additional three antennas (one system) shall be charged at 30% of the price for a product unit and every one additional system (excluding the antennas) which expands facility space shall be charged at 10% of the price for a newly added product unit.

 

  3. Service Commencement Date of the Acquired Towers

The service commencement date of the Acquired Towers (also for the Existing Sharing Parties) is November 1, 2015. The lease and settlement arrangements with the basic telecom companies that started sharing the Acquired Towers transformed by China Tower prior to November 1, 2015 shall be agreed separately.

 

II. Indoor Distribution Products

 

(i) Product Catalogue and Standard Configuration of Basic Product Units

 

  1. Product Catalogue

The indoor distribution products provided by China Tower include building distribution products and tunnel distribution products. The building distribution products include indoor distribution products in commercial buildings, large-scale structures (including airports, railway stations, exhibition centers, gymnasiums, etc.). The tunnel distribution products include indoor distribution products in subway tunnels (including subway platforms) and railway tunnels.

Table 7: Indoor Distribution Product Catalogue

 

Category

  

Product Scenario

  

Pricing Unit

  

No. of Systems

Building distribution products

   Commercial buildings    m 2    2 sets
   Large stadiums (including airports, railway stations, exhibition centers, gymnasiums, etc.)    m 2    2 sets

Tunnel distribution products

   Subway tunnels (including subway platforms)    km    2 sets
   Railway tunnels    km    2 sets

 

  2. Standard Configuration of an Indoor Distribution Product Unit

With regard to the indoor distribution products, two sets of systems form a basic product unit. The standard configuration of devices in a basic product unit is set forth in the following table:

Table 8: Standard Configuration of an Indoor Distribution Product Unit

 

Item of Product
Configuration

  

Basic Configuration

  

Building Distribution Products

  

Tunnel Distribution Products

Distribution System    POI or combiner + passive antenna feeder distribution system (feeder line + passive device+ indoor antenna)    POI or combiner + leakage cable distribution system
Space for Signal Source Installation    1 RRU/system/POI or combiner    1 RRU/system/POI or combiner
Space for Equipment Installation    1 BBU device/system + 1 transmission device    1 BBU device/system + 1 transmission device
Back-up Power Supply    To provide 1-hour back-up battery assurance for BBUs and 10-hour back-up battery assurance for transmission devices according to the actual installation conditions. If extra investment is incurred due to the provision of 10-hour backup battery assurance for transmission devices, the Parties’ subsidiaries shall negotiate and charge separately according to the pricing formula of indoor distribution products.

 

11


Note 1:    Indoor distribution products shall be constructed by means of double cables using combiners when constructed by one company and POI and high-quality components when jointly constructed by two or more companies.
Note 2:    China Tower will, upon request and subject to the actual environment, provide the equipment rooms (or cabinets), switching power supply, AC/DC distribution units, PESM, air conditioners, fire equipment and grounding & lightning protection systems, etc.
Note 3:    As entrusted by the telecom companies, China Tower will coordinate public manholes in front of entrances and exits within the red line and routes drawing up at stations when providing indoor distribution products. Related expenses shall be directly settled by the telecom companies and the resource owners.
Note 4:    If the cascading method is used for the RRU, the space for multiple RRU installations can be provided. In other circumstances beyond the standard configurations, the Parties’ subsidiaries or branches shall negotiate and determine the price by means of cost markup method with reference to the pricing mechanism for indoor distribution products, wherein the parameters such as the useful lives of depreciation, cost markup rate and others shall be consistent with those in the pricing scheme for indoor distribution products.

 

(ii) Pricing

 

  1. Pricing Formula for Indoor Distribution Products in Commercial Buildings

 

Base price = ( S   standardized construction cost ①   ×(1 + impairment rate ③) + maintenance expense ④) × (1+ cost markup rate ⑤)
  useful lives of depreciation ②  

Product price = (base price × covering construction area + site cost ⑥) × (1 - sharing discount rate)

Notes:

 

  Standardized Construction Cost :

The standardized construction cost for indoor distribution products in commercial buildings includes the expenses for distribution systems, ancillary facilities, municipal electricity input and others. China Tower shall entrust a third-party design institute and determine the standardized construction cost with respect to the construction using POI, high-quality components and double cable. Such standardized construction cost is set forth in the table below.

Table 9: Standardized Construction Cost of Indoor Distribution Products in Commercial Buildings

 

Category

 

Product

Scenario

 

Pricing Unit

 

No. of Systems

 

Standardized

Construction Cost

Building distribution products   Commercial buildings   m 2   2 sets   RMB16.24 / m 2

 

12


Under the following two circumstances, certain adjustments shall be applied to the standardized construction cost of indoor distribution products in commercial buildings:

 

  (a) where the landlord requires to use galvanized steel pipes and wiring bridges/frames for constructing indoor distribution products:

Construction cost = standardized construction cost × special adjustment coefficient

Wherein: the special adjustment coefficient is fixed at 1.3.

 

  (b) where there are significant differences between the actual construction cost and the standardized construction cost:

When the actual construction cost deviates from the standardized construction cost by ±15% due to certain objective reasons, the Parties’ municipal companies shall negotiate and apply the pricing formula for indoor distribution products to the indoor distribution products in commercial buildings based on the actual construction cost. The parameters shall be the same except the standardized construction cost. The aforementioned objective reasons include, but are not limited to, using optical fiber distribution systems or some special requirements for equipment and materials from the landlord or other situations.

Under the above cases, the Parties’ subsidiaries or branches shall negotiate the estimated construction cost. The construction may begin after the price is determined based on the agreed construction cost and pricing formula for indoor distribution products.

 

  The useful lives of depreciation are seven years.

 

  Impairment rate is fixed at 2%, including overhaul and damages.

 

  Maintenance expense includes the expenses for outsourced maintenance, repair and consumable items. In accordance with the maintenance particulars and standards, China Tower determines the maintenance expense as RMB0.2/year/m 2 , wherein the expenses for outsourced maintenance is RMB0.12/year/m 2 and the expense for repair and consumable items is RMB0.08/year/m 2 . The maintenance expense shall be adjusted according to the maintenance particulars and quality indicators jointly confirmed by the provincial companies of the three telecom companies and China Tower as well as the bidding results. The base price shall be recalculated. The maintenance expense incurred prior to the bidding and procurement process shall be retrospectively adjusted according to the pricing formula. In principle, such bidding and procurement process should be completed before March 1, 2016 and the standard of RMB0.2/year/m 2 will no longer be enforced. The Party’s subsidiaries or branches shall negotiate the specific bidding date based on actual situations.

 

  Cost markup rate is fixed at 15% and used to compensate the management expenses, personnel and other costs of China Tower.

 

  Site cost includes the expenses for site rent, one-time slotting allowances and coordination expenses incurred when China Tower provides products and services for the telecom companies. The Parties’ provincial companies shall negotiate and determine the pricing on a lump-sum or itemized basis.

If pricing is on a lump-sum basis, the Parties’ provincial companies shall negotiate and determine the standard site cost according to the price in the leasing contracts entered into by the telecom companies in 2014 and by China Tower in 2015.

If pricing is on an itemized basis, the Parties’ municipal companies shall determine the price on an itemized basis in accordance with the actual situations. The one-time slotting allowances and coordination expenses shall be amortized according to the useful lives of depreciation of seven years for indoor distribution products.

 

13


In order to cut costs and enhance efficiency, the Party’s provincial companies can negotiate and decide to price the indoor distribution products in the buildings on a lump-sum basis within the province or municipality.

 

  2. Pricing Formula for Other Indoor Distribution Products

Other indoor distribution products include distribution products in large stadiums and subways (including subway platforms) as well as railway tunnels. Such products shall be priced on an itemized basis.

 

  Base price = ( S      construction cost ①   × (1 + impairment rate ③) + maintenance expense ④) × (1 + cost markup rate ⑤)
  useful lives of depreciation ②  

Product price = (base price + site cost ⑥) × (1- sharing discount rate)

Notes:

 

  Construction cost :

The construction cost of other indoor distribution products shall be determined according to the actual construction cost incurred in the relevant projects, including the construction cost for the distribution systems, ancillary facilities, municipal electricity input and other items.

 

  Useful lives of depreciation shall be the average useful lives of depreciation of the same assets of the three telecom companies, among which the useful lives of depreciation for the distribution systems are seven years.

 

  Impairment rate is fixed at 2%, including overhaul and damages.

 

  Maintenance expense includes the expenses for outsourced maintenance, repair and consumable items, and shall be determined based on the actual bidding price with the maintenance particulars and quality indicators jointly confirmed by the provincial companies of the three telecom companies and China Tower.

 

  Cost markup rate is fixed at 15% and used to compensate the management expenses, personnel and other costs of China Tower.

 

  Site cost : The Parties’ subsidiaries or branches shall determine the pricing for site cost on an itemized basis due to the significant differences on site cost of indoor distribution products for large stadiums, subways and railway tunnels. Site cost includes the expenses for site rent, one-time slotting allowances and coordination expenses incurred when China Tower provides products and services for the telecom companies. The one-time slotting allowances and coordination expenses shall be amortized according to the useful lives of depreciation of seven years for indoor distribution products.

 

  3. Calculation Method for Product Units Numbers

With regard to the indoor distribution products, every two sets of systems are deemed as a basic product unit. Less than one basic product unit shall be charged as one product unit.

Where there is more than one basic unit, every one set of newly-added system shall be charged at 10% of the price for one basic product unit.

In principle, the telecom companies should put forward their demands for the number of systems once before the project construction. The reserved systems shall be charged as the accessed systems.

 

14


  4. Sharing Discount Rate of Indoor Distribution Products

Where the same indoor distribution system is shared by multiple telecom companies, the sharing discount rate shall be applied to base price and site cost of the indoor distribution product. The sharing discount shall be applied from the commencement date of the service term of the party who later start to use the product. No first-occupier discount is applicable.

Table 10: The Sharing Discount Rate of Indoor Distribution Products

 

     Sole User      Shared by two
companies
    Shared by three
companies
 

Discount rate

     —          40     50

 

(iii) Base Price of Indoor Distribution Products

The base price of indoor distribution products in commercial buildings shall be a nationwide unified price according to the relevant parameters. Given the complexity of large indoor distribution construction projects such as subways, high-speed railways, airports and exhibition centers, their prices shall be determined on an itemized basis according to the actual costs and shall be standardized later when the conditions are satisfied.

Table 11: Base Price of Indoor Distribution Products

 

Product Category

  

Product Scenario

   Pricing
Unit
    No. of
Systems
    

Base Price

Building distribution products

   Commercial buildings      m 2       2 sets      RMB2.95/m 2 /year
   Large stadiums (including airports, railway stations, exhibition centers, gymnasiums, etc.)      m 2       2 sets      on an itemized basis

Tunnel distribution products

   Subway tunnels      km       2 sets      on an itemized basis
   Railway tunnels      km       2 sets      on an itemized basis

 

III. Transmission Products

 

(i) Product Catalogue

Transmission products include pipes, pole lines, optical cables, manholes in front of entrances and exits, routers drawing up at stations, etc. In principle, if jointly entrusted by two or more telecom companies, China Tower can provide transmission products by means of outsourced construction or services.

 

(ii) Product Pricing

 

  1. Pricing Based on Outsourced Construction

In the case of outsourced construction, the pricing for transmission products shall be determined on an itemized basis by the Parties’ municipal companies according to the principle of one-time amortization. The pricing formula shall be as follows:

 

Product price =   

actual construction cost ①

  

× (1 + cost markup rate ②)

   number of accessed telecom companies   

Wherein:

 

  Construction cost includes, but is not limited to, the expenses for materials, construction, designing, supervision and compensation during the process.

 

15


The compensation expenses include, but are not limited to, expenses for coordination, road, bridge/river-crossing, road-crossing, farmland and forest-crossing, etc .

 

  Cost markup rate is fixed at 5%.

In case of outsourced construction, the municipal companies of the telecom companies shall negotiate and determine the ownership, maintenance work and expenses of the transmission products with reference to the manner dealing with joint construction and sharing of transmission products among these telecom companies prior to the establishment of China Tower.

 

  2. Product Pricing Based on Service Mode

In case of providing services, the price shall be determined by the Parties’ municipal companies on an itemized basis, and the product service fees shall be paid monthly. The pricing formula shall be as follows:

 

Product price =[( S  

construction cost ①

   × (1+ impairment rate ③) + maintenance expense ④) × (1+ cost markup rate⑤)]
  useful lives of depreciation ②   
  × (1-sharing discount rate ⑥)   

Wherein:

 

  Construction cost includes, but is not limited to, the expenses for materials, construction, designing, supervision and compensation during the process.

The compensation expenses include, but are not limited to, the expenses for coordination, road, bridge/river-crossing, road-crossing, farmland and forest-crossing, etc.

 

  Useful lives of depreciation are 10 years.

 

  Impairment rate is fixed at 2%, including overhaul and damages.

 

  Maintenance expense includes the expenses for outsourced maintenance, repair and consumable items, and shall be determined according to the amount actually incurred.

 

  Cost markup rate is fixed at 15% and used to compensate the management expenses, personnel and other costs of China Tower.

 

  Sharing discount rate is the same as that of the tower products’ base price but the first-occupier discount (i.e. a 20% discount rate if there are two lessees and 30% if there are three lessees) is not applicable.

In the case of providing services, the ownership of the transmission product assets shall belong to China Tower and the maintenance work and expenses shall be borne by China Tower.

 

IV. Service products

 

(i) Service Product Catalogue

China Tower can provide services such as power supply, oil machine power generation and extra battery assurance based on the demands of the telecom companies.

Table 12: Service Product Catalogue

 

Product Category

  

Product Definition

Power Supply Services    To provide electricity services for one site on a lump-sum basis
Oil Machine Power Generation Services    To provide oil machine power generation services for one site for certain duration
Extra Battery Assurance Services    To provide extra battery assurance services for one system (less than 1.5KW of equipment power in principle) in addition to standard configuration

 

16


Note:    The number of times of oil machine power generation services and the number of hours of extra battery assurance services purchased by the telecom companies in the same station site shall be consistent. The expenses for oil machine power generation services in a shared station site shall be shared equally by the telecom companies. The charge commencement date of power supply services and oil machine power generation services shall be the activation day of the telecom companies’ equipment. In principle, the pricing and settlement of the acquired service products and new service products shall be consistent.

 

(ii) Pricing Method

 

  1. Power Supply Service

China Tower shall provide the power supply services on a lump-sum basis. The Parties’ provincial companies shall state in the Provincial Service Agreement that the service term shall not exceed three years and neither service mode nor price can be changed during such term.

For those who choose the lump-sum power supply service, China Tower’s municipal companies shall determine the total amount of electricity fees according to the lump-sum electricity fees agreed by the Parties’ provincial companies and shall pay the electricity fees monthly. If a station site is activated for less than one month, the electricity fees will be calculated according to the actual number of days for which such station site has been activated. The lump-sum expenses of power supply and the monthly service fees of towers shall be charged at the same time and China Tower’s municipal companies shall issue value-added taxation (“VAT”) invoices and electricity consumption split sheets to the telecom companies’ municipal companies.

For those who do not choose the lump-sum power supply services, China Tower’s municipal companies shall provide the electricity bill and electricity consumption split sheet to the telecom companies’ municipal companies. For the shared station sites, the electricity charges shall be shared by the telecom companies’ municipal companies according to the percentage of nominal power or actual electricity consumption (DC metering) of their respective equipment. The telecom companies’ municipal companies shall pay the fees to the relevant power supply unit or the landlord for their electricity consumption and shall obtain the receipts. In circumstances where no invoices or receipts can be obtained, the Parties’ subsidiaries shall negotiate and resolve the problem.

 

  2. Oil Machine Power Generation Services

The Parties’ provincial companies shall negotiate to provide the oil machine power generation service on a lump-sum or frequency basis. The telecom companies’ municipal companies shall confirm in the Product Confirmation Order if they will purchase the oil machine power generation services from China Tower:

 

(a) on a lump-sum basis:

The Parties’ provincial companies shall negotiate to determine the lump sum service price and settlement, which shall be confirmed by the Parties’ municipal companies in the Product Confirmation Order.

 

(b) on a frequency basis:

The Parties’ provincial companies shall negotiate to determine the price for single-time power generation service. The formula is as follows:

 

17


Single-time service price = single-time power generation cost ① × (1 + cost markup rate ②)

 

    Single-time power generation cost :

The Parties’ provincial companies can calculate and determine the single-time power generation cost with reference to the following formula:

Single-time power generation cost = base price for single-time power generation + oil cost for power generation per hour × power generation duration + vehicle usage fee per kilometer × number of kilometers

The Parties’ provincial companies shall determine the related parameters with reference to the third-party power generation prices.

 

    Cost markup rate is fixed at 5% of single-time power generation cost.

 

  3. Extra Battery Assurance Service

One standard extra battery assurance product refers to the service of providing one hour battery extra assurance for one system (the total power not exceeding 1.5KW in principle). The pricing formula is as follows:

 

Product price =   

construction cost

   × (1 + impairment rate) × (1 + cost markup rate)
   useful lives of depreciation   

The related parameter is RMB400 per year upon calculation with reference to the parameters in the pricing formula of tower products.

Where the equipment power exceeds 1.5KW, the Parties’ subsidiaries shall negotiate to determine the expenses to be increased with reference to the above formula.

The telecom companies’ subsidiaries can purchase N pieces of extra battery assurance products (here “N” expresses an integer) subject to their respective demands. However, the hours of extra battery assurance purchased by the telecom companies in the same station site shall be the same.

 

18


V. Adjustment Mechanism

To take into account factors such as inflation, the Parties shall adjust the maintenance expense and the site cost for the year with reference to the prior year’s CPI (Consumer Price Index) published by the national statistical authority. Such adjustment shall be effective from January 1st of the year and applied retrospectively.

Should there be significant fluctuations in the real estate market or steel prices, the Parties shall negotiate and make adjustments to site cost, product prices and others accordingly.

Upon the expiration of the useful lives of depreciation (10 years) of towers, the Parties shall negotiate separately the applicable adjustments based on the actual business operation of China Tower.

If there is any material change in the actual business operation of China Tower, such as the share rate, construction cost and profit differing from the forecast in 2016, the pricing mechanism hereunder shall be adjusted by the end of 2016.

 

19


Schedule 1:    Adjustment Coefficient Related to Standardized Construction Cost
Schedule 2:    Standardized Construction Cost of Equipment Rooms and Facilities
Schedule 3:    Discount Rate of Acquired Towers

 

20


Schedule 1: Adjustment Coefficient Related to Standardized Construction Cost

Schedule 1.1: Wind-pressure Adjustment Coefficient for Standardized Construction Cost of Towers

 

                                                                                                             

Range of Wind Pressure

   0.3 £ n<0.4   0.4 £ n<0.5   0.5 £ n<0.6   0.6 £ n<0.7   0.7 £ n<0.8   0.8 £ n<0.9   0.9 £ n<1.0   1.0 £ n<1.1   1.1 £ n<1.2   1.2 £ n<1.3

Adjustment Coefficient

   0.92   1.00   1.08   1.17   1.33   1.46   1.61   1.77   1.95   2.14

Notes:

 

1. The above adjustment coefficients are only applicable to the adjustment of construction costs of the base and body of the regular ground base towers and landscape towers which are the New Towers.

 

2. If the wind pressure falls beyond the above ranges, the tower shall be constructed in a customized manner. The Parties’ subsidiaries or branches shall negotiate and estimate construction cost, determine the product price and then start the construction.

 

3. The wind-pressure adjustment coefficients are not applicable to equipment rooms, facilities, simplified towers, regular building base towers and floor holding poles.

Schedule 1.2: Construction Cost of Towers under Different Wind-pressure Conditions (Unit: RMB10,000)

 

Product Type

  

Range of
Wind
Pressure

   0.3 £ n<0.4      0.4 £ n<0.5      0.5 £ n<0.6      0.6 £ n<0.7      0.7 £ n<0.8      0.8 £ n<0.9      0.9 £ n<1.0      1.0 £ n<l.l      l.l £ n<1.2      1.2 £ n<1.3  

Ground Base Tower

   Regular Ground Base Tower    H<30      14.6190        15.8902        17.1614        18.5915        21.1340        23.1997        25.5832        28.1256        30.9859        34.0050  
      30 £ H<35      16.8758        18.3433        19.8108        21.4616        24.3966        26.7812        29.5327        32.4676        35.7694        39.2546  
      35 £ H<40      19.9417        21.6758        23.4098        25.3607        28.8288        31.6466        34.8980        38.3661        42.2678        46.3862  
      40 £ H<45      23.4533        25.4928        27.5322        29.8265        33.9054        37.2194        41.0433        45.1222        49.7109        54.5545  
      45 £ H £ 50      27.5737        29.9715        32.3692        35.0666        39.8620        43.7583        48.2541        53.0495        58.4444        64.1389  
   Landscape Tower    H<20      8.0843        8.7872        9.4902        10.2811        11.6870        12.8294        14.1475        15.5534        17.1351        18.8047  
      20 £ H<25      10.4164        11.3222        12.2280        13.2470        15.0585        16.5304        18.2288        20.0403        22.0783        24.2295  
      25 £ H<30      12.3335        13.4060        14.4784        15.6850        17.8299        19.5727        21.5836        23.7285        26.1416        28.6887  
      30 £ H<35      16.7923        18.2525        19.7127        21.3554        24.2758        26.6487        29.3865        32.3069        35.5924        39.0604  
      35 £ H £ 40      19.2549        20.9292        22.6036        24.4872        27.8359        30.5567        33.6961        37.0448        40.8120        44.7886  
   Simplified Tower    H £ 20      3.9264        3.9264        3.9264        3.9264        3.9264        3.9264        3.9264        3.9264        3.9264        3.9264  

Building Base Tower

   Regular Building Base Tower    —        4.0753        4.0753        4.0753        4.0753        4.0753        4.0753        4.0753        4.0753        4.0753        4.0753  
   Floor Holding Pole    —        1.2107        1.2107        1.2107        1.2107        1.2107        1.2107        1.2107        1.2107        1.2107        1.2107  

 

Note:  

The above construction costs of towers only include those of tower foundations and bodies.

 

21


Schedule 2: Standardized Construction Cost of Equipment Rooms and Facilities

Schedule 2.1: Standardized Construction Cost of Equipment Rooms (RMB10,000)

 

Product Type   

Equipment Rooms

(excluding Rented
Equipment
Rooms)

     Rented Equipment
Rooms
     Integrated Cabinet
(base only)
     RRU Remote
(base only)
 

Regular Ground Base Towers, Landscape Towers, Simplified Towers

     5.4915        1.6415        0.5915        0.4415  

Regular Building Base Towers, Floor Holding Poles

     5.3415        1.6415        0.5915        0.4415  

Schedule 2.2: Standardized Construction Cost of Ancillary Facilities (RMB10,000)

 

Product Type    Ancillary Facilities for
Equipment Rooms
     Ancillary Facilities for
Integrated Cabinets
     Ancillary Facilities
for RRU Remote
 

Regular Ground Base Towers

     5.8247        4.8278        2.8054  

Landscape Towers, Simplified Towers, Regular Building Base Towers, Floor Holding Poles

     4.6520        4.0627        2.8054  

 

22


Note:

 

1. Ancillary facilities for equipment rooms include the AC distribution box, the switching power supply, the rectifier module, the monitor module, the battery (3-hour backup), the PESM, the air conditioner, the fire device and the equipment rack, etc.;

 

2. Ancillary facilities for integrated cabinet include the outdoor integrated cabinet (dual-cabinet), the embedded switching power supply, the rectifier module, the monitor module, the battery (3-hour backup) and the PESM, etc.;

 

3. Ancillary facilities for RRU remote include the outdoor integrated cabinet (sole-cabinet), the embedded switching power supply, the rectifier module, the monitor module, the battery (3-hour backup) and the PESM, etc.

 

23


Schedule 3: Discount Rate for the Acquired Towers

 

Number

 

Province

 

Discount Rate

1

  Beijing   1.03

2

  Tianjin   0.98

3

  Hebei   0.62

4

  Shanxi   0.73

5

  Inner Mongolia   0.88

6

  Liaoning   0.77

7

  Jilin   0.74

8

  Heilongjiang   0.68

9

  Shanghai   1.86

10

  Jiangsu   0.73

11

  Zhejiang   0.76

12

  Anhui   0.80

13

  Fujian   0.73

14

  Jiangxi   0.75

15

  Shandong   0.71

16

  Henan   0.82

17

  Hubei   0.79

18

  Hunan   0.70

19

  Guangdong   0.91

20

  Guangxi   0.72

21

  Hainan   1.44

22

  Chongqing   0.74

23

  Sichuan   0.85

24

  Guizhou   0.73

25

  Yunnan   0.70

26

  Tibet   2.38

27

  Shaanxi   0.67

28

  Gansu   0.79

29

  Qinghai   1.26

30

  Ningxia   1.01

31

  Xinjiang   1.14

Note: If there is any change to the data used to calculate the above discount rate, the Parties shall make retrospective adjustment to such parameter.

 

24


Annex 2: Provincial Service Agreement (I)

[XXX Province/Municipality/Autonomous Region]

Provincial Service Agreement (I)

(Template)

Ref. No.:                     

The Provincial Service Agreement (I) (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into between the following parties on [Date] in [City], [Province] of China.

Party A: [name of provincial subsidiary of the basic telecom company]

Party B: [name of provincial branch of China Tower]

(together, the “ Parties ” and, individually, a “ Party ”)

Whereas,

 

1. On 14 October 2015, China Mobile Communication Company Limited and its 31 subsidiaries, China United Network Communications Corporation Limited and its one subsidiary, China Telecom Corporation Limited, China Reform Holdings Corporation Limited and China Tower entered into the Agreement on Purchase of Existing Telecommunications Towers and Related Assets by Issuing Shares and Paying Cash Consideration, and China Mobile Communications Corporation and its 24 subsidiaries, China United Network Communications Group Company Limited and its seven subsidiaries, China Telecommunications Corporation and its 11 subsidiaries and China Tower entered into the Agreement on Transfer of Existing Telecommunications Towers and Related Assets. Under the aforementioned agreements, the sellers shall transfer their then-owned telecommunications towers and related assets (the “ Acquired Tower Assets ”) to China Tower and complete relevant handover procedures.

 

2. Annex I Product Catalogue and Pricing to the Commercial Pricing Agreement entered into between [name of the telecom company] and China Tower has stipulated the pricing of tower products, indoor distribution products, transmission products and service products.

Therefore, upon friendly consultations, pursuant to the Commercial Pricing Agreement, the Parties hereby agree on the leasing and settlement of the tower products, indoor distribution products, transmission products and service products provided by Party B to Party A, as follows:

 

I. Party B agrees to lease to Party A the Acquired Tower Assets for which the handover has been completed, and charge service fees. The rights and obligations of the Parties shall be subject to the then effective Commercial Pricing Agreement as amended from time to time and other agreements entered into by the Parties, and the Provincial Service Agreement (I) between [name of provincial subsidiary of the telecom company] and [name of provincial branch of China Tower] and any other then effective supplementary agreements entered into by the Parties from time to time.

 

II. The Parties and their respective subsidiaries or branches shall execute Bulk Lease Forms, the template of which is set out in Schedule 1 hereto, for the acquired tower assets and other products for which the handover has been completed. Upon the execution of a Bulk Lease Form, it shall prevail over any and all prior oral or written agreement, intention or arrangement reached by the Parties and its subsidiaries or branches in relation to the products specified therein.

 

1/5


III. From the effective date of the Agreement, the Parties and their respective subsidiaries shall execute Product Confirmation Orders, the template of which is set out in Schedule 2 hereto, in relation to the lease of new products.

 

IV. The Parties shall procure their respective subsidiaries or branches to settle and complete the payments of the service fees specified in the relevant Bulk Lease Form and Product Confirmation Orders as scheduled therein.

 

V. The service term for each of the tower products, indoor distribution products, transmission products and service products shall be five years. Prior to the expiration of the service term of five years, the Parties or their respective subsidiaries or branches shall negotiate with each other, and to the extent they are able to reach an agreement, they shall enter into new Product Confirmation Orders to specify the terms governing the provision of the relevant products thereafter.

 

VI. In the event of termination of services caused by Party A prior to the expiration of the service term, Party B shall cooperate with Party A in removing the carried equipment, the expenses of which shall be borne by Party A. Party A shall compensate Party B for the removal expenses in accordance with the rules set forth below:

 

  a) In the event that Party A removes a portion of the products from a certain station site, and after such removal there are products of the same type running at the same station site, Party A shall not be obligated to compensate Party B for the expenses related to the removal, and the service fee shall be calculated based on the number of remaining units of the relevant products;

 

  b) In the event that Party A, being the sole user of the product facility, terminates the services related to all products of the same type prior to the expiration of the service term, Party A shall pay Party B the service fee for the remaining service term (excluding site rent and maintenance expense), penalty fees for early termination of the site rent paid by Party B (if any), and the remaining long-term expenses to be amortized (if any);

 

  c) In the event that Party A shares the product facility with other telecom company(ies), Rule [    ] set forth below shall apply:

Rule 1:

 

  (1) Where Party A terminates the services related to all products of the same type at a certain station site prior to the expiration of the service term, Party A shall pay Party B the service fees for the remaining service term with respect to Party A and penalty fees for early termination of the site rent paid by Party B (if any).

 

  (2) Where a telecom company (the “ Terminating Sharing Party ”) sharing a certain station site with Party A terminates the services related to all products of the same type prior to the expiration of the service term, the sharing discounts applicable to service fees for the use of the same type of products by Party A shall remain unchanged in the current service term and terms thereafter (if any) with respect to Party A until the proposed expiration date of the service term of the Terminating Sharing Party, and from such expiration date the sharing discounts applicable to Party A shall be determined based on the actual status with respect to the sharing of the relevant products.

 

2/5


Rule 2:

 

  (1) Where Party A terminates the services related to all products of the same type at a certain station site prior to the expiration of its service term, and Party A is any of the following: (i) the first-occupier lessee; (ii) an Existing Sharing Party; or (iii) a lessee who started occupying the station site, in the case of a New Tower, at the same time as the other telecom companies, Party A shall pay Party B the service fees (excluding site rent and maintenance expense) for the remaining service term with respect to Party A and penalty fees for early termination of the site rent paid by Party B (if any).

 

  (2) Where Party A terminates all services of the same type of products at a certain station site prior to the expiration of the service term, and Party A is a New Sharing Party who started occupying the station site later than the other lessee(s), the following rules shall apply: (i) if Party A had maintained the service for three years or more, it shall not be obligated to compensate Party B; or (ii) if Party A had maintained the service for less than three years, it shall pay Party B the service fees (excluding site rent and maintenance expense) for the remaining service term applicable to Party A to the extent of three years and penalty fees for early termination of the site rent paid by Party B (if any).

 

  (3) Where a telecom company sharing a certain station site with Party A terminates the services related to all products of the same type prior to the expiration of the service term, and the Terminating Sharing Party is any of the following: (i) the first-occupier lessee; (ii) an Existing Sharing Party; or (iii) a lessee who started occupying the station site, in the case of a New Tower, at the same time as Party A, the sharing discounts applicable to service fees (excluding site cost and maintenance expense) for the use of the same type of products by Party A shall remain unchanged in the current service term and terms thereafter (if any) with respect to Party A until the proposed expiration date of the service term of the Terminating Sharing Party, and from such expiration date the sharing discounts applicable to Party A shall be determined based on the actual status with respect to the sharing of the relevant products.

 

  (4) Where a telecom company sharing a certain station site with Party A terminates the services related to all products of the same type prior to the expiration of the service term, and the Terminating Sharing Party is a New Sharing Party who started occupying the New Tower later than the other lessees, (i) if the Terminating Sharing Party had maintained the service for three years or more, the sharing discount applicable to Party A shall be determined based on the actual status with respect to the sharing of the relevant products, or (ii) if the Terminating Sharing Party had maintained the service for less than three years, the sharing discount applicable to service fees (excluding site cost and maintenance expense) for the use of the same type of products by Party A shall remain unchanged in the current service term and terms thereafter (if any) until the third anniversary of the service term of the Terminating Sharing Party had it not terminated, and from then the sharing discounts applicable to Party A shall be determined based on the actual status with respect to the sharing of the relevant products.

Party B shall provide Party A with the relevant supporting documents to demonstrate the basis and calculation of the aforesaid expenses.

With respect to the arrangement of termination of services prior to the expiration of the service term, provisions in the Agreement shall prevail over any and all prior oral or written arrangements in any form entered into by the Parties, to the extent inconsistent.

 

VII. With respect to the matters governed by the Agreement, provisions in this Agreement shall prevail over any and all prior oral or written agreement or arrangement in any form entered into by the Parties, to the extent inconsistent. Matters not specified hereunder shall be subject to the Commercial Pricing Agreement and any other agreements or arrangements entered into by the Parties.

 

3/5


VIII. The schedules of this Agreement are inseparable parts of the Agreement and shall be deemed to have the same binding legal effect as the text of this Agreement.

 

IX. The Agreement shall be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, each of which shall be held by a Party and deemed to have the same binding legal effect. The Agreement shall be effective upon the execution and stamp with the corporate seals by the Parties.

 

4/5


(No text below and the signature and stamp page for [XXX Province/Municipality/Autonomous Region] Provincial Service Agreement (I) (Ref. No. [    ]) to follow)

Party A: [name of the provincial subsidiary of telecom companies] (chop)

Signature:

Date:

Party B: [name of the provincial branch of China Tower] (chop)

Signature:

Date:

 

5/5


Schedule 1.1

Bulk Lease Form for Acquired Towers in [XX] City, [XX] Province

([ Name of telecom company ], former owner)

 

LOGO

Payment method of service fees:

1. Party B shall provide the product and service settlement list prior to the 5th day of each month, which Party A shall verify prior to the 10th day of each month. Party B shall then provide Party A the VAT invoice that complies with national laws and tax regulations prior to the 12th day of each month, and Party A shall pay to the designated bank account of Party B the prior month’s service fees prior to the 25th day of each month.

2. If Party A chooses the pricing mode on an itemized basis for oil machine power generation service, the monthly settlement shall be applied according to the actual number of times for power generation. Party A shall pay Party B the monthly oil machine power generation fees with the service fees.


1. During the term of services, the Parties can execute a new Product Confirmation Order if they intend to revise the content of the Bulk Lease Form. The new Product Confirmation Order shall prevail if there is any inconsistency with any prior Bulk Lease Form.

2. Matters not specified in this Agreement shall be subject to the Provincial Service Agreement (I) entered into between the provincial companies of the Parties and any other relevant agreements. In circumstances where the Provincial Service Agreement (I) is revised, supplemented or renewed, the content of the Bulk Lease Form shall be revised accordingly.

Note: The particulars of the specific Bulk Lease Form shall be subject to the one that is actually executed.


Schedule 1.2

Bulk Lease Form for Acquired Towers in [XX] City, [XX] Province

([ Name of telecom company ], Existing Sharing Party)

 

LOGO

Payment method of service fees:

1. Party B shall provide the product and service settlement list prior to the 5th day of each month, which Party A shall verify prior to the 10th day of each month. Party B shall then provide Party A the VAT invoice that complies with national laws and tax regulations prior to the 12th day of of each month, and Party A shall pay to the designated bank account of Party B the prior month’s service fees prior to the 25th day of each month.

2. If Party A chooses the pricing mode on an itemized basis for oil machine power generation service, the monthly settlement shall be applied according to the actual number of times for power generation. Party A shall pay Party B the monthly oil machine power generation fees with the service fees.

2. Matters not specified in this Agreement shall be subject to the Provincial Service Agreement (I) entered into between the provincial companies of the Parties and any other relevant agreements. In circumstances where the Provincial Service Agreement (I) is revised, supplemented or renewed, the content of the Bulk Lease Form shall be revised accordingly.


Note:

1. The Existing Sharing Parties refer to the telecom companies which shared the Acquired Towers prior to October 31, 2015.

2. The particulars of the specific Bulk Lease Form shall be subject to the one that is actually executed.


Schedule 1.3

Bulk Lease Form for Acquired Towers in [XX] City, [XX] Province

([ Name of telecom company ], transformed towers)

 

LOGO

Payment method of service fees:

1. Party B shall provide the product and service settlement list prior to the 5th day of each month, which Party A shall verify prior to the 10th day of each month. Party B shall then provide Party A the VAT invoice that complies with national laws and tax regulations prior to the 12th day each month, and Party A shall pay to the designated bank account of Party B the prior month’s service fees prior to the 25th day of each month.

2. If Party A chooses the pricing mode on an itemized basis for oil machine power generation service, the monthly settlement shall be applied according to the actual number of times for power generation. Party A shall pay Party B the monthly oil machine power generation fees with the service fees.


1. During the term of services, the Parties can execute a new Product Confirmation Order if they intend to revise the content of the Bulk Lease Form. The new Product Confirmation Order shall prevail if there is any inconsistency with any prior Bulk Lease Form.

2. Matters not specified in this Agreement shall be subject to the Provincial Service Agreement (I) entered into between the provincial companies of the Parties and any other relevant agreements. In circumstances where the Provincial Service Agreement (I) is revised, supplemented or renewed, the content of the Bulk Lease Form shall be revised accordingly.

Note:

1. Transformed towers refer to the towers previously owned by the telecom companies and/or shared by the Existing Sharing Parties to which China Tower added product units.

2. The particulars of the specific Bulk Lease Form shall be subject to the one that is actually executed.


Schedule 1.4

Bulk Lease Form for New Towers in [XX] City, [XX] Province

([ Name of telecom company ])

 

LOGO

Payment method of service fees:

1. Party B shall provide the product and service settlement list prior to the 5th day of each month, which Party A shall verify prior to the 10th day of each month. Party B shall then provide Party A the VAT invoice that complies with national laws and tax regulations prior to the 12th day of each month, and Party A shall pay to the designated bank account of Party B the prior month’s service fees prior to the 25th day of each month.

2. If Party A chooses the pricing mode an itemized basis for oil machine power generation service, the monthly settlement shall be applied according to the actual number of times for power generation. Party A shall pay Party B the monthly oil machine power generation fees with the service fees.


1. During the term of services, the Parties can execute a new Product Confirmation Order if they intend to revise the content of the Bulk Lease Form. The new Product Confirmation Order shall prevail if there is any inconsistency with any prior Bulk Lease Form.

2. Matters not specified in this Agreement shall be subject to the Provincial Service Agreement (I) entered into between the provincial companies of the Parties and any other relevant agreements. In circumstances where the Provincial Service Agreement (I) is revised, supplemented or renewed, the content of the Bulk Lease Form shall be revised accordingly.

Note:

The particulars of the specific Bulk Lease Form shall be subject to the one that is actually executed.


Schedule 1.5

Bulk Lease Form for Transformed Towers Based on Acquired Towers in [XX] City, [XX] Province

([ Name of telecom company ])

 

LOGO

Payment method of service fees:

1. Party B shall provide the product and service settlement list prior to the 5th day of each month, which Party A shall verify prior to the 10th day of each month. Party B shall then provide Party A the VAT invoice that complies with national laws and tax regulations prior to the 12th day of each month, and Party A shall pay to the designated bank account of Party B last month’s service fees prior to the 25th day of each month.

2. If Party A chooses the pricing mode on an itemized basis for oil machine power generation service, the monthly settlement shall be applied according to the actual number of times for power generation. Party A shall pay Party B the monthly oil machine power generation fees with the service fees.


1. During the term of services, the Parties can execute a new Product Confirmation Order if they intend to revise the content of the Bulk Lease Form. The Product Confirmation Order shall prevail if there is any inconsistency with any prior Bulk Lease Form.

2. Matters not specified in this Agreement shall be subject to the Provincial Service Agreement (I) entered into between the provincial companies of the Parties and any other relevant agreements. In circumstances where the Provincial Service Agreement (I) is revised, supplemented or renewed, the content of the Bulk Lease Form shall be revised accordingly.

Note:

1. Transformed Towers Based on Acquired Towers refer to the towers transformed by China Tower using existing towers in order to satisfy demands of new occupiers.

2. The particulars of the specific Bulk Lease Form shall be subject to the one that is actually executed.


Schedule 1.6

Bulk Lease Form for Indoor Distribution Products in [XX] City, [XX] Province

([ Name of telecom company ])

 

LOGO

Payment method of service fees:

1. Party B shall provide the product and service settlement list prior to the 5th day of each month, which Party A shall verify prior to the 10th day of each month. Party B shall then provide Party A the VAT invoice that complies with national laws and tax regulations prior to the 12th day of each month, and Party A shall pay to the designated bank account of Party B the prior month’s service fees prior to the 25th day of each month.

2. If Party A chooses the pricing mode on an itemized basis for oil machine power generation service, the monthly settlement shall be applied according to the actual number of times for power generation. Party A shall pay Party B the monthly oil machine power generation fees with the service fees.


1. During the term of services, the Parties can execute a new Product Confirmation Order if they intend to revise the content of the Bulk Lease Form. The new Product Confirmation Order shall prevail if there is any inconsistency with any prior Bulk Lease Form.

2. Matters not specified in this Agreement shall be subject to the Provincial Service Agreement (I) entered into between the provincial companies of the Parties and any other relevant agreements. In circumstances where the Provincial Service Agreement (I) is revised, supplemented or renewed, the content of the Bulk Lease Form shall be revised accordingly.

Note:

The particulars of the specific Bulk Lease Form shall be subject to the one that is actually executed.


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

 

Exhibit 4.25

11 August 2016

China Mobile Limited

And

China Mobile Communications Corporation

 

 

 

Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services

for the Years from 2017 to 2019

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

1.

   Provision of Premises to Party A      1   

2.

   Usage of Premises      2   

3.

   Related Management Services      2   

4.

   Payment of Utilization Fees and Related Service Charges      2   

5.

   Undertaking and Warranty      3   

6.

   Decoration, Renovation and Exterior Publicity of the Leased Premises      4   

7.

   Term of this Agreement      5   

8.

   Force Majeure      5   

9.

   Confidentiality      5   

10.

   Assignment      5   

11.

   No Waiver      5   

12.

   Notice      6   

13.

   Governing Law and Dispute Settlement      6   

14.

   Effectiveness of the Agreement and Miscellaneous      6   


Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services for the Years from 2017 to 2019

This Agreement was entered into on 11 August 2016 by and between:

 

A. China Mobile Limited, a limited liability company incorporated and duly existing in accordance with Hong Kong law with its legal address at 60/F., The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (hereinafter referred to as “ Party A ”); and

 

B. China Mobile Communications Corporation, a state-owned enterprise incorporated and duly existing in accordance with the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter as “ PRC ”) law with its legal address at No.29, Jin Rong Avenue, Xi Cheng District, Beijing, the PRC (hereinafter referred to as “ Party B ”).

The above Party A and Party B are called hereinafter respectively as a Party, and collectively as “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS:

 

1. To facilitate the development of their mobile telecommunications business and engage in normal production and operating activities in their normal operations, Party A and its subsidiaries need to use certain premises owned by Party B and its subsidiaries or the use right of which has been obtained from any third party by Party B and its subsidiaries, and need the related supplementary management services from Party B and its relevant subsidiaries;

 

2. In relation to the use of premises and supplementary management services of the Parties and their subsidiaries, the Parties executed an Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services on 15 August 2013, which has been valid for three years and expires on 31 December 2016. The Parties intend to renew the said Agreement for another three years, the term of which shall be from 1 January 2017 to 31 December 2019.

THEREFORE , following adequate consultation and on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, Party A and Party B have concluded the following agreements:

 

1. Provision of Premises to Party A

 

  1.1 Party B agrees to provide and urge its subsidiaries to provide premises for the use of Party A and its subsidiaries in accordance with terms and conditions hereof, and Party A agrees that its designated subsidiaries lease the premises provided by Party B and its subsidiaries in accordance with terms and conditions hereof. In this Agreement, Party B and its subsidiaries which are to provide premises are collectively called as “ the Landlords ”, while Party A and its subsidiaries that are to use the premises provided by the Landlords are collectively called as “ the Tenants ”.

 

  1.2 The premises provided by the Landlords for the use of the Tenants include:

 

  1.2.1 Certain of their existing proprietary premises, including land and buildings, equipment and facilities affixed to and in such buildings, such as air conditioners, water, heat, light and power supplies (hereinafter referred to as “ Party B’s Proprietary Premises ”); and

 

  1.2.2 Certain of premises of which the Landlords have already obtained the use right from third parties, including land and buildings, equipment and facilities affixed to and in such buildings, such as air conditioners, water, heat, light and power supplies (hereinafter referred to as “ Third Party Premises ”).

 

1


       The above “ Party B’s Proprietary Premises ” and “ Third Party Premises ” are collectively called as “ Leased Premises ” hereinafter.

 

  1.3 Each and all responsibilities, obligations and interests arising from the performance of this Agreement by Party A and its subsidiaries as the Tenants and Party B and its subsidiaries as the Landlords in accordance with terms of this Agreement shall ultimately be performed and enjoyed by Party A or Party B respectively.

 

  1.4 During the term of this Agreement, Party A may, due to its operational needs, make a request to either increase or decrease the amount of the Leased Premises. Party B shall use its best efforts to meet such requirements raised by Party A, subject to its own situation.

 

2. Usage of Premises

 

  2.1 Party A and its subsidiaries, as the Tenants, shall use the Leased Premises as and/or for offices, retail outlets, operations, warehouses and other legitimate purposes as agreed upon by the Parties.

 

  2.2 The Tenants shall not transfer or assign the right of use of the Leased Premises to any third party without the consent of the Landlords. For the avoidance of doubt, Party B hereby agrees that Party A or its subsidiaries may transfer or assign the right of use of the Leased Premises to their subsidiaries.

 

3. Related Management Services

 

  3.1 The Landlords shall correspondingly provide supplementary comprehensive management services with respect to the Leased Premises provided to the Tenants for use. Such services shall include (but not limit to):

 

  3.1.1 Daily maintenance for such equipment and facilities inside the Leased Premises, such as air conditioners, water, electricity, heat, elevators and lights, etc;

 

  3.1.2 Daily cleaning work of the Leased Premises and relevant garden maintenance within the scope of the Leased Premises;

 

  3.1.3 Payments for water, electricity, gas and others on behalf of the Tenants; and

 

  3.1.4 Daily security services for the Leased Premises.

 

  3.2 With respect to certain proprietary premises of Party A and its subsidiaries, including land, buildings, equipment and facilities affixed to and in such buildings, such as air conditioners, water, heat, lights and power supplies (hereinafter referred to as “ Party A’s Proprietary Premises ”), after the delivery of written notices by Party A to Party B, Party B agrees or urges its subsidiaries to provide Party A and its subsidiaries with supplementary comprehensive management services as stated in Article 3.1.

 

  3.3 Party B and its subsidiaries may, with the written consents of Party A and its subsidiaries, entrust third parties to provide Party A and its subsidiaries with specific supplementary comprehensive management services, provided that Party B shall ensure that the service quality provided by any such third parties meets the requirements under this Agreement and conforms to the state standards and prevailing industry standards. Party B shall undertake the ultimate and full responsibilities for all obligations of the services provided by such third parties. Any additional charges arising from the entrustment of third parties shall be at the expense of Party B.

 

2


4. Payment of Utilization Fees and Related Service Charges

 

  4.1 Party B shall charge Party A utilization fees and related service charges for its Proprietary Premises at one of the following standards with respect to the particular premises for rental:

 

  4.1.1 the evaluation result of an independent intermediaries.

 

  4.1.2 a comparable market price or charging standard obtained from public resources.

 

  4.1.3 a price or charging standard of a non-connected transaction between Party B or its subsidiaries and an independent third party.

 

  4.2 As for the Third Party Premises used by the Tenants, Party A only needs to pay Party B the actual amount of utilization fees and property management fees paid by the Landlords to the third parties (which should have been reviewed and confirmed by Party A in advance. Party B shall submit supplementary documents, such as the tenancy agreements with the third parties, rental period, settlement receipts of rental and property management fees, to Party A for examination) as well as taxes stipulated by the state. No other fees shall be charged by Party B to Party A. Party B may authorize its subsidiaries to provide the supplementary documents, such as tenancy agreements with any third parties, rental period, settlement receipts of rental and property management fees, to Party A or Party A’s authorized subsidiaries for examination. Party A may authorize its subsidiaries to do the examination on its behalf. Under the circumstances where the Landlords provide to the Tenants the management services described in Article 3 of this Agreement in relation to such Third Party Premises, the supplementary comprehensive management service charges of Third Party Premises charged to Party A shall not be higher than the generally comparable market standards for management fees.

 

  4.3 Under the circumstances where Party B and its subsidiaries provide to Party A and its subsidiaries the supplementary comprehensive management services described in Article 3 of this Agreement in relation to Party A’s Proprietary Premises, the supplementary comprehensive management service charges of Party A’s Proprietary Premises charged to Party A by Party B shall not be higher than the generally comparable market standards for management fees.

 

  4.4 The Tenants shall bear all the actual expenses incurred for water, electricity, heat and natural gas, etc. during the use of the Leased Premises.

 

  4.5 Prior to March 15 and September 15 each year, the Parties shall complete the verification of the quantity of the Leased Premises and Party A’s Proprietary Promises for which Party B and its subsidiaries provide supplementary comprehensive management service. Party A shall pay Party B the premises utilization fees and supplementary comprehensive management service charges before March 25 and September 25 for the first and second half of that same year respectively. Such payments can be settled by Party A’s subsidiaries that actually use the Leased Premises and/or receive the supplementary comprehensive management services directly with Party B’s subsidiaries that actually provide the Leased Premises and/or supplementary comprehensive management services.

 

  4.6 Where Party A delays the payment of premises utilization fees and supplementary comprehensive management service charges, it should pay Party B a penalty of 0.03% of any due amount for each day of delay.

 

3


  4.7 Where the comprehensive management services provided by Party B and its subsidiaries do not meet the state standards, industrial specifications or requirements set forth under Article 5.5 of this Agreement, Party A may, at its discretion, make a deduction from the payment due for the month of services provided by Party B and its subsidiaries. Where Party B and its subsidiaries delay in providing such services, Party A may deduct 3% of the monthly charges as a penalty for each day of delay.

 

  4.8 The Landlords shall bear any and all payments of taxes in relation to Party B’s Proprietary Premises used by the Tenants.

 

5. Undertaking and Warranty

 

  5.1 Each Party hereto warrants to the other Party that this Agreement is valid, effective and equally binding to the Parties.

 

  5.2 Party B guarantees that the Landlords have the right to provide the Leases Premises to the Tenants for use. Where, on any occasions or for any reasons, the property right and/or use right of the Leased Premises is subject to any objection, which causes Party A or the Tenants unable to realize its/their use right under this Agreement or any other damages, Party B, as the Landlords or the parent company of the Landlords, shall bear and compensate any and all direct economic losses thus incurred to Party A or the Tenants.

 

  5.3 Party A guarantees that it, as the parent company of the Tenants, shall compensate any and all direct economic losses incurred to the Landlords where the Leased Premises are damaged intentionally by the Tenants.

 

  5.4 Party B guarantees that the Leased Premises provided by the Landlords and delivered to the Tenants for use shall be in good conditions as required by the Tenants, and that Party B shall conduct regular inspection and repairs to these premises. Where the Tenants suffer any loss during the use of the Leased Premises due to the poor management of the Landlords, the Landlords shall compensate any and all direct economic losses thus incurred to the Tenants.

 

  5.5 Party B guarantees that the comprehensive management services provided by Party B and its subsidiaries shall be in conformity to the state standards and industrial prevailing specifications and meet the following basic requirements:

 

  5.5.1 Equipment and facilities

To ensure the normal operation of the equipment and facilities, Party B shall improve its operation system for equipment and facilities, set up a filing system on equipment and facilities, strengthen its routine inspection and patrol, and conduct its regular maintenance.

 

  5.5.2 Environment and sanitation

All-day cleanliness shall be maintained; offices, business premises, corridors and courtyards shall be tidy, sanitary and no garbage or sundries be allowed to be piled around; any problem discovered shall be solved in time.

 

  5.5.3 Landscaping

Shall meet the related state standards. Plants shall be trimmed, fertilized and irrigated frequently and prevented from the attack by plant diseases and insect pests frequently.

 

  5.5.4 Security

Shall meet the standards of morality, professionalism specialization and possess the service consciousness and strong defensive skills.

 

4


  5.5.5 Traffic order and car parking

Traffic shall be in good order without random parking.

 

  5.5.6 Water, electricity and gas fees shall be paid on time.

 

  5.5.7 Other related supplementary services shall be provided in time.

 

6. Decoration, Renovation and Exterior Publicity of the Leased Premises

 

  6.1 With the written consent of the Landlords, the Tenants may make decoration, renovation, installation, alteration and improvement inside or outside of the Leased Premises at their own expenses. Nevertheless, Party A and the Tenants shall guarantee that :

 

  6.1.1 Such decoration, renovation, installation, alteration and improvement shall not change any features of the Leased Premises in any substantial aspects ;

 

  6.1.2 All construction work related to the decoration, renovation, installation, alteration and improvement should be done in a proper manner so that all persons and premises can be protected and the Landlords’ operations nearby will not be disturbed unreasonably ;

 

  6.1.3 Under the circumstances where all these construction work endangers or potentially endangers the original buildings, the Tenants shall be responsible for restoring any such buildings to their original forms and making relevant compensations.

 

  6.2 Provided that the Landlords’ interests are not damaged, the Tenants may legally hang or post publicity materials or make enterprise or business promotions by other legal means within the scope of the Leased Premises. The Landlords and the Tenants should specify the advertising and publicity locations when leasing the Leased Premises. Upon the termination of this Agreement, the Tenants shall restore the Leased Premises to their original forms at their own expenses before returning them to the Landlords, or assign the property right of the decorated or renovated buildings of the Leases Premises to the Landlords, but the Landlords shall make appropriate compensations.

 

7. Term of this Agreement

This Agreement shall be effective upon due execution by the legal representatives, or their authorized representatives, of both Parties and the affixation of their official or contractual seals and the obtaining of all necessary approvals pursuant to relevant regulatory requirements (including but not limited to the compliance with or satisfaction of the relevant regulatory requirements of listing rules of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited by Party A), and shall be of validity from 1 January 2017 to 31 December 2019. The term for the use of the Third Party’s Premises by the Tenants can be determined and agreed by the Tenants and the Landlords in accordance with the term of the original tenancy agreements entered into by the Landlords and any such third parties, but shall not exceed the term of this Agreement.

 

8. Force Majeure

In any event of force majeure which is unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable to its happening and consequences, resulting in any inability on any Party or its subsidiaries to perform the related obligations hereunder, the affected Party shall immediately notify the other Party of such event, and provide the other Party within fifteen (15) days valid documents evidencing the detailed occurrence of such event and reasons for its inability or delay to perform all or part of such obligations under the Agreement. Upon the extent to which an event of force majeure affects the performance of such obligations, the Parties hereto shall consult each other so as to terminate or partially waive or extend the performance of such obligations.

 

5


9. Confidentiality

Save as otherwise provided or required by the laws or regulatory authorities, neither Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Party (each Party shall not refuse or withhold to give the consent without any reasons), disclose the contents of this Agreement or any other materials or information related to the operations of the other Party to any companies, enterprises, organizations or individuals.

 

10. Assignment

Save as stated in Articles 2.2 and 3.2 under this Agreement, neither Party shall, without the prior written consents of the other Party, transfer or assign any and all of the right(s) or obligation(s) of itself or the Landlords or the Tenants under this Agreement to any third parties.

 

11. No Waiver

Save as otherwise stipulated by the laws, failure or delay of exercising its rights, power or privileges under this Agreement by either Party shall not be construed as a waiver of these rights, power or privileges. Partial exercise of such rights, powers or privileges by one Party shall not affect any further exercise of such rights, power or privileges.

 

12. Notice

Any notice related to this Agreement shall be made in writing and delivered in person, or by facsimile or post. Any notice shall be deemed as delivered at the time of delivery, if delivered in person; or at the time when the facsimile machine indicates successful submission, if delivered by facsimile; or on the fifth working day (shall be rescheduled if it is statutory holiday) after it has been posted, if delivered by post. Any notice shall become effective upon delivery.

 

13. Governing Law and Dispute Settlement

 

  13.1 This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and enforced, in accordance with the PRC law.

 

  13.2 Any dispute between the Parties relating to the validity, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be settled through amicable consultation. Should the Parties fail to resolve the dispute within 30 days from the date of the occurrence of the dispute, then such dispute shall be submitted to Chinese International Economy and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in Beijing in accordance with the then effective arbitration rules of that Commission. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both Parties. Except for the matter of dispute that is submitted for arbitration, all the remaining parts of this Agreement shall remain valid and effective during the arbitration.

 

14. Effectiveness of the Agreement and Miscellaneous

 

  14.1 This Agreement shall be effective upon due execution by the legal representatives or their authorized representatives of both Parties and the affixation of their official or contractual seals.

 

6


  14.2 This Agreement can be copied to several counterparts and executed separately by both Parties. The duly executed counterparts shall constitute a valid agreement. If the Agreement is executed by counterparts, it shall be construed as duly executed after the both Parties have successfully transmitted their signed counterparts to each other by facsimile or email.

 

  14.3 Following discussion and agreement by both Parties, this Agreement and its appendices may be amended or supplemented by both Parties, and any amendment or supplement shall take effect after execution by the legal representatives or their authorized representatives of both Parties and after the affixation of the official or contractual seals.

 

  14.4 This Agreement is severable. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity and enforcement of other provisions shall not be affected.

 

  14.5 This Agreement is written in Chinese and executed in six (6) original counterparts, two (2) of which shall be retained by each Party and the other two (2) copies shall be retained by Party A for registration and other filings with relevant land and housing authorities and other governmental authorities. Each original counterpart has equal legal validity.

 

PARTY A: CHINA MOBILE LIMITED
By:   /s/ ZHU Min
  Legal representative/authorized representative
PARTY B: CHINA MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
By:   /s/ XIAO Lei
  Legal representative/authorized representative

 

7

Exhibit 8.1

LIST OF MAJOR SUBSIDIARIES

(as of December 31, 2016)

 

NAME OF ENTITY AND BUSINESS NAME (IF DIFFERENT)

  

JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION

China Mobile Communication (BVI) Limited    British Virgin Islands
China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Guangdong Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Zhejiang Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Jiangsu Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Fujian Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Henan Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Hainan Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Beijing Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Shanghai Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Tianjin Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Hebei Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Liaoning Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Shandong Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Guangxi Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Anhui Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Jiangxi Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Chongqing Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Sichuan Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Hubei Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Hunan Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Shaanxi Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Shanxi Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Neimenggu Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Jilin Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Heilongjiang Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Guizhou Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Yunnan Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Xizang Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Gansu Co., Ltd.    China


China Mobile Group Qinghai Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Ningxia Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Xinjiang Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Group Design Institute Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Holding Company Limited    China
China Mobile (Shenzhen) Limited    China
Aspire Holdings Limited    Cayman Islands
Aspire (BVI) Limited    British Virgin Islands
Aspire Technologies (Shenzhen) Limited    China
Aspire Information Network (Shenzhen) Limited    China
Aspire Information Technologies (Beijing) Limited    China
Fujian FUNO Mobile Communication Technology Company Limited    China
Advanced Roaming & Clearing House Limited    British Virgin Islands
Fit Best Limited    British Virgin Islands
China Mobile Hong Kong Company Limited    Hong Kong
China Mobile International Holdings Limited    Hong Kong
China Mobile International Limited    Hong Kong
China Mobile Group Device Company Limited    China
China Mobile Group Finance Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile IoT Company Limited    China
China Mobile (Suzhou) Software Technology Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile (Hangzhou) Information Technology Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Online Services Co., Ltd.    China
China Mobile Internet Company Limited    China
China Mobile TieTong Company Limited    China
MIGU Company Limited    China
China Mobile Investment Holdings Co., Ltd.    China

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, LI Yue, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Mobile Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 27, 2017

 

/s/ LI Yue

Name:   LI Yue
Title:   Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, DONG Xin, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Mobile Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 27, 2017

 

/s/ DONG Xin

Name:   DONG Xin
Title:   Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

CHINA MOBILE LIMITED

Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned, LI Yue, Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of China Mobile Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: April 27, 2017

 

/s/ LI Yue

Name:   LI Yue
Title:   Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 13.2

CHINA MOBILE LIMITED

Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned, DONG Xin, Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of China Mobile Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: April 27, 2017

 

/s/ DONG Xin

Name:   DONG Xin
Title:   Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.